WorldWideScience

Sample records for preparation method thereof

  1. Transparent ceramics and methods of preparation thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hollingsworth, Joel P.; Kuntz, Joshua D.; Seeley, Zachary M.; Soules, Thomas F.

    2012-12-25

    A method for forming a transparent ceramic preform in one embodiment includes forming a suspension of oxide particles in a solvent, wherein the suspension includes a dispersant, with the proviso that the suspension does not include a gelling agent; and uniformly curing the suspension for forming a preform of gelled suspension. A method according to another embodiment includes creating a mixture of inorganic particles, a solvent and a dispersant, the inorganic particles having a mean diameter of less than about 2000 nm; agitating the mixture; adding the mixture to a mold; and curing the mixture in the mold for gelling the mixture, with the proviso that no gelling agent is added to the mixture.

  2. Compound transparent ceramics and methods of preparation thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hollingsworth, Joel P.; Kuntz, Joshua D.; Soules, Thomas F.; Landingham, Richard L.

    2012-12-11

    According to one embodiment, a method for forming a composite transparent ceramic preform includes forming a first suspension of oxide particles in a first solvent which includes a first dispersant but does not include a gelling agent, adding the first suspension to a first mold of a desired shape, and uniformly curing the first suspension in the first mold until stable. The method also includes forming a second suspension of oxide particles in a second solvent which includes a second dispersant but does not include a gelling agent, adding the second suspension to the stable first suspension in a second mold of a desired shape encompassing the first suspension and the second suspension, and uniformly curing the second suspension in the second mold until stable. Other methods for forming a composite transparent ceramic preform are also described according to several other embodiments. Structures are also disclosed.

  3. Noble metal superparticles and methods of preparation thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sun, Yugang; Hu, Yongxing

    2016-07-12

    A method comprises heating an aqueous solution of colloidal silver particles. A soluble noble metal halide salt is added to the aqueous solution which undergoes a redox reaction on a surface of the silver particles to form noble metal/silver halide SPs, noble metal halide/silver halide SPs or noble metal oxide/silver halide SPs on the surface of the silver particles. The heat is maintained for a predetermined time to consume the silver particles and release the noble metal/silver halide SPs, the noble metal halide/silver halide SPs or the noble metal oxide/silver halide SPs into the aqueous solution. The aqueous solution is cooled. The noble metal/silver halide SPs, the noble metal halide/silver halide SPs or noble metal oxide/silver halide SPs are separated from the aqueous solution. The method optionally includes adding a soluble halide salt to the aqueous solution.

  4. Methods of preparing polyimides and artifacts composed thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gagliani, John (Inventor); Lee, Raymond (Inventor); Wilcoxson, Anthony L. (Inventor)

    1984-01-01

    Methods of converting essentially unpolymerized precursors into polyimides in which the precursors are exposed to microwave radiation. Preheating, thermal post-curing, and other techniques may be employed to promote the development of optimum properties; and reinforcements can be employed to impart strength and rigidity to the final product. Also disclosed are processes for making various composite artifacts in which non-polymeric precursors are converted to polyimides by using the techniques described above.

  5. Method for preparing hydrous titanium oxide spherules and other gel forms thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, J.L.

    1998-10-13

    The present invention are methods for preparing hydrous titanium oxide spherules, hydrous titanium oxide gels such as gel slabs, films, capillary and electrophoresis gels, titanium monohydrogen phosphate spherules, hydrous titanium oxide spherules having suspendible particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite sorbent, titanium monohydrogen phosphate spherules having suspendible particles of at least one different sorbent homogeneously embedded within to form a composite sorbent having a desired crystallinity, titanium oxide spherules in the form of anatase, brookite or rutile, titanium oxide spherules having suspendible particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite, hydrous titanium oxide fiber materials, titanium oxide fiber materials, hydrous titanium oxide fiber materials having suspendible particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite, titanium oxide fiber materials having suspendible particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite and spherules of barium titanate. These variations of hydrous titanium oxide spherules and gel forms prepared by the gel-sphere, internal gelation process offer more useful forms of inorganic ion exchangers, catalysts, getters and ceramics. 6 figs.

  6. Organometallic halide perovskite single crystals having low deffect density and methods of preparation thereof

    KAUST Repository

    Bakr, Osman M.

    2016-02-18

    The present disclosure presents a method of making a single crystal organometallic halide perovskites, with the formula: AMX3, wherein A is an organic cation, M is selected from the group consisting of: Pb, Sn, Cu, Ni, Co, Fe, Mn, Pd, Cd, Ge, and Eu, and X is a halide. The method comprises the use of two reservoirs containing different precursors and allowing the vapor diffusion from one reservoir to the other one. A solar cell comprising said crystal is also disclosed.

  7. Solar cells, structures including organometallic halide perovskite monocrystalline films, and methods of preparation thereof

    KAUST Repository

    Bakr, Osman M.

    2017-03-02

    Embodiments of the present disclosure provide for solar cells including an organometallic halide perovskite monocrystalline film (see fig. 1.1B), other devices including the organometallic halide perovskite monocrystalline film, methods of making organometallic halide perovskite monocrystalline film, and the like.

  8. Neutron interrogation systems using pyroelectric crystals and methods of preparation thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tang, Vincent; Meyer, Glenn A.; Falabella, Steven; Guethlein, Gary; Rusnak, Brian; Sampayan, Stephen; Spadaccini, Christopher M.; Wang, Li-Fang; Harris, John; Morse, Jeff

    2017-08-01

    According to one embodiment, an apparatus includes a pyroelectric crystal, a deuterated or tritiated target, an ion source, and a common support coupled to the pyroelectric crystal, the deuterated or tritiated target, and the ion source. In another embodiment, a method includes producing a voltage of negative polarity on a surface of a deuterated or tritiated target in response to a temperature change of a pyroelectric crystal, pulsing a deuterium ion source to produce a deuterium ion beam, accelerating the deuterium ion beam to the deuterated or tritiated target to produce a neutron beam, and directing the ion beam onto the deuterated or tritiated target to make neutrons using a voltage of the pyroelectric crystal and/or an HGI surrounding the pyroelectric crystal. The directionality of the neutron beam is controlled by changing the accelerating voltage of the system. Other apparatuses and methods are presented as well.

  9. Metathesis catalysts and methods thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Schrock, Richard Royce; Yuan, Jian

    2016-04-19

    The present application provides, among other things, novel compounds for metathesis reactions, and methods for preparing and using provided compounds. In some embodiments, the present invention provides compounds having the structure of formula I or II. In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for preparing a compound of formula I or II. In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for using a provided compound. In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful for stereoselective ring-opening metathesis polymerization. In some embodiments, a provided metathesis method provides cis and/or isotactic polymers.

  10. Gyroidal mesoporous carbon materials and methods thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wiesner, Ulrich B.; Werner, Joerg G.

    2017-07-25

    The present invention relates to, inter alia, gyroidal mesoporous carbon materials and methods of use and manufacture thereof. In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a mesoporous carbon composition comprising a gyroidal mesoporous carbon having an ordered gyroidal structure and mesopores having a pore size of greater than 2 nanometers (nm) in diameter, and more particularly greater than 11 nm in diameter.

  11. Chemical microreactor and method thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Morse, Jeffrey D.; Jankowski, Alan

    2011-08-09

    A method for forming a chemical microreactor includes forming at least one capillary microchannel in a substrate having at least one inlet and at least one outlet, integrating at least one heater into the chemical microreactor, interfacing the capillary microchannel with a liquid chemical reservoir at the inlet of the capillary microchannel, and interfacing the capillary microchannel with a porous membrane near the outlet of the capillary microchannel, the porous membrane being positioned beyond the outlet of the capillary microchannel, wherein the porous membrane has at least one catalyst material imbedded therein.

  12. Liquid crystal device and method thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shiyanovskii, Sergij V; Gu, Mingxia; Lavrentovich, Oleg D

    2012-10-23

    The invention provides a liquid crystal device and method thereof. Subsequent to applying a first electrical voltage on a liquid crystal to induce a reorientation of the liquid crystal, a second electrical voltage with proper polarity is applied on the liquid crystal to assist the relaxation of the reorientation that was induced by the first electrical voltage. The "switch-off" phase of the liquid crystal can therefore be accelerated or temporally shortened, and the device can exhibit better performance such as fast response to on/off signals. The invention can be widely used LCD, LC shutter, LC lens, spatial light modulator, telecommunication device, tunable filter, beam steering device, and electrically driven LC device, among others.

  13. Nano-ceramics and method thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Satcher, Jr., Joe H. (Patterson, CA); Gash, Alex (Livermore, CA); Simpson, Randall (Livermore, CA); Landingham, Richard (Livermore, CA); Reibold, Robert A. (Salida, CA)

    2006-08-08

    Disclosed herein is a method to produce ceramic materials utilizing the sol-gel process. The methods enable the preparation of intimate homogeneous dispersions of materials while offering the ability to control the size of one component within another. The method also enables the preparation of materials that will densify at reduced temperature.

  14. Highly oxidized graphene oxide and methods for production thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tour, James M.; Kosynkin, Dmitry V.

    2016-08-30

    A highly oxidized form of graphene oxide and methods for production thereof are described in various embodiments of the present disclosure. In general, the methods include mixing a graphite source with a solution containing at least one oxidant and at least one protecting agent and then oxidizing the graphite source with the at least one oxidant in the presence of the at least one protecting agent to form the graphene oxide. Graphene oxide synthesized by the presently described methods is of a high structural quality that is more oxidized and maintains a higher proportion of aromatic rings and aromatic domains than does graphene oxide prepared in the absence of at least one protecting agent. Methods for reduction of graphene oxide into chemically converted graphene are also disclosed herein. The chemically converted graphene of the present disclosure is significantly more electrically conductive than is chemically converted graphene prepared from other sources of graphene oxide.

  15. Fibrous microcapsules and methods of assembly and use thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Stupp, Samuel; Rozkiewicz, Dorota

    2015-01-27

    The present invention relates to assembly of peptide amphiphiles and biopolymers into fibrous microcapsules, and uses thereof. In particular, the present invention provides devices, compositions, and methods for interfacial self-assembly of peptide amphiphiles and biopolyments into fibrous microcapsules, and uses thereof.

  16. Biocompatible, biodegradable polymer-based, lighter than or light as water scaffolds for tissue engineering and methods for preparation and use thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Laurencin, Cato T. (Inventor); Pollack, Solomon R. (Inventor); Levine, Elliot (Inventor); Botchwey, Edward (Inventor); Lu, Helen H. (Inventor); Khan, Mohammed Yusuf (Inventor)

    2012-01-01

    Scaffolds for tissue engineering prepared from biocompatible, biodegradable polymer-based, lighter than or light as water microcarriers and designed for cell culturing in vitro in a rotating bioreactor are provided. Methods for preparation and use of these scaffolds as tissue engineering devices are also provided.

  17. Keto-isovalerate decarboxylase enzymes and methods of use thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    McElvain, Jessica; O'Keefe, Daniel P.; Paul, Brian James; Payne, Mark S.; Rothman, Steven Cary; He, Hongxian

    2016-01-19

    Provided herein are polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding such polypeptides which have ketoisovalerate decarboxylase activity. Also provided are recombinant host cells comprising such polypeptides and polynucleotides and methods of use thereof.

  18. System and method for detecting cells or components thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Porter, Marc D. (Ames, IA); Lipert, Robert J. (Ames, IA); Doyle, Robert T. (Ames, IA); Grubisha, Desiree S. (Corona, CA); Rahman, Salma (Ames, IA)

    2009-01-06

    A system and method for detecting a detectably labeled cell or component thereof in a sample comprising one or more cells or components thereof, at least one cell or component thereof of which is detectably labeled with at least two detectable labels. In one embodiment, the method comprises: (i) introducing the sample into one or more flow cells of a flow cytometer, (ii) irradiating the sample with one or more light sources that are absorbed by the at least two detectable labels, the absorption of which is to be detected, and (iii) detecting simultaneously the absorption of light by the at least two detectable labels on the detectably labeled cell or component thereof with an array of photomultiplier tubes, which are operably linked to two or more filters that selectively transmit detectable emissions from the at least two detectable labels.

  19. Neutron detector and fabrication method thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bhandari, Harish B.; Nagarkar, Vivek V.; Ovechkina, Olena E.

    2016-08-16

    A neutron detector and a method for fabricating a neutron detector. The neutron detector includes a photodetector, and a solid-state scintillator operatively coupled to the photodetector. In one aspect, the method for fabricating a neutron detector includes providing a photodetector, and depositing a solid-state scintillator on the photodetector to form a detector structure.

  20. Quantitative method of determining beryllium or a compound thereof in a sample

    Science.gov (United States)

    McCleskey, T. Mark; Ehler, Deborah S.; John, Kevin D.; Burrell, Anthony K.; Collis, Gavin E.; Minogue, Edel M.; Warner, Benjamin P.

    2010-08-24

    A method of determining beryllium or a beryllium compound thereof in a sample, includes providing a sample suspected of comprising beryllium or a compound thereof, extracting beryllium or a compound thereof from the sample by dissolving in a solution, adding a fluorescent indicator to the solution to thereby bind any beryllium or a compound thereof to the fluorescent indicator, and determining the presence or amount of any beryllium or a compound thereof in the sample by measuring fluorescence.

  1. Quantitative method of determining beryllium or a compound thereof in a sample

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    McCleskey, T. Mark (Los Alamos, NM); Ehler, Deborah S. (Los Alamos, NM); John, Kevin D. (Santa Fe, NM); Burrell, Anthony K. (Los Alamos, NM); Collis, Gavin E. (Los Alamos, NM); Minogue, Edel M. (Los Alamos, NM); Warner, Benjamin P. (Los Alamos, NM)

    2010-08-24

    A method of determining beryllium or a beryllium compound thereof in a sample, includes providing a sample suspected of comprising beryllium or a compound thereof, extracting beryllium or a compound thereof from the sample by dissolving in a solution, adding a fluorescent indicator to the solution to thereby bind any beryllium or a compound thereof to the fluorescent indicator, and determining the presence or amount of any beryllium or a compound thereof in the sample by measuring fluorescence.

  2. Quantitative method of determining beryllium or a compound thereof in a sample

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    McCleskey, T. Mark; Ehler, Deborah S.; John, Kevin D.; Burrell, Anthony K.; Collis, Gavin E.; Minogue, Edel M.; Warner, Benjamin P.

    2006-10-31

    A method of determining beryllium or a beryllium compound thereof in a sample, includes providing a sample suspected of comprising beryllium or a compound thereof, extracting beryllium or a compound thereof from the sample by dissolving in a solution, adding a fluorescent indicator to the solution to thereby bind any beryllium or a compound thereof to the fluorescent indicator, and determining the presence or amount of any beryllium or a compound thereof in the sample by measuring fluorescence.

  3. Preparation of 2-hydroxy-5-oxoproline and analogs thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Martinez, Rodolfo A. (Santa Fe, NM); Unkefer, Pat J. (Los Alamos, NM)

    2001-01-01

    The compound 2-hydroxy-5-oxoproline and analogs thereof may be used to produce an increase in carbon dioxide fixation, growth, dry weight, nutritional value (proteins and amino acids), nodulation and nitrogen fixation and photosynthetically derived chemical energy when applied to plants through their roots and/or through their foliar portions. The present invention includes an essentially quantitative chemical synthesis for this compound which is performed in a single step reaction of Fremy's Salt (potassium nitrosodisulphonate) with either glutamine or 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid. Fremy's salt (potassium nitrosodisulphonate) is available commercially, or can be readily synthesized.

  4. Engineered enzymatically active bacteriophages and methods of uses thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, James J [Newton, MA; Kobayashi, Hideki [Yokohama, JP; Kearn, Mads [Ottawa, CA; Araki, Michihiro [Minatoku, JP; Friedland, Ari [Boston, MA; Lu, Timothy Kuan-Ta [Palo Alto, CA

    2012-05-22

    The present invention provides engineered bacteriophages that express at least one biofilm degrading enzyme on their surface and uses thereof for degrading bacterial biofilms. The invention also provides genetically engineered bacteriophages expressing the biofilm degrading enzymes and proteins necessary for the phage to replicate in different naturally occurring biofilm producing bacteria. The phages of the invention allow a method of biofilm degradation by the use of one or only a few administration of the phage because the system using these phages is self perpetuating, and capable of degrading biofilm even when the concentration of bacteria within the biofilm is low.

  5. Metal nanoparticle deposited inorganic nanostructure hybrids, uses thereof and processes for their preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tenne, Reshef; Tsverin, Yulia; Burghaus, Uwe; Komarneni, Mallikharjuna Rao

    2016-01-26

    This invention relates to a hybrid component comprising at least one nanoparticle of inorganic layered compound (in the form of fullerene-like structure or nanotube), and at least one metal nanoparticle, uses thereof as a catalyst, (e.g. photocatalysis) and processes for its preparation.

  6. Gel-forming reagents and uses thereof for preparing microarrays

    Science.gov (United States)

    Golova, Julia; Chernov, Boris; Perov, Alexander

    2010-11-09

    New gel-forming reagents including monomers and cross-linkers, which can be applied to gel-drop microarray manufacturing by using co-polymerization approaches are disclosed. Compositions for the preparation of co-polymerization mixtures with new gel-forming monomers and cross-linker reagents are described herein. New co-polymerization compositions and cross-linkers with variable length linker groups between unsaturated C.dbd.C bonds that participate in the formation of gel networks are disclosed.

  7. Nanoporous Insulating Oxide Deionization Device Having Asymmetric Electrodes and Method of Use Thereof

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of Commerce — A nanoporous insulating oxide deionization device, method of manufacture and method of use thereof for deionizing a water supply (such as a hard water supply), for...

  8. Nanostructured calcium-silver phosphate composite powder, method for obtaining same, and bactericidal and fungicidal uses thereof

    OpenAIRE

    Díaz Muñoz, Marcos; Moya, J. S.; Barba Martín-Sonseca, María Flora; Malpartida Romero, Francisco; Miranda Fernández, Miriam; Fernández, Adolfo

    2008-01-01

    [EN] The invention relates to a nanostructured calcium-silver phosphate composite powder which can be used as a bactericide and/or fungicide, with similar effectiveness to that of commercial products and with low toxicity. The invention also relates to a method for obtaining said nanostructured calcium-silver phosphate composite powders, which comprises preparing nanometric calcium phosphate by means of a sol-gel process and subsequently depositing silver nanoparticles on the surface thereof....

  9. Method for increasing the resistance of a plant or a part thereof to a pathogen, method for screening the resistance of a plant or part thereof to a pathogen, and use thereof

    OpenAIRE

    Wit, de, A.J.W.; Stergiopoulos, I.; Kema, G.H.J.

    2011-01-01

    (EN)The present invention relates to the field of plant biotechnology. More in particular, the present invention relates to methods for increasing the resistance of a plant or part thereof that is susceptible to infection with a pathogen comprising an ortholog of the Avr4 protein of Cladosporium fulvum, wherein said plant is not a tomato or tobacco plant. The invention also relates to methods for screening the resistance of a plant or a part thereof to at least one pathogen, wherein said path...

  10. Thermally stable surfactants and compositions and methods of use thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chaiko, David J. (Woodridge, IL)

    2008-09-02

    There are provided novel thermally stable surfactants for use with fillers in the preparation of polymer composites and nanocomposites. Typically, surfactants of the invention are urethanes, ureas or esters of thiocarbamic acid having a hydrocarbyl group of from 10 to 50 carbons and optionally including an ionizable or charged group (e.g., carboxyl group or quaternary amine). Thus, there are provided surfactants having Formula I: ##STR00001## wherein the variables are as defined herein. Further provided are methods of making thermally stable surfactants and compositions, including composites and nanocomposites, using fillers coated with the surfactants.

  11. Method for increasing the resistance of a plant or a part thereof to a pathogen, method for screening the resistance of a plant or part thereof to a pathogen, and use thereof

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Wit, de P.; Stergiopoulos, I.; Kema, G.H.J.

    2011-01-01

    (EN)The present invention relates to the field of plant biotechnology. More in particular, the present invention relates to methods for increasing the resistance of a plant or part thereof that is susceptible to infection with a pathogen comprising an ortholog of the Avr4 protein of Cladosporium ful

  12. Methods for producing nanoparticles using palladium salt and uses thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chan, Siu-Wai; Liang, Hongying

    2015-12-01

    The disclosed subject matter is directed to a method for producing nanoparticles, as well as the nanoparticles produced by this method. In one embodiment, the nanoparticles produced by the disclosed method have a high defect density.

  13. Single crystal micromechanical resonator and fabrication methods thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Olsson, Roy H.; Friedmann, Thomas A.; Homeijer, Sara Jensen; Wiwi, Michael; Hattar, Khalid Mikhiel; Clark, Blythe; Bauer, Todd; Van Deusen, Stuart B.

    2016-12-20

    The present invention relates to a single crystal micromechanical resonator. In particular, the resonator includes a lithium niobate or lithium tantalate suspended plate. Also provided are improved microfabrication methods of making resonators, which does not rely on complicated wafer bonding, layer fracturing, and mechanical polishing steps. Rather, the methods allow the resonator and its components to be formed from a single crystal.

  14. Single crystal micromechanical resonator and fabrication methods thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Olsson, Roy H.; Friedmann, Thomas A.; Homeijer, Sara Jensen; Wiwi, Michael; Hattar, Khalid Mikhiel; Clark, Blythe; Bauer, Todd; Van Deusen, Stuart B.

    2016-12-20

    The present invention relates to a single crystal micromechanical resonator. In particular, the resonator includes a lithium niobate or lithium tantalate suspended plate. Also provided are improved microfabrication methods of making resonators, which does not rely on complicated wafer bonding, layer fracturing, and mechanical polishing steps. Rather, the methods allow the resonator and its components to be formed from a single crystal.

  15. Plants with modified lignin content and methods for production thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Qiao; Chen, Fang; Dixon, Richard A.

    2014-08-05

    The invention provides methods for decreasing lignin content and for increasing the level of fermentable carbohydrates in plants by down-regulation of the NST transcription factor. Nucleic acid constructs for down-regulation of NST are described. Transgenic plants are provided that comprise reduced lignin content. Plants described herein may be used, for example, as improved biofuel feedstock and as highly digestible forage crops. Methods for processing plant tissue and for producing ethanol by utilizing such plants are also provided.

  16. Micropores and methods of making and using thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Perroud, Thomas D.; Patel, Kamlesh D.; Meagher, Robert J.

    2016-08-02

    Disclosed herein are methods of making micropores of a desired height and/or width between two isotropic wet etched features in a substrate which comprises single-level isotropic wet etching the two features using an etchant and a mask distance that is less than 2.times. a set etch depth. Also disclosed herein are methods using the micropores and microfluidic devices comprising the micropores.

  17. Zeolite-catalysed preparation of alpha-hydroxy carboxylic acids and esters thereof

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2010-01-01

    A process for the production of lactic acid and 2-hydroxy-3-butenoic acid or esters thereof by conversion of glucose, fructose, sucrose, xylose and glycolaldehyde dissolved in a solvent in presence of a solid Lewis acidic catalyst.......A process for the production of lactic acid and 2-hydroxy-3-butenoic acid or esters thereof by conversion of glucose, fructose, sucrose, xylose and glycolaldehyde dissolved in a solvent in presence of a solid Lewis acidic catalyst....

  18. In-liquid plasma devices and methods of use thereof

    KAUST Repository

    Cha, Min Suk

    2017-08-10

    Devices and methods for generating a plasma in a liquid are provided. A low- dielectric material can be placed in contact with the liquid to form an interface a distance from an anode. A voltage can be applied across the anode and a cathode submerged in the liquid to produce the plasma. A variety of devices are provided, including for continuous operation. The devices and methods can be used to generate a plasma in a variety of liquids, for example for water treatment, hydrocarbon reformation, or synthesis of nanomaterial.

  19. Catalysts for converting syngas into liquid hydrocarbons and methods thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yu, Fei; Yan, Qiangu; Batchelor, William

    2016-03-15

    The presently-disclosed subject matter includes methods for producing liquid hydrocarbons from syngas. In some embodiments the syngas is obtained from biomass and/or comprises a relatively high amount of nitrogen and/or carbon dioxide. In some embodiments the present methods can convert syngas into liquid hydrocarbons through a one-stage process. Also provided are catalysts for producing liquid hydrocarbons from syngas, wherein the catalysts include a base material, a transition metal, and a promoter. In some embodiments the base material includes a zeolite-iron material or a cobalt-molybdenum carbide material. In still further embodiments the promoter can include an alkali metal.

  20. Ignitable solids having an arrayed structure and methods thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Adams, David P.; Reeves, Robert V.; Grubbs, Robert K.; Henry, Michael David

    2017-08-08

    The present invention relates to the design and manufacture of an ignitable solid, where the solid is composed of an array of ignitable regions. In some examples, the array provides a three-dimensional periodic arrangement of such ignitable regions. The ignitable region can have any useful geometry and geometric arrangement within the solid, and methods of making such regions are also described herein.

  1. Ionomers and methods of making same and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Coates, Geoffrey W.; Kostalik, IV, Henry A.; Clark, Timothy J.; Robertson, Nicholas J.

    2016-11-15

    Ionomers comprising ionic groups such as, for example, tetraalkylammonium groups and methods of making such ionomers. For example, the ionomers can be produced by ring opening metathesis polymerization of alkene-containing monomers with tetraalkylammonium groups and, optionally, alkene-containing monomers without tetraalkylammonium groups. The ionomers can be used in applications such as, for example, fuel cell applications.

  2. Non-cementitious compositions comprising vaterite and methods thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Devenney, Martin; Fernandez, Miguel; Morgan, Samuel O.

    2015-09-15

    Non-cementitious compositions and products are provided. The compositions of the invention include a carbonate additive comprising vaterite such as reactive vaterite. Additional aspects of the invention include methods of making and using the non-cementitious compositions and products.

  3. Nuclear fuel alloys or mixtures and method of making thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mariani, Robert Dominick; Porter, Douglas Lloyd

    2016-04-05

    Nuclear fuel alloys or mixtures and methods of making nuclear fuel mixtures are provided. Pseudo-binary actinide-M fuel mixtures form alloys and exhibit: body-centered cubic solid phases at low temperatures; high solidus temperatures; and/or minimal or no reaction or inter-diffusion with steel and other cladding materials. Methods described herein through metallurgical and thermodynamics advancements guide the selection of amounts of fuel mixture components by use of phase diagrams. Weight percentages for components of a metallic additive to an actinide fuel are selected in a solid phase region of an isothermal phase diagram taken at a temperature below an upper temperature limit for the resulting fuel mixture in reactor use. Fuel mixtures include uranium-molybdenum-tungsten, uranium-molybdenum-tantalum, molybdenum-titanium-zirconium, and uranium-molybdenum-titanium systems.

  4. Nanoporous carbon actuator and methods of use thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Biener, Juergen [San Leandro, CA; Baumann, Theodore F [Discovery Bay, CA; Shao, Lihua [Karlsruhe, DE; Weissmueller, Joerg [Stutensee, DE

    2012-07-31

    An electrochemically driveable actuator according to one embodiment includes a nanoporous carbon aerogel composition capable of exhibiting charge-induced reversible strain when wetted by an electrolyte and a voltage is applied thereto. An electrochemically driven actuator according to another embodiment includes a nanoporous carbon aerogel composition wetted by an electrolyte; and a mechanism for causing charge-induced reversible strain of the composition. A method for electrochemically actuating an object according to one embodiment includes causing charge-induced reversible strain of a nanoporous carbon aerogel composition wetted with an electrolyte to actuate the object by the strain.

  5. Shape optimized headers and methods of manufacture thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Perrin, Ian James

    2013-11-05

    Disclosed herein is a shape optimized header comprising a shell that is operative for collecting a fluid; wherein an internal diameter and/or a wall thickness of the shell vary with a change in pressure and/or a change in a fluid flow rate in the shell; and tubes; wherein the tubes are in communication with the shell and are operative to transfer fluid into the shell. Disclosed herein is a method comprising fixedly attaching tubes to a shell; wherein the shell is operative for collecting a fluid; wherein an internal diameter and/or a wall thickness of the shell vary with a change in pressure and/or a change in a fluid flow rate in the shell; and wherein the tubes are in communication with the shell and are operative to transfer fluid into the shell.

  6. Microwave-emitting rotor, separator apparatus including same, methods of operation and design thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Meikrantz, David H.

    2006-12-19

    An apparatus for use in separating, at least in part, a mixture, including at least one chamber and at least one microwave generation device configured for communicating microwave energy into the at least one chamber is disclosed. The rotor assembly may comprise an electric generator for generating electricity for operating the microwave generation device. At least one microwave generation device may be positioned within a tubular interior shaft extending within the rotor assembly. At least a portion of the tubular interior shaft may be substantially transparent to microwave energy. Microwave energy may be emitted in an outward radial direction or toward an anticipated boundary surface defined between a mixture and a separated constituent thereof. A method including flowing a mixture through at least one chamber and communicating microwave energy into the at least one chamber while rotating same is disclosed. Methods of operating a centrifugal separator and design thereof are disclosed.

  7. OPTICAL FIBRE WITH HIGH NUMERICAL APERTURE, METHOD OF ITS PRODUCTION, AND USE THEREOF

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2003-01-01

    An article comprising an optical fibre, the fibre comprising at least one core surrounded by a first outer cladding region, the first outer cladding region being surrounded by a second outer cladding region, the first outer cladding region in the cross-section comprising a number of first outer...... an optical wavelength of light guided through the fibre when in use; a method of its production, and use thereof...

  8. INTERCALATING TRIPLEXES AND DUPLEXES USING ARYL NAPHTHOIMIDAZOL AND PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION THEREOF

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2009-01-01

    There is provided an intercalating oligonucleotide for stabilizing natural or modified DNA and RNA triplexes, duplexes and hybrids thereof having the general structure (I) triplex forming oligonucleotides of the invention are capable of binding specifically to double stranded target nucleic acids...

  9. Absorbing material based on starch having improved absorbent properties and process for the preparation thereof

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Feil, H.; Soest, van J.J.G.; Schijndel, van R.J.G.

    1999-01-01

    A biodegradable, highly water-absorbing polymer based on starch or derivatives thereof is described, wherein the starch has not been chemically modified or only to a degree of substitution below 0.2, and has a water-absorbing power of at least 10 times its own weight, half of the water absorption be

  10. Method for preparing spherical ferrite beads and use thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lauf, Robert J.; Anderson, Kimberly K.; Montgomery, Frederick C.; Collins, Jack L.

    2002-01-01

    The invention allows the fabrication of small, dense, highly polished spherical beads of hexagonal ferrites with selected compositions for use in nonreciprocal microwave and mm-wave devices as well as in microwave absorbent or reflective coatings, composites, and the like. A porous, generally spherical bead of hydrous iron oxide is made by a sol-gel process to form a substantially rigid bead having a generally fine crystallite size and correspondingly finely distributed internal porosity. The resulting gel bead is washed and hydrothermally reacted with a soluble alkaline earth salt (typically Ba or Sr) under conditions of elevated temperature and pressure to convert the bead into a mixed hydrous iron-alkaline earth oxide while retaining the generally spherical shape. This mixed oxide bead is then washed, dried, and calcined to produce the desired (BaFe.sub.12 O.sub.19 or SrFe.sub.12 O.sub.19) crystal structure. The calcined bead is then sintered to form a dense bead of the BaFe.sub.12 O.sub.19 and SrFe.sub.12 O.sub.19 phase suitable for polishing and incorporation into various microwave devices and components.

  11. Method of fabricating a back-contact solar cell and device thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Li, Bo; Smith, David; Cousins, Peter

    2016-08-02

    Methods of fabricating back-contact solar cells and devices thereof are described. A method of fabricating a back-contact solar cell includes forming an N-type dopant source layer and a P-type dopant source layer above a material layer disposed above a substrate. The N-type dopant source layer is spaced apart from the P-type dopant source layer. The N-type dopant source layer and the P-type dopant source layer are heated. Subsequently, a trench is formed in the material layer, between the N-type and P-type dopant source layers.

  12. Toughened and corrosion- and wear-resistant composite structures and fabrication methods thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Seals, Roland D.; Ripley, Edward B.; Hallman, Russell L.

    2017-06-20

    Composite structures having a reinforced material interjoined with a substrate, wherein the reinforced material comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of titanium monoboride, titanium diboride, and combinations thereof.

  13. PIPERIDINE OLIGOMERS AND COMBINATORIAL LIBRARIES THEREOF

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    1999-01-01

    The present invention relates to piperidine oligomers, methods for the preparation of piperidine oligomers and compound libraries thereof, and the use of piperidine oligomers as drug substances. The present invention also relates to the use of combinatorial libraries of piperidine oligomers...... in libraries (arrays) of compounds especially suitable for screening purposes....

  14. Electrically Conductive, Optically Transparent Polymer/Carbon Nanotube Composites and Process for Preparation Thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Connell, John W. (Inventor); Smith, Joseph G. (Inventor); Harrison, Joycelyn S. (Inventor); Park, Cheol (Inventor); Watson, Kent A. (Inventor); Ounaies, Zoubeida (Inventor)

    2011-01-01

    The present invention is directed to the effective dispersion of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) into polymer matrices. The nanocomposites are prepared using polymer matrices and exhibit a unique combination of properties, most notably, high retention of optical transparency in the visible range (i.e., 400-800 nm), electrical conductivity, and high thermal stability. By appropriate selection of the matrix resin, additional properties such as vacuum ultraviolet radiation resistance, atomic oxygen resistance, high glass transition (T.sub.g) temperatures, and excellent toughness can be attained. The resulting nanocomposites can be used to fabricate or formulate a variety of articles such as coatings on a variety of substrates, films, foams, fibers, threads, adhesives and fiber coated prepreg. The properties of the nanocomposites can be adjusted by selection of the polymer matrix and CNT to fabricate articles that possess high optical transparency and antistatic behavior.

  15. Method for the synthesis of kojibiose and the application thereof in the production of food and pharnaceutical compositions

    OpenAIRE

    Díez-Municio, M.; Moreno, F. Javier; Herrero, Miguel; Montilla, Antonia

    2014-01-01

    [EN] The invention relates to a method for the synthesis of kojibiose, characterised by its simplicity and high yield, using a starting reaction mixture containing, as the main compound thereof, the trisaccharide 2-α-D-glucopyranosyl-lactose, O-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-O-[α-D-glucopyranosyl- (1→2)]-β-D-glucopyranose, and leucrose, lactose, fructose, glucose and saccharose, said method comprising steps of fermentation, hydrolysis and purification, allowing the production of a disaccharide w...

  16. Stabilized aqueous gels and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Swanson, B.L.

    1978-08-29

    New improved aqueous gels, and methods of using same in contacting subterranean formations, are provided. The gels are prepared by gelling an aqueous brine having incorporated therein a water-soluble cellulose ether such as a carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), and are rendered more stable to decomposition by incorporating a sulfoalkylated tannin stabilizing agent, such as a sulfomethylated quebracho (SMQ), in the gel during the preparation thereof.

  17. Metallic nanospheres embedded in nanowires initiated on nanostructures and methods for synthesis thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zaidi, Saleem [Albuquerque, NM; Tringe, Joseph W [Walnut Creek, CA; Vanamu, Ganesh [Sunnyvale, CA; Prinja, Rajiv [Albuquerque, NM

    2012-01-10

    A nanostructure includes a nanowire having metallic spheres formed therein, the spheres being characterized as having at least one of about a uniform diameter and about a uniform spacing there between. A nanostructure in another embodiment includes a substrate having an area with a nanofeature; and a nanowire extending from the nanofeature, the nanowire having metallic spheres formed therein, the spheres being characterized as having at least one of about a uniform diameter and about a uniform spacing there between. A method for forming a nanostructure is also presented. A method for reading and writing data is also presented. A method for preparing nanoparticles is also presented.

  18. Hollow fiber structures, methods of use thereof, methods of making, and pressure-retarded processes

    KAUST Repository

    Le, Lieu Ngoc

    2016-12-08

    Embodiments of the present disclosure provide for composite materials, methods of making composite materials, methods of using composite materials, and the like. In particular, the present application relates to hollow fibers and to pressure-retarded osmosis systems comprising said fibers. The hollow fibers have an inside layer and an outside layer, wherein the outside layer covers an outside surface of the inside layer, wherein the inside layer forms a boundary around the lumen, wherein the inside layer includes a bi-layer structure, wherein the bi-layer structure includes a sponge-like layer and a finger-like layer, wherein the sponge-like layer is disposed closer to the lumen of the hollow fiber and the finger-like layer is disposed on the sponge-like layer on the side opposite the lumen, wherein the outside layer includes a polyamide layer.

  19. Mixed metal oxide crystalline powders and method for the synthesis thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Joyce, I.H.; Blonski, R.P.; Maloney, J.J.; Welch, J.J.; Pipoly, R.A.; Byrne, C.J.

    1993-07-20

    A method is described for the solid state synthesis of mixed metal oxide crystalline powders comprising the steps of: preparing a raw material mixture containing at least two different metal cations; adding a template material to said mixture and blending it therewith; initiating formation of a mixed metal oxide by calcination of said mixture and said template material, whereby particles of the mixed metal oxides are formed in powder form; and thereafter recovering said mixed metal oxide particles.

  20. Geobacter strains that use alternate organic compounds, methods of making, and methods of use thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lovley, Derek R; Summers, Zarath Morgan; Haveman, Shelley Annette; Izallalen, Mounir

    2013-12-03

    In preferred embodiments, the present invention provides new isolated strains of Geobacter species that are capable of using a carbon source that is selected from C.sub.3 to C.sub.12 organic compounds selected from pyruvate or metabolic precursors of pyruvate as an electron donor in metabolism and in subsequent energy production. In other aspects, other preferred embodiments of the present invention include methods of making such strains and methods of using such strains. In general, the wild type strain of the microorganisms has been shown to be unable to use these C.sub.3 to C.sub.12 organic compounds as electron donors in metabolic steps such as the reduction of metallic ions. The inventive strains of microorganisms are useful improving bioremediation applications, including in situ bioremediation (including uranium bioremediation and halogenated solvent bioremediation), microbial fuel cells, power generation from small and large-scale waste facilities (e.g., biomass waste from dairy, agriculture, food processing, brewery, or vintner industries, etc.) using microbial fuel cells, and other applications of microbial fuel cells, including, but not limited to, improved electrical power supplies for environmental sensors, electronic sensors, and electric vehicles.

  1. Method of Making Reaction Induced Phase Separation Membranes and Uses Thereof

    KAUST Repository

    Peinemann, Klaus-Viktor

    2017-08-10

    Provided herein are methods of making asymmetric membranes comprising a first layer and a second layer. The methods include preparing a polymeric solution comprising one or more polymers, casting the polymeric solution to form a polymeric film, contacting the polymeric film with a solvent comprising a crosslinker under conditions to form a first layer on the top of the film, wherein the first layer is dense and solvent resistant, and contacting the polymeric film having the dense, solvent-resistant first layer with a non-solvent solution under conditions that form a porous second layer on the bottom of the film.

  2. Method to prepare Semtex

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Alcaraz, A; Dougan, A

    2006-11-26

    This procedure requires the binder and uncoated RDX be prepared in separate steps, see Figure 1: (1) The binder and dye are mixed by agitation with a water-insoluble organic solvent (e.g., toluene), I; (2) The RDX/PETN is agitated thoroughly with water, II; (3) The binder solution I is added to the RDX/water mixture at II with thorough mixing to form a slurry III; (4) In the next step the solvent is distilled off at IV leaving resulting granules; (5) The next step is followed by filtration at V, which may be done by vacuum; (6) The composition is then dried at VI to a dough-like consistency.

  3. Preparation methods of alginate nanoparticles

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Paques, J.P.; Linden, van der E.; Rijn, van C.J.M.; Sagis, L.M.C.

    2014-01-01

    This article reviews available methods for the formation of alginate nano-aggregates, nanocapsules and nanospheres. Primarily, alginate nanoparticles are being prepared by two methods. In the “complexation method”, complex formation on the interface of an oil droplet is used to form alginate

  4. Preparation methods of alginate nanoparticles

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Paques, J.P.; Linden, van der E.; Rijn, van C.J.M.; Sagis, L.M.C.

    2014-01-01

    This article reviews available methods for the formation of alginate nano-aggregates, nanocapsules and nanospheres. Primarily, alginate nanoparticles are being prepared by two methods. In the “complexation method”, complex formation on the interface of an oil droplet is used to form alginate nanocap

  5. Ionic liquids, method for the production thereof, and use of same as electrolytes for electrochemical energy storage devices

    OpenAIRE

    Miguel, Irene de; Herradón García, Bernardo; Mann, Enrique; Morales, Enrique

    2014-01-01

    [EN] The invention relates to ionic liquids of general formula (I), to the synthesis thereof, and to the use of said ionic liquids as electrolytes in electrochemical electrical energy storage devices.

  6. Proposed design method for large-stone asphalt and the implementation thereof in the rehabilitation of an airport pavement.

    CSIR Research Space (South Africa)

    Grobler, JE

    1992-07-01

    Full Text Available This paper addresses the development of a design procedure for large-stone asphalt, the implementation thereof in two sets of trial sections, the correlation of engineering properties obtained in the laboratory with field properties...

  7. Method for preparing hydrous iron oxide gels and spherules

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, Jack L.; Lauf, Robert J.; Anderson, Kimberly K.

    2003-07-29

    The present invention is directed to methods for preparing hydrous iron oxide spherules, hydrous iron oxide gels such as gel slabs, films, capillary and electrophoresis gels, iron monohydrogen phosphate spherules, hydrous iron oxide spherules having suspendable particles homogeneously embedded within to form composite sorbents and catalysts, iron monohydrogen phosphate spherules having suspendable particles of at least one different sorbent homogeneously embedded within to form a composite sorbent, iron oxide spherules having suspendable particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite of hydrous iron oxide fiber materials, iron oxide fiber materials, hydrous iron oxide fiber materials having suspendable particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite, iron oxide fiber materials having suspendable particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite, dielectric spherules of barium, strontium, and lead ferrites and mixtures thereof, and composite catalytic spherules of barium or strontium ferrite embedded with oxides of Mg, Zn, Pb, Ce and mixtures thereof. These variations of hydrous iron oxide spherules and gel forms prepared by the gel-sphere, internal gelation process offer more useful forms of inorganic ion exchangers, catalysts, getters, dielectrics, and ceramics.

  8. Polymer blend compositions and methods of preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Naskar, Amit K.

    2016-09-27

    A polymer blend material comprising: (i) a first polymer containing hydrogen bond donating groups having at least one hydrogen atom bound to a heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, or an anionic version of said first polymer wherein at least a portion of hydrogen atoms bound to a heteroatom is absent and replaced with at least one electron pair; (ii) a second polymer containing hydrogen bond accepting groups selected from nitrile, halogen, and ether functional groups; and (iii) at least one modifying agent selected from carbon particles, ether-containing polymers, and Lewis acid compounds; wherein, if said second polymer contains ether functional groups, then said at least one modifying agent is selected from carbon particles and Lewis acid compounds. Methods for producing the polymer blend, molded forms thereof, and articles thereof, are also described.

  9. Ultrasound Based Method and Apparatus for Stone Detection and to Facilitate Clearance Thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bailey, Michael (Inventor); Kucewicz, John (Inventor); Lu, Wei (Inventor); Sapozhnikov, Oleg (Inventor); Illian, Paul (Inventor); Shah, Anup (Inventor); Dunmire, Barbrina (Inventor); Owen, Neil (Inventor); Cunitz, Bryan (Inventor); Kaczkowski, Peter (Inventor)

    2015-01-01

    Described herein are methods and apparatus for detecting stones by ultrasound, in which the ultrasound reflections from a stone are preferentially selected and accentuated relative to the ultrasound reflections from blood or tissue. Also described herein are methods and apparatus for applying pushing ultrasound to in vivo stones or other objects, to facilitate the removal of such in vivo objects.

  10. Powder-based adsorbents having high adsorption capacities for recovering dissolved metals and methods thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Janke, Christopher J.; Dai, Sheng; Oyola, Yatsandra

    2016-05-03

    A powder-based adsorbent and a related method of manufacture are provided. The powder-based adsorbent includes polymer powder with grafted side chains and an increased surface area per unit weight to increase the adsorption of dissolved metals, for example uranium, from aqueous solutions. A method for forming the powder-based adsorbent includes irradiating polymer powder, grafting with polymerizable reactive monomers, reacting with hydroxylamine, and conditioning with an alkaline solution. Powder-based adsorbents formed according to the present method demonstrated a significantly improved uranium adsorption capacity per unit weight over existing adsorbents.

  11. Web-based emergency response exercise management systems and methods thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Goforth, John W.; Mercer, Michael B.; Heath, Zach; Yang, Lynn I.

    2014-09-09

    According to one embodiment, a method for simulating portions of an emergency response exercise includes generating situational awareness outputs associated with a simulated emergency and sending the situational awareness outputs to a plurality of output devices. Also, the method includes outputting to a user device a plurality of decisions associated with the situational awareness outputs at a decision point, receiving a selection of one of the decisions from the user device, generating new situational awareness outputs based on the selected decision, and repeating the sending, outputting and receiving steps based on the new situational awareness outputs. Other methods, systems, and computer program products are included according to other embodiments of the invention.

  12. Ortho-substituted triptycene-based diamines, monomers, and polymers, methods of making and uses thereof

    KAUST Repository

    Ghanem, Bader Saleh

    2017-04-13

    Described herein are ortho-dimethyl-substituted and tetramethyi-substituted triptycene-containing diamine monomers and microporous triptycene-based poiyimides and poiyamides, and methods of making the monomers and polymers.

  13. Superconducting transition edge sensors and methods for design and manufacture thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sadleir, John E. (Inventor)

    2013-01-01

    Methods for forming sensors using transition edge sensors (TES) and sensors therefrom are described. The method includes forming a plurality of sensor arrays includes at least one TES device. The TES device includes a TES device body, a first superconducting lead contacting a first portion of the TES device body, and a second superconducting lead contacting of a second portion of the TES device body, where the first and second superconducting leads separated on the TES device body by a lead spacing. The lead spacing can be selected to be different for at least two of the plurality of sensor arrays. The method also includes determining a transition temperature for each of the plurality of sensor arrays and generating a signal responsive to detecting a change in the electrical characteristics of one of the plurality of sensor arrays meeting a transition temperature criterion.

  14. Micromechanical Devices for Control of Cell-Cell Interaction, and Methods of Use Thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bhatia, Sangeeta N. (Inventor); Hui, Elliot (Inventor)

    2017-01-01

    The development and function of living tissues depends largely on interactions between cells that can vary in both time and space; however, temporal control of cell-cell interaction is experimentally challenging. By employing a micromachined silicon substrate with moving parts, herein is disclosed the dynamic regulation of cell-cell interactions via direct manipulation of adherent cells with micron-scale precision. The inventive devices and methods allow mechanical control of both tissue composition and spatial organization. The inventive device and methods enable the investigation of dynamic cell-cell interaction in a multitude of applications, such as intercellular communication, spanning embryogenesis, homeostasis, and pathogenic processes.

  15. Imaging agents for monitoring changes of dopamine receptors and methods of using thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mukherjee, Jogeshwar; Chandy, George; Milne, Norah; Wang, Ping H.; Easwaramoorthy, Balu; Mantil, Joseph; Garcia, Adriana

    2017-05-30

    The present invention is related generally to a method for screening subjects to determine those subjects more likely to develop diabetes by quantization of insulin producing cells. The present invention is also related to the diagnosis of diabetes and related to monitor disease progression or treatment efficacy of candidate drugs.

  16. Parallel-wire grid assembly with method and apparatus for construction thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lewandowski, Edward F. (Westmont, IL); Vrabec, John (South Holland, IL)

    1984-01-01

    Disclosed is a parallel wire grid and an apparatus and method for making the same. The grid consists of a generally coplanar array of parallel spaced-apart wires secured between metallic frame members by an electrically conductive epoxy. The method consists of continuously winding a wire about a novel winding apparatus comprising a plurality of spaced-apart generally parallel spindles. Each spindle is threaded with a number of predeterminedly spaced-apart grooves which receive and accurately position the wire at predetermined positions along the spindle. Overlying frame members coated with electrically conductive epoxy are then placed on either side of the wire array and are drawn together. After the epoxy hardens, portions of the wire array lying outside the frame members are trimmed away.

  17. Compositions Comprising Nickel-Titanium, Methods Manufacture Thereof and Articles Comprising the Same

    Science.gov (United States)

    Glennon, Glenn N. (Inventor); DellaCorte, Christopher (Inventor)

    2016-01-01

    Disclosing herein is a method for manufacturing nickel-titanium compositions. The method includes disposing a powdered composition in a mold; the powdered composition comprising nickel and titanium; the titanium being present in an amount of about 38 to about 42 wt % and the nickel being present in an amount of about 58 to about 62 wt %; sintering the powdered composition to produce a sintered preform; compacting the preform; machining the preform to form an article; heat treating the article; the annealing being conducted at a temperature of about 1650.degree. F. to about 1900.degree. F. at a pressure of about 3 Torr to about 5 Kg-f/cm.sup.2 for a time period of about 10 minutes to about 5 hours; and quenching the article.

  18. Methods of electrophoretic deposition for functionally graded porous nanostructures and systems thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Worsley, Marcus A; Baumann, Theodore F; Satcher, Joe H; Olson, Tammy Y; Kuntz, Joshua D; Rose, Klint A

    2015-03-03

    In one embodiment, an aerogel includes a layer of shaped particles having a particle packing density gradient in a thickness direction of the layer, wherein the shaped particles are characterized by being formed in an electrophoretic deposition (EPD) process using an impurity. In another embodiment, a method for forming a functionally graded porous nanostructure includes adding particles of an impurity and a solution to an EPD chamber, applying a voltage difference across the two electrodes of the EPD chamber to create an electric field in the EPD chamber, and depositing the material onto surfaces of the particles of the impurity to form shaped particles of the material. Other functionally graded materials and methods are described according to more embodiments.

  19. High Density Faraday Cup Array or Other Open Trench Structures and Method of Manufacture Thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bower, Christopher A. (Inventor); Gilchrist, Kristin Hedgepath (Inventor); Stoner, Brian R. (Inventor)

    2014-01-01

    A detector array and method for making the detector array. The detector array includes a substrate including a plurality of trenches formed therein, and a plurality of collectors electrically isolated from each other, formed on the walls of the trenches, and configured to collect charged particles incident on respective ones of the collectors and to output from the collectors signals indicative of charged particle collection. In the detector array, adjacent ones of the plurality of trenches are disposed in a staggered configuration relative to one another. The method forms in a substrate a plurality of trenches across a surface of the substrate such that adjacent ones of the trenches are in a staggered sequence relative to one another, forms in the plurality of trenches a plurality of collectors, and connects a plurality of electrodes respectively to the collectors.

  20. Guided-wave photodiode using through-absorber quantum-well-intermixing and methods thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Skogen, Erik J.

    2016-10-25

    The present invention includes a high-speed, high-saturation power detector (e.g., a photodiode) compatible with a relatively simple monolithic integration process. In particular embodiments, the photodiode includes an intrinsic bulk absorption region, which is grown above a main waveguide core including a number of quantum wells (QWs) that are used as the active region of a phase modulator. The invention also includes methods of fabricating integrated photodiode and waveguide assemblies using a monolithic, simplified process.

  1. Fiber-based adsorbents having high adsorption capacities for recovering dissolved metals and methods thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Janke, Christopher J.; Dai, Sheng; Oyola, Yatsandra

    2016-09-06

    A fiber-based adsorbent and a related method of manufacture are provided. The fiber-based adsorbent includes polymer fibers with grafted side chains and an increased surface area per unit weight over known fibers to increase the adsorption of dissolved metals, for example uranium, from aqueous solutions. The polymer fibers include a circular morphology in some embodiments, having a mean diameter of less than 15 microns, optionally less than about 1 micron. In other embodiments, the polymer fibers include a non-circular morphology, optionally defining multiple gear-shaped, winged-shaped or lobe-shaped projections along the length of the polymer fibers. A method for forming the fiber-based adsorbents includes irradiating high surface area polymer fibers, grafting with polymerizable reactive monomers, reacting the grafted fibers with hydroxylamine, and conditioning with an alkaline solution. High surface area fiber-based adsorbents formed according to the present method demonstrated a significantly improved uranium adsorption capacity per unit weight over existing adsorbents.

  2. Fiber-based adsorbents having high adsorption capacities for recovering dissolved metals and methods thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Janke, Christopher J; Dai, Sheng; Oyola, Yatsandra

    2014-05-13

    A fiber-based adsorbent and a related method of manufacture are provided. The fiber-based adsorbent includes polymer fibers with grafted side chains and an increased surface area per unit weight over known fibers to increase the adsorption of dissolved metals, for example uranium, from aqueous solutions. The polymer fibers include a circular morphology in some embodiments, having a mean diameter of less than 15 microns, optionally less than about 1 micron. In other embodiments, the polymer fibers include a non-circular morphology, optionally defining multiple gear-shaped, winged-shaped or lobe-shaped projections along the length of the polymer fibers. A method for forming the fiber-based adsorbents includes irradiating high surface area polymer fibers, grafting with polymerizable reactive monomers, reacting the grafted fibers with hydroxylamine, and conditioning with an alkaline solution. High surface area fiber-based adsorbents formed according to the present method demonstrated a significantly improved uranium adsorption capacity per unit weight over existing adsorbents.

  3. Aid for electrical contacting of high-temperature fuel cells and method for production thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Becker, Ines; Schillig, Cora

    2014-03-18

    A double-sided adhesive metal-based tape for use as contacting aid for SOFC fuel cells is provided. The double-sided metal-based adhesive tape is suitable for simplifying the construction of cell bundles. The double-sided metal-based adhesive tape is used for electrical contacting of the cell connector with the anode and for electrical contacting of the interconnector of the fuel cells with the cell connector. A method for producing the double-sided adhesive metal-base tape is also provided.

  4. Methods of three-dimensional electrophoretic deposition for ceramic and cermet applications and systems thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rose, Klint Aaron; Kuntz, Joshua D.; Worsley, Marcus

    2016-09-27

    A ceramic, metal, or cermet according to one embodiment includes a first layer having a gradient in composition, microstructure and/or density in an x-y plane oriented parallel to a plane of deposition of the first layer. A ceramic according to another embodiment includes a plurality of layers comprising particles of a non-cubic material, wherein each layer is characterized by the particles of the non-cubic material being aligned in a common direction. Additional products and methods are also disclosed.

  5. Aid for electrical contacting of high-temperature fuel cells and method for production thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Becker, Ines; Schillig, Cora

    2014-03-18

    A double-sided adhesive metal-based tape for use as contacting aid for SOFC fuel cells is provided. The double-sided metal-based adhesive tape is suitable for simplifying the construction of cell bundles. The double-sided metal-based adhesive tape is used for electrical contacting of the cell connector with the anode and for electrical contacting of the interconnector of the fuel cells with the cell connector. A method for producing the double-sided adhesive metal-base tape is also provided.

  6. Faraday Cup Array Integrated with a Readout IC and Method for Manufacture Thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bower, Christopher A. (Inventor); Hedgepath Gilchrist, Kristin (Inventor); Stoner, Brian R. (Inventor); Temple, Dorota (Inventor)

    2014-01-01

    A detector array and method for making the detector array. The array includes a substrate including a plurality of trenches formed therein, and includes a plurality of collectors electrically isolated from each other, formed on the walls of the trenches, and configured to collect charge particles incident on respective ones of the collectors and to output from said collectors signals indicative of charged particle collection. The array includes a plurality of readout circuits disposed on a side of the substrate opposite openings to the collectors. The readout circuits are configured to read charge collection signals from respective ones of the plurality of collectors.

  7. Micro-fabricated integrated coil and magnetic circuit and method of manufacturing thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mihailovich, Robert E.; Papavasiliou, Alex P.; Mehrotra, Vivek; Stupar, Philip A.; Borwick, III, Robert L.; Ganguli, Rahul; DeNatale, Jeffrey F.

    2017-03-28

    A micro-fabricated electromagnetic device is provided for on-circuit integration. The electromagnetic device includes a core. The core has a plurality of electrically insulating layers positioned alternatingly between a plurality of magnetic layers to collectively form a continuous laminate having alternating magnetic and electrically insulating layers. The electromagnetic device includes a coil embedded in openings of the semiconductor substrate. An insulating material is positioned in the cavity and between the coil and an inner surface of the core. A method of manufacturing the electromagnetic device includes providing a semiconductor substrate having openings formed therein. Windings of a coil are electroplated and embedded in the openings. The insulating material is coated on or around an exposed surface of the coil. Alternating magnetic layers and electrically insulating layers may be micro-fabricated and electroplated as a single and substantially continuous segment on or around the insulating material.

  8. Remote Adaptive Motor Resistance Training Exercise Apparatus and Method of Use Thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Reich, Alton (Inventor); Shaw, James (Inventor)

    2016-01-01

    The invention comprises a method and/or an apparatus using a computer configured exercise system equipped with an electric motor to provide physical resistance to user motion in conjunction with means for sharing exercise system related data and/or user performance data with a secondary user, such as a medical professional, a physical therapist, a trainer, a computer generated competitor, and/or a human competitor. For example, the exercise system is used with a remote trainer to enhance exercise performance, with a remote medical professional for rehabilitation, and/or with a competitor in a competition, such as in a power/weightlifting competition or in a video game. The exercise system is optionally configured with an intelligent software assistant and knowledge navigator functioning as a personal assistant application.

  9. Micro-fabricated integrated coil and magnetic circuit and method of manufacturing thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mihailovich, Robert E.; Papavasiliou, Alex P.; Mehrotra, Vivek; Stupar, Philip A.; Borwick, III, Robert L.; Ganguli, Rahul; DeNatale, Jeffrey F.

    2017-03-28

    A micro-fabricated electromagnetic device is provided for on-circuit integration. The electromagnetic device includes a core. The core has a plurality of electrically insulating layers positioned alternatingly between a plurality of magnetic layers to collectively form a continuous laminate having alternating magnetic and electrically insulating layers. The electromagnetic device includes a coil embedded in openings of the semiconductor substrate. An insulating material is positioned in the cavity and between the coil and an inner surface of the core. A method of manufacturing the electromagnetic device includes providing a semiconductor substrate having openings formed therein. Windings of a coil are electroplated and embedded in the openings. The insulating material is coated on or around an exposed surface of the coil. Alternating magnetic layers and electrically insulating layers may be micro-fabricated and electroplated as a single and substantially continuous segment on or around the insulating material.

  10. Nanoporous carbon tunable resistor/transistor and methods of production thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Biener, Juergen; Baumann, Theodore F; Dasgupta, Subho; Hahn, Horst

    2014-04-22

    In one embodiment, a tunable resistor/transistor includes a porous material that is electrically coupled between a source electrode and a drain electrode, wherein the porous material acts as an active channel, an electrolyte solution saturating the active channel, the electrolyte solution being adapted for altering an electrical resistance of the active channel based on an applied electrochemical potential, wherein the active channel comprises nanoporous carbon arranged in a three-dimensional structure. In another embodiment, a method for forming the tunable resistor/transistor includes forming a source electrode, forming a drain electrode, and forming a monolithic nanoporous carbon material that acts as an active channel and selectively couples the source electrode to the drain electrode electrically. In any embodiment, the electrolyte solution saturating the nanoporous carbon active channel is adapted for altering an electrical resistance of the nanoporous carbon active channel based on an applied electrochemical potential.

  11. Photonic devices on planar and curved substrates and methods for fabrication thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bartl, Michael H.; Barhoum, Moussa; Riassetto, David

    2016-08-02

    A versatile and rapid sol-gel technique for the fabrication of high quality one-dimensional photonic bandgap materials. For example, silica/titania multi-layer materials may be fabricated by a sol-gel chemistry route combined with dip-coating onto planar or curved substrate. A shock-cooling step immediately following the thin film heat-treatment process is introduced. This step was found important in the prevention of film crack formation--especially in silica/titania alternating stack materials with a high number of layers. The versatility of this sol-gel method is demonstrated by the fabrication of various Bragg stack-type materials with fine-tuned optical properties by tailoring the number and sequence of alternating layers, the film thickness and the effective refractive index of the deposited thin films. Measured optical properties show good agreement with theoretical simulations confirming the high quality of these sol-gel fabricated optical materials.

  12. Nanoporous carbon tunable resistor/transistor and methods of production thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Biener, Juergen; Baumann, Theodore F; Dasgupta, Subho; Hahn, Horst

    2014-04-22

    In one embodiment, a tunable resistor/transistor includes a porous material that is electrically coupled between a source electrode and a drain electrode, wherein the porous material acts as an active channel, an electrolyte solution saturating the active channel, the electrolyte solution being adapted for altering an electrical resistance of the active channel based on an applied electrochemical potential, wherein the active channel comprises nanoporous carbon arranged in a three-dimensional structure. In another embodiment, a method for forming the tunable resistor/transistor includes forming a source electrode, forming a drain electrode, and forming a monolithic nanoporous carbon material that acts as an active channel and selectively couples the source electrode to the drain electrode electrically. In any embodiment, the electrolyte solution saturating the nanoporous carbon active channel is adapted for altering an electrical resistance of the nanoporous carbon active channel based on an applied electrochemical potential.

  13. Metal phosphide catalysts and methods for making the same and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Habas, Susan Ellen; Wang, Jun; Ruddy, Daniel A.; Baddour, Frederick Raymond Gabriel; Schaidle, Joshua

    2017-05-02

    The present disclosure relates to a method that includes heating a mixture that includes a metal phenylphosphine-containing precursor that includes at least one of Mo(PPh.sub.3).sub.2(CO).sub.4, Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4, Ru(PPh.sub.3).sub.3Cl.sub.2, Ru(PPh.sub.3).sub.2(CO).sub.2Cl.sub.2, Co(PPh.sub.3)(CO).sub.2(NO), and/or Rh(PPh.sub.3).sub.2(CO)Cl, a surfactant, and a solvent. The heating is to a target temperature to form a heated mixture containing a metal phosphide nanoparticle that includes at least one of MoP, Ru.sub.2P, Co.sub.2P, Rh.sub.2P, and/or Pd.sub.3P, and the metal phosphide nanoparticle is not hollow.

  14. Nucleic and amino acid sequences relating to a novel transketolase, and methods for the expression thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Croteau, Rodney Bruce (Pullman, WA); Wildung, Mark Raymond (Colfax, WA); Lange, Bernd Markus (Pullman, WA); McCaskill, David G. (Pullman, WA)

    2001-01-01

    cDNAs encoding 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate synthase from peppermint (Mentha piperita) have been isolated and sequenced, and the corresponding amino acid sequences have been determined. Accordingly, isolated DNA sequences (SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:7) are provided which code for the expression of 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate synthase from plants. In another aspect the present invention provides for isolated, recombinant DXPS proteins, such as the proteins having the sequences set forth in SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6 and SEQ ID NO:8. In other aspects, replicable recombinant cloning vehicles are provided which code for plant 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate synthases, or for a base sequence sufficiently complementary to at least a portion of 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate synthase DNA or RNA to enable hybridization therewith. In yet other aspects, modified host cells are provided that have been transformed, transfected, infected and/or injected with a recombinant cloning vehicle and/or DNA sequence encoding a plant 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate synthase. Thus, systems and methods are provided for the recombinant expression of the aforementioned recombinant 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate synthase that may be used to facilitate its production, isolation and purification in significant amounts. Recombinant 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate synthase may be used to obtain expression or enhanced expression of 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate synthase in plants in order to enhance the production of 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate, or its derivatives such as isopentenyl diphosphate (BP), or may be otherwise employed for the regulation or expression of 1-deoxyxylulose-5-phosphate synthase, or the production of its products.

  15. Antimicrobial properties of nisin after glycation with lactose, maltodextrin and dextran and the thyme oil emulsions prepared thereof.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Huaiqiong; Davidson, P Michael; Zhong, Qixin

    2014-11-17

    To clarify the reported conflicting antimicrobial activities of nisin after glycation, nisin was glycated with lactose, maltodextrin, and dextran at 70 °C and 50% relative humidity for 1-24 h. Nisin before and after glycation was studied for the first time to prepare thyme oil emulsions. The activity of glycated nisin and the thyme oil emulsions was tested in both tryptic soy broth (TSB) and 2% reduced fat milk. Results showed that nisin glycated with a smaller saccharide for a longer duration had a higher degree of glycation and the reduced number of positive charges lowered its antibacterial activity. The emulsified thyme oil had an additive effect with either glycated or native nisin against Listeria monocytogenes Scott A and Bacillus subtilis in TSB and 2% reduced fat milk. However, emulsions were less effective against L. monocytogenes Scott A in milk than same units of native nisin and same concentration of free thyme oil, likely due to the reduced availability of thymol and carvacrol, the main components of thyme oil. These results showed that glycation of nisin cannot broaden its antimicrobial activity and nisin is not a good compound to prepare emulsions of essential oils.

  16. Method of surface preparation of niobium

    Science.gov (United States)

    Srinivasan-Rao, Triveni; Schill, John F.

    2003-01-01

    The present invention is for a method of preparing a surface of niobium. The preparation method includes polishing, cleaning, baking and irradiating the niobium surface whereby the resulting niobium surface has a high quantum efficiency.

  17. A Simple Preparation Method for Diphosphoimidazole

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Rosenberg, T.

    1964-01-01

    A simple method for the preparation of diphosphoimidazole is presented that involves direct phosphorylation of imidazole by phosphorus oxychloride in alkaline aqueous solution. Details are given on the use of diphosphoimidazole in preparing sodium phosphoramidate and certain phosphorylated amino...

  18. Method for preparing ceramic composite

    Science.gov (United States)

    Alexander, Kathleen B.; Tiegs, Terry N.; Becher, Paul F.; Waters, Shirley B.

    1996-01-01

    A process for preparing ceramic composite comprising blending TiC particulates, Al.sub.2 O.sub.3 particulates and nickle aluminide and consolidating the mixture at a temperature and pressure sufficient to produce a densified ceramic composite having fracture toughness equal to or greater than 7 MPa m.sup.1/2, a hardness equal to or greater than 18 GPa.

  19. Solid lithium ion conducting electrolytes and methods of preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Narula, Chaitanya K; Daniel, Claus

    2013-05-28

    A composition comprised of nanoparticles of lithium ion conducting solid oxide material, wherein the solid oxide material is comprised of lithium ions, and at least one type of metal ion selected from pentavalent metal ions and trivalent lanthanide metal ions. Solution methods useful for synthesizing these solid oxide materials, as well as precursor solutions and components thereof, are also described. The solid oxide materials are incorporated as electrolytes into lithium ion batteries.

  20. Membrane contactor assisted water extraction system for separating hydrogen peroxide from a working solution, and method thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Snyder, Seth W.; Lin, Yupo J.; Hestekin' Jamie A.; Henry, Michael P.; Pujado, Peter; Oroskar, Anil; Kulprathipanja, Santi; Randhava, Sarabjit

    2010-09-21

    The present invention relates to a membrane contactor assisted extraction system and method for extracting a single phase species from multi-phase working solutions. More specifically one preferred embodiment of the invention relates to a method and system for membrane contactor assisted water (MCAWE) extraction of hydrogen peroxide (H.sub.2O.sub.2) from a working solution.

  1. Method of preparing a porous silicon carbide

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Moene, R.; Tazelaar, F.W.; Makkee, M.; Moulijn, J.A.

    1994-01-01

    Abstract of NL 9300816 (A) Described is a method of preparing a porous silicon carbide suitable for use as a catalyst or as a catalyst support. Porous carbon is provided with a catalyst which is suitable for catalysing gasification of carbon with hydrogen, and with a catalyst suitable for cataly

  2. Methods for preparation of carbon nanotubes

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rakov, Eduard G [D.I. Mendeleev Russian University of Chemical Technology, Moscow (Russian Federation)

    2000-01-31

    The most important methods of synthesis and purification of carbon nanotubes, a new form of material, are described. The prospects for increasing the scale of preparation processes and for more extensive application of nanotubes are evaluated. The bibliography includes 282 references.

  3. Method of preparing a porous silicon carbide

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Moene, R.; Tazelaar, F.W.; Makkee, M.; Moulijn, J.A.

    1994-01-01

    Abstract of NL 9300816 (A) Described is a method of preparing a porous silicon carbide suitable for use as a catalyst or as a catalyst support. Porous carbon is provided with a catalyst which is suitable for catalysing gasification of carbon with hydrogen, and with a catalyst suitable for cataly

  4. Perylene Nanoparticles Prepared by Reprecipitation Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    JI,Xue-Hai(纪学海); FU,Hong-Bing(付红兵); XIE,Rui-Min(谢锐敏); XIAO,De-Bao(肖德宝); YAO,Jian-Nian(姚建年)

    2002-01-01

    Perylene nanoparticles with different sizes were prepared by reprecipitation method. It is found that the nanoparticles show size-dependent optical property. Electron diffraction patterns indicate that all the nanoparticles of different sizes are in crystalline state. The rapid growth of the nanoparticles during the agingg process could be slowed down effectively by the addition of cationic or anionic surfactants.

  5. Method of preparing a porous silicon carbide

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Moene, R.; Tazelaar, F.W.; Makkee, M.; Moulijn, J.A.

    1994-01-01

    Abstract of NL 9300816 (A) Described is a method of preparing a porous silicon carbide suitable for use as a catalyst or as a catalyst support. Porous carbon is provided with a catalyst which is suitable for catalysing gasification of carbon with hydrogen, and with a catalyst suitable for

  6. Sample preparation method for scanning force microscopy

    CERN Document Server

    Jankov, I R; Szente, R N; Carreno, M N P; Swart, J W; Landers, R

    2001-01-01

    We present a method of sample preparation for studies of ion implantation on metal surfaces. The method, employing a mechanical mask, is specially adapted for samples analysed by Scanning Force Microscopy. It was successfully tested on polycrystalline copper substrates implanted with phosphorus ions at an acceleration voltage of 39 keV. The changes of the electrical properties of the surface were measured by Kelvin Probe Force Microscopy and the surface composition was analysed by Auger Electron Spectroscopy.

  7. Transmit-reference methods in software defined radio platforms for communication in harsh propagation environments and systems thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dowla, Farid; Nekoogar, Faranak

    2017-01-03

    A method for adaptive Radio Frequency (RF) jamming according to one embodiment includes dynamically monitoring a RF spectrum; detecting any undesired signals in real time from the RF spectrum; and sending a directional countermeasure signal to jam the undesired signals. A method for adaptive Radio Frequency (RF) communications according to another embodiment includes transmitting a data pulse in a RF spectrum; and transmitting a reference pulse separated by a predetermined period of time from the data pulse; wherein the data pulse is modulated with data, wherein the reference pulse is unmodulated. A method for adaptive Radio Frequency (RF) communications according to yet another embodiment includes receiving a data pulse in a RF spectrum; and receiving a reference pulse separated in time from the data pulse, wherein the data pulse is modulated with data, wherein the reference pulse is unmodulated; and demodulating the pulses.

  8. Methods for the enzymatic modification of steviol glycosides, modified steviol glycosides obtainable thereby, and the use thereof as sweeteners

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    te Poele, Evelien; Dijkhuizen, Lubbert; Gerwig, Gerrit; Kamerling, Johannis

    2016-01-01

    The present invention relates generally to the production of steviol glycosides. Provided is a method for enzymatically providing a modified steviol glycoside, comprising incubating a steviol glycoside substrate in the presence of sucrose and the glucansucrase GTF180 of Lactobacillus reuteri strain

  9. METHODS FOR THE ENZYMATIC MODIFICATION OF STEVIOL GLYCOSIDES, MODIFIED STEVIOL GLYCOSIDES OBTAINABLE THEREBY, AND THE USE THEREOF AS SWEETENERS

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    te Poele, Evelien; Dijkhuizen, Lubbert; Gerwig, Gerrit; Kamerling, Johannis

    2016-01-01

    The present invention relates generally to the production of steviol glycosides. Provided is a method for enzymatically providing a modified steviol glycoside, comprising incubating a steviol glycoside substrate in the presence of sucrose and the glucansucrase GTF180 of Lactobacillus reuteri strain

  10. An apparatus comprising a waveguide-modulator and laser-diode and a method of manufacture thereof

    KAUST Repository

    Ooi, Boon S.

    2017-04-13

    Example apparatuses are provided for simultaneous generation of high intensity light and modulated light signals at low modulation bias operating characteristics. An example apparatus includes a semipolar or nonpolar GaN-based substrate, a reverse- biased waveguide modulator section, and a forward-biased gain section based on InGaN/GaN quantum-well active regions, wherein the forward-biased gain section is grown on the semipolar or nonpolar GaN-based substrate. Methods of manufacturing the apparatuses described herein are also contemplated and described herein.

  11. Electronic devices containing switchably conductive silicon oxides as a switching element and methods for production and use thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tour, James M; Yao, Jun; Natelson, Douglas; Zhong, Lin; He, Tao

    2013-11-26

    In various embodiments, electronic devices containing switchably conductive silicon oxide as a switching element are described herein. The electronic devices are two-terminal devices containing a first electrical contact and a second electrical contact in which at least one of the first electrical contact or the second electrical contact is deposed on a substrate to define a gap region therebetween. A switching layer containing a switchably conductive silicon oxide resides in the the gap region between the first electical contact and the second electrical contact. The electronic devices exhibit hysteretic current versus voltage properties, enabling their use in switching and memory applications. Methods for configuring, operating and constructing the electronic devices are also presented herein.

  12. Intermetallic M--Sn.sub.5 (M=Fe, Cu, Co, Ni) compound and a method of synthesis thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wang, Xiao-Liang; Han, Weiqiang

    2017-09-05

    Novel intermetallic materials are provided that are composed of tin and one or more additional metal(s) having a formula M.sub.(1-x)-Sn.sub.5, where -0.1.ltoreq.x.ltoreq.0.5, with 0.01.ltoreq.x.ltoreq.0.4 being more preferred and the second metallic element (M) is selected from iron (Fe), copper (Cu), cobalt (Co), nickel (Ni), and a combination of two or more of those metals. Due to low concentration of the second metallic element, the intermetallic compound affords an enhanced capacity applicable for electrochemical cells and may serve as an intermediate phase between Sn and MSn.sub.2. A method of synthesizing these intermetallic materials is also disclosed.

  13. Preparation Methods: past and Potential Methods of Food Preparation for Space

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huber, C. S.

    1985-01-01

    The logical progression of development of space food systems during the Mercury, Gemini, Apollo, Skylab and Shuttle programs is outlined. The preparation methods which include no preparation to heating, cooling and freezing are reviewed. The introduction of some new and exciting technological advances is proposed, which should result in a system providing crew members with appetizing, safe, nutritious and convenient food.

  14. Grass fungal endophytes and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Craven, Kelly

    2015-03-10

    The invention provides isolated fungal endophytes and synthetic combinations thereof with host grass plants. Methods for inoculating grass plant with the endophytes, for propagating the grass-endophyte combinations, and for producing feeds and biofuels from grass-endophyte combinations are also provided.

  15. Silica Microcapsules Prepared by Interfacial Reaction Methods

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    M; Fujiwara; K; Shiokawa; Y; Nakahara

    2007-01-01

    1 Results Silica spherical particles with hollow structure are directly prepared by interfacial reaction methods using W/O/W emulsion (schematic diagram in Fig.1)[1].Fig.1 Silica microcapsule formationThe mixing of W/O emulsion consisting of sodium silicate solution (inner water phase) and n-hexane solution (oil phase) to outer water phase dissolving NH4HCO3 or other salts affords silica microcapsules.The critical feature of this method is the direct formation of hollow structure.Therefore,the core com...

  16. A novel method for preparing microplastic fibers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cole, Matthew

    2016-01-01

    Microscopic plastic (microplastic, 0.1 µm–5 mm) is a widespread pollutant impacting upon aquatic ecosystems across the globe. Environmental sampling has revealed synthetic fibers are prevalent in seawater, sediments and biota. However, microplastic fibers are rarely used in laboratory studies as they are unavailable for purchase and existing preparation techniques have limited application. To facilitate the incorporation of environmentally relevant microplastic fibers into future studies, new methods are required. Here, a novel cryotome protocol has been developed. Nylon, polyethylene terephthalate and polypropylene fibers (10–28 μm diameter) were aligned, embedded in water-soluble freezing agent, and sectioned (40–100 μm length) using a cryogenic microtome. Microplastic fibers were prepared to specified lengths (P microplastics, with widths similar to those observed in the natural environment, which could ultimately lead to a better understanding of the biological and ecological effects of microplastic debris in the environment. PMID:27694820

  17. A novel method for preparing microplastic fibers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cole, Matthew

    2016-10-01

    Microscopic plastic (microplastic, 0.1 µm–5 mm) is a widespread pollutant impacting upon aquatic ecosystems across the globe. Environmental sampling has revealed synthetic fibers are prevalent in seawater, sediments and biota. However, microplastic fibers are rarely used in laboratory studies as they are unavailable for purchase and existing preparation techniques have limited application. To facilitate the incorporation of environmentally relevant microplastic fibers into future studies, new methods are required. Here, a novel cryotome protocol has been developed. Nylon, polyethylene terephthalate and polypropylene fibers (10–28 μm diameter) were aligned, embedded in water-soluble freezing agent, and sectioned (40–100 μm length) using a cryogenic microtome. Microplastic fibers were prepared to specified lengths (P microplastics, with widths similar to those observed in the natural environment, which could ultimately lead to a better understanding of the biological and ecological effects of microplastic debris in the environment.

  18. Method to prepare nanoparticles on porous mediums

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vieth, Gabriel M [Knoxville, TN; Dudney, Nancy J [Oak Ridge, TN; Dai, Sheng [Knoxville, TN

    2010-08-10

    A method to prepare porous medium decorated with nanoparticles involves contacting a suspension of nanoparticles in an ionic liquid with a porous medium such that the particles diffuse into the pores of the medium followed by heating the resulting composition to a temperature equal to or greater than the thermal decomposition temperature of the ionic liquid resulting in the removal of the liquid portion of the suspension. The nanoparticles can be a metal, an alloy, or a metal compound. The resulting compositions can be used as catalysts, sensors, or separators.

  19. Compositions, antibodies, asthma diagnosis methods, and methods for preparing antibodies

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Jin, Hongjun; Zangar, Richard C.

    2017-01-17

    Methods for preparing an antibody are provided with the method including incorporating 3-bromo-4-hydroxy-benzoic acid into a protein to form an antigen, immunizing a mammalian host with the antigen, and recovering an antibody having an affinity for the antigen from the host. Antibodies having a binding affinity for a monohalotyrosine are provided as well as composition comprising an antibody bound with monohalotyrosine. Compositions comprising a protein having a 3-bromo-4-hydroxy-benzoic acid moiety are also provided. Methods for evaluating the severity of asthma are provide with the methods including analyzing sputum of a patient using an antibody having a binding affinity for monohalotyrosine, and measuring the amount of antibody bound to protein. Methods for determining eosinophil activity in bodily fluid are also provided with the methods including exposing bodily fluid to an antibody having a binding affinity for monohalotyrosine, and measuring the amount of bound antibody to determine the eosinophil activity.

  20. Metal-polymer composites comprising nanostructures and applications thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Hsing-Lin; Jeon, Sea Ho; Mack, Nathan H.

    2011-08-02

    Metal-polymer composites, and methods of making and use thereof, said composites comprising a thermally-cured dense polyaniline substrate; an acid dopant; and, metal nanostructure deposits wherein the deposits have a morphology dependent upon the acid dopant.

  1. 载阿霉素葡聚糖纳米粒的制备及其对肝癌细胞的杀伤作用%Preparation of doxorubicin encapsulated in amphiphilic polysaccharide nanoparticles and antihepatocarcinoma effect thereof

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    黄颖烽; 古维立; 李志花; 陈汝福; 周嘉嘉; 周泉波; 郭宁

    2009-01-01

    Objective To investigate the sustained release rule of doxorubicin/polylactide-grafted dextran copolymer (DOX/DEX-PLA) nanoparticles and the effect thereof in killing hepatocarcinoma cells. Methods DOX/DEX-PLA nanoparticles were prepared by method of emulsification & evaporation of organic solvent. Its morphology was observed by transmission electron microscopy and the encapsulating efficiency of DOX was determined by ultraviolet spectrophotometry. DOX/DEX-PLA was put in a dialysis bag to observe the releasing characteristics of DOX from DOX/DEX-PLA nanoparticles in vitro. Human liver carcinoma cells of the fine HepG2 were cultured with DOX/DEX-PLA of different concentrations or the original drug of DOX as control group for 24, 36, or 48 h. MTT method was used to observe the cancer inhibition rate. BALB/c nude mice underwent subcutaneous injection of HepG2 cells at the right scapula and then randomly divided into 4 groups to undergo intravenous injection of DOX/DEX-PLA (excremental group), original drug of DOX (naked drug group), DEX-PLA (nanovector group), or normal saline (blank control group) once every 5 days for 3 times. Twenty-one days later the mice were killed with the tumors taken out to measure the weight to analyze the inhibitory effect against hepatocarcinoma cells. Results The DOX/DEX-PLA nanoparticles were of round or elliptical shape with the diameter of about 83 nm, and the DOX entrapment efficiency was about 67. 1%. The releasing test in vitro manifested a sustained release of over 50% of DOX encapsulated in DOX/DEX-PLA nanoparticles for about 7 days. Both the DOX/DEX-PLA nanoparticles and naked drug DOX inhibited the growth of HepG2 cells with a similar inhibitory rate (51.3% vs 50. 7%, P >0. 05), meanwhile the DEX-PLA nanovector failed to inhibit the HepG2 cells. In-vivo experiment showed an inhibitory rate of DOX/DEX-PLA nanoparticles on hepatocellular carcinoma xenografts of 68.56%, significantly higher than that of the naked drug DOX (48. 17

  2. Hydrothermal method for preparing calcium phosphate monoliths

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    García Carrodeguas Raúl

    2003-01-01

    Full Text Available A new hydrothermal route for preparing biphasic calcium phosphate monoliths is proposed. Firstly, a slurry of beta-tricalcium phosphate/ortho-phosphoric acid (b-TCP/H3PO4 is cast into the desired final shape and size to obtain a block composed of dicalcium phosphate dihydrate (DCPD and b-TCP. This block is then treated in 1.0 M Na2HPO4 at 60 °C in order to hydrolyze the DCPD into Ca10-x(HPO4x(PO4 6-x(OH2-x (CDHA and Ca8H2(PO46 .5H2O (OCP. The result is a monolithic piece which preserves the initial shape and size, but which is composed instead of CDHA, OCP, and b-TCP. During the initial stage, when the pH is slightly alkaline, the product of DCPD hydrolysis is CDHA. However, when a neutral or slightly acidic pH is reached OCP is formed. Test samples processed by this method showed complete conversion of DCPD into CDHA and OCP after 112 h of hydrolysis, and with a compressive strength of 16.2 MPa, similar to cancellous bone.

  3. Switchgrass ubiquitin promoter (PVUBI2) and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Stewart, C. Neal; Mann, David George James

    2013-12-10

    The subject application provides polynucleotides, compositions thereof and methods for regulating gene expression in a plant. Polynucleotides disclosed herein comprise novel sequences for a promoter isolated from Panicum virgatum (switchgrass) that initiates transcription of an operably linked nucleotide sequence. Thus, various embodiments of the invention comprise the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 or fragments thereof comprising nucleotides 1 to 692 of SEQ ID NO: 2 that are capable of driving the expression of an operably linked nucleic acid sequence.

  4. [Research on the preparative method of Arctigenin].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Li-Ying; Yang, Yi-Shun; Zhang, Tong; Ding, Yue; Cai, Zhen-Zhen; Tao, Jian-Sheng

    2012-03-01

    To research on the preparation of Arctigenin in vitro. Took enzyme concentration, time course and substrate concentration as investigation factors, used Box-Behnken design-response surface methodology to optimize the enzyme hydrolysis path of Arctigenin. The best operational path for Arctigenin was as follows: the temperature was 50 degrees C, pH was 4.8, enzyme concentration was 0.44 U/mL, time course was 46.81 min, substrate concentration was 0.29 mg/mL, the conversion rate was 90.94%. This research can be regarded as a referencein preparing Arctigenin in vitro.

  5. Batter and method for preparing a pasta

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Wind, P.; Linden, van der E.

    2011-01-01

    This invention describes a batter that is suitable for preparing a pasta. The batter comprises water, a starch and a protein, whereby the weight ratio between the protein and the total amount of starch in the batter is represented by the symbol y and whereby the weight percentage of the total amount

  6. Batter and method for preparing a pasta

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Wind, P.; Linden, van der E.

    2011-01-01

    This invention describes a batter that is suitable for preparing a pasta. The batter comprises water, a starch and a protein, whereby the weight ratio between the protein and the total amount of starch in the batter is represented by the symbol y and whereby the weight percentage of the total amount

  7. Evolution of Hydrogen Storage Alloys Prepared by Special Methods

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Guo Hong; Zhang Ximin; Jing Hai; Li Chengdong; Xu Jun

    2004-01-01

    Microstructure characteristics and electrochemical properties of hydrogen storage alloys prepared by gas atomization, melt spinning and strip casting respectively were outlined.The advantages, disadvantages and research development of the above methods for preparing hydrogen storage alloys were explained.The strip casting is a new special means for preparing AB5 rare earth hydrogen storage alloys of high performance and low cost, and the study of the strip casting for preparing hydrogen storage alloys is presented specially.

  8. Carbonylporphyrins and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Miura, Michiko; Renner, Mark W

    2014-03-18

    The present invention is directed to low toxicity boronated compounds and methods for their use in the treatment, visualization, and diagnosis of tumors. More specifically, the present invention is directed to low toxicity carborane-containing porphyrin compounds with halide, amine, or nitro groups and methods for their use particularly in boron neutron capture therapy (BNCT), X-ray radiation therapy (XRT), and photodynamic therapy (PDT) for the treatment of tumors of the brain, head and neck, and surrounding tissue. The invention is also directed to using these carborane-containing porphyrin compounds in methods of tumor imaging and/or diagnosis such as MRI, SPECT, or PET.

  9. Carboranylporphyrins and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Miura, Michiko; Renner, Mark W

    2012-10-16

    The present invention is directed to low toxicity boronated compounds and methods for their use in the treatment, visualization, and diagnosis of tumors. More specifically, the present invention is directed to low toxicity carborane-containing porphyrin compounds with halide, amine, or nitro groups and methods for their use particularly in boron neutron capture therapy (BNCT), X-ray radiation therapy (XRT), and photodynamic therapy (PDT) for the treatment of tumors of the brain, head and neck, and surrounding tissue. The invention is also directed to using these carborane-containing porphyrin compounds in methods of tumor imaging and/or diagnosis such as MRI, SPECT, or PET.

  10. γ-ray spectrometry results versus sample preparation methods

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2000-01-01

    According to recommended conditions two bio-samples, tea leave and flour, are prepared with different methods: grounding into powder and reducing to ash, then they were analyzed by γ ray spectrometry. Remarkable difference was shown between the measured values of tea samples prepared with these different methods. One of the reasons may be that the method of reducing to ash makes some nuclides lost. Compared with the "non-destructive"method of grounding into powder, the method of reducing to ash can be much more sensible to the loss of some nuclides. The probable reasons are discussed for the varied influences of different preparation methods of tea leave and flour samples.

  11. Resin catalysts and method of preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Smith, L.A. Jr.

    1986-12-16

    Heat stabilized catalyst compositions are prepared from nuclear sulfonic acid, for example, macroporous crosslinked polyvinyl aromatic compounds containing sulfonic acid groups are neutralized with a metal of Al, Fe, Zn, Cu, Ni, ions or mixtures and alkali, alkaline earth metals or ammonium ions by contacting the resin containing the sulfonic acid with aqueous solutions of the metals salts and alkali, alkaline earth metal or ammonium salts. The catalysts have at least 50% of the sulfonic acid groups neutralized with metal ions and the balance of the sulfonic acid groups neutralized with alkali, alkaline earth ions or ammonium ions.

  12. Conductive ceramic composition and method of preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Smith, J.L.; Kucera, E.H.

    1991-04-16

    A ceramic anode composition is formed of a multivalent metal oxide or oxygenate such as an alkali metal, transition metal oxygenate. The anode is prepared as a non-stoichiometric crystalline structure by reaction and conditioning in a hydrogen gas cover containing minor proportions of carbon dioxide and water vapor. The structure exhibits a single phase and substantially enhanced electrical conductivity over that of the corresponding stoichiometric structure. Unexpectedly, such oxides and oxygenates are found to be stable in the reducing anode fuel gas of a molten carbonate fuel cell. 4 figures.

  13. Novel Method Of Preparing Vaccines | NCI Technology Transfer Center | TTC

    Science.gov (United States)

    This invention from the NCI Cancer and Inflammation Program describes methods to prepare vaccines for the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infections. The National Cancer Institute's Cancer and Inflammation Program seeks parties interested in licensing or collaborative research to further develop, evaluate, or commercialize novel methods of preparing vaccines.

  14. Broad spectrum antibiotic compounds and use thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Koglin, Alexander; Strieker, Matthias

    2016-07-05

    The discovery of a non-ribosomal peptide synthetase (NRPS) gene cluster in the genome of Clostridium thermocellum that produces a secondary metabolite that is assembled outside of the host membrane is described. Also described is the identification of homologous NRPS gene clusters from several additional microorganisms. The secondary metabolites produced by the NRPS gene clusters exhibit broad spectrum antibiotic activity. Thus, antibiotic compounds produced by the NRPS gene clusters, and analogs thereof, their use for inhibiting bacterial growth, and methods of making the antibiotic compounds are described.

  15. An improved method of preparation of nanoparticular metal oxide catalysts

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2014-01-01

    The present invention concerns an improved method of preparation of nanoparticular vanadium oxide/anatase titania catalysts having a narrow particle size distribution. In particular, the invention concerns preparation of nanoparticular vanadium oxide/anatase titania catalyst precursors comprising...... combustible crystallization seeds upon which the catalyst metal oxide is coprecipitated with the carrier metal oxide, which crystallization seeds are removed by combustion in a final calcining step.......The present invention concerns an improved method of preparation of nanoparticular vanadium oxide/anatase titania catalysts having a narrow particle size distribution. In particular, the invention concerns preparation of nanoparticular vanadium oxide/anatase titania catalyst precursors comprising...

  16. Insect chromosomes preparing methods for genetic researches

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    STORAGESEVER

    2009-01-05

    Jan 5, 2009 ... Key words: Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH), chromosome staining, g- banding, c – banding, ... accomplished by studying various aspects of the genetics ... is a private method in molecular cytogenetics, due to the.

  17. Method of preparation of uranium nitride

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kiplinger, Jaqueline Loetsch; Thomson, Robert Kenneth James

    2013-07-09

    Method for producing terminal uranium nitride complexes comprising providing a suitable starting material comprising uranium; oxidizing the starting material with a suitable oxidant to produce one or more uranium(IV)-azide complexes; and, sufficiently irradiating the uranium(IV)-azide complexes to produce the terminal uranium nitride complexes.

  18. Anti-cancer agents based on 6-trifluoromethoxybenzimidazole derivatives and method of making

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gakh, Andrei A.; Vovk, Mykhaylo V.; Mel'nychenko, Nina V.; Sukach, Volodymyr A.

    2012-08-14

    The present disclosure relates to novel compounds having the structural Formulas (1a,1b), stereoisomers, tautomers, racemics, prodrugs, metabolites thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof as chemotherapy agents for treating of cancer, particularly androgen-independent prostate cancer. The disclosure also relates to methods for preparing said compounds, and to pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds.

  19. New methods for preparing mercury-based ferrofluids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Linderoth, Søren; Rasmussen, L.H.; Mørup, Steen

    1991-01-01

    Metallic ferrofluids based on magnetic particles in mercury have been produced by two new methods. Alloy particles of Fe-B, Fe-Co-B, Fe-Ni-B, and Co-B were prepared by reduction of the transition metal ions in aqueous solutions by NaBH4 and subsequently suspended in mercury. In one preparation...

  20. Formulation and method for preparing gels comprising hydrous hafnium oxide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, Jack L; Hunt, Rodney D; Montgomery, Frederick C

    2013-08-06

    Formulations useful for preparing hydrous hafnium oxide gels contain a metal salt including hafnium, an acid, an organic base, and a complexing agent. Methods for preparing gels containing hydrous hafnium oxide include heating a formulation to a temperature sufficient to induce gel formation, where the formulation contains a metal salt including hafnium, an acid, an organic base, and a complexing agent.

  1. Preparation and method of study of fossil diatoms

    Digital Repository Service at National Institute of Oceanography (India)

    Setty, M.G.A.P.

    to be exercised during the preparation of the samples A method for the preparation of strewn slides is then explained A detailed procedure for the study of diatom-strewn slides under the microscope, using the "England finder", is described, and a note on diatom...

  2. An improved method for the preparation of [C-11]verapamil

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Wegman, TD; Maas, B; Elsinga, PH; Vaalburg, W

    2002-01-01

    This paper describes an improved preparation of [C-11]verapamil by reaction of [C-11]methyl triflate with desmethylverapamil. The optimal reaction temperature, amount of precursor and reaction time were assessed. With this method [C-11]verapamil can be prepared with a reproducible radiochemical yiel

  3. Formulation and method for preparing gels comprising hydrous aluminum oxide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, Jack L.

    2014-06-17

    Formulations useful for preparing hydrous aluminum oxide gels contain a metal salt including aluminum, an organic base, and a complexing agent. Methods for preparing gels containing hydrous aluminum oxide include heating a formulation to a temperature sufficient to induce gel formation, where the formulation contains a metal salt including aluminum, an organic base, and a complexing agent.

  4. Formulation and method for preparing gels comprising hydrous cerium oxide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, Jack L; Chi, Anthony

    2013-05-07

    Formulations useful for preparing hydrous cerium oxide gels contain a metal salt including cerium, an organic base, and a complexing agent. Methods for preparing gels containing hydrous cerium oxide include heating a formulation to a temperature sufficient to induce gel formation, where the formulation contains a metal salt including cerium, an organic base, and a complexing agent.

  5. The influence of preparation method on children's liking for vegetables

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Zeinstra, G.G.; Koelen, M.; Kok, F.J.; Graaf, de C.

    2010-01-01

    This study aimed to investigate how different preparation methods influence children’s liking for vegetables. Participants were children from three age groups (4–6 years N = 46; 7–8 years N = 25; 11–12 years N = 23) and young adults (18–25 years N = 22). The participants tasted and ranked six prepar

  6. [Comparison of different preparation methods of tanshinoneporous silica solid dispersion].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jiang, Yan-Rong; Zhang, Zhen-Hai; Ding, Dong-Mei; Chen, Xiao-Yun; Su, E; Jia, Xiao-Bin

    2013-10-01

    Porous silica was used as a carrier to prepare tanshinone solid dispersions (SDs). sThe effect of the spray drying method or the solvent method on the drug dissolution of SD was studied. The structure characteristics of SDs was analyzed by SEM, DSC,XPRD and FTIR. And in vitro dissolution was also investigated. The results showed that drugs were highly dispersed into SDs prepared by spray drying method and the solvent method in amorphous form. In addition, the results of the dissolution tested in vitro exhibited that the tanshinone I and tanshinone II A, accumulated dissolutions of SDs prepared using solvent achieved 80. 9% ,84. 6% and 86. 2% ,88. 7% within 45,60 min, respectively. And SDs prepared using spray-drying method were 92.7% ,95. 3% and 95. 8%, 97. 1% within 45,60 min, respectively. The tanshinone SDs were prepared successfully by spray drying method and solvent method. The SDs prepared by spray drying method was more conducive to improving the dissolution.

  7. Composite bone substitutes prepared by two methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Hoe Y.

    A variety of ceramics and polymers exists that can be used as bone substitute materials with desirable properties such as biocompatibility and osteoconductivity. A key feature missing in these bone substitutes, or scaffolds, is the ability to bear loads. This work explored two methods for solving this problem. The first used cancellous bone taken from bovine femoral bone to create a natural scaffold through a heat treating process that eliminated the organic components and sintered the bone minerals, known as hydroxyapatite, together. The strength and Young's modulus of the natural scaffold were greatly improved after polymer infiltration with polymethylmethacrylate. Unfortunately, compression testing revealed that there was not a good interfacial bond between the mineral and polymer phases. The second method employed a freeze-casting technique to create synthetic hydroxyapatite scaffolds that have an aligned lamellar microstructure. By varying the amount of hydroxyapatite in the initial slurry mixture and the cooling rate, synthetic scaffolds with a range of porosities and strengths was produced. The highest solid loading and fastest cooling rate produced a scaffold with a strength and modulus approaching that of cortical bone. Further study is required to produce a two phase composite that is chemically bonded together for optimal performance. The synthetic scaffolds, with their tunable mechanical properties and ease of fabrication, make them a promising material for a load-bearing bone substitute.

  8. MANGANESE DIOXIDE METHOD FOR PREPARATION OF PROTACTINIUM

    Science.gov (United States)

    Katzin, L.I.

    1958-08-12

    A method of obtaining U/sup 233/ is described. An aqueous solution of neutriln irradiated thoriunn is treated by forming tberein a precipitate of manganese dioxide which carries and thus separates the Pa/sup 233/ from the solution. The carrier precipitate so formed is then dissolved in an acidic solution containing a reducing agent sufficiently electronegative to reduce the tetravalent manganese to the divalent state. Further purification of the Pa/sup 233/ may be obtained by forming another manganese dioxide carrier precipitate and subsequently dissolving it. Ater a sufficient number of such cycles have brought the Pa/sup 233/ to the desired purity, the solution is aged, allowing the formation ot U/sup 233/ by radioaetive decay. A manganese dioxide precipitate is then formed in the U/sup 233/ containing solution. This precipitate carries down any remaining Pa/sup 233/ thus leaving the separated U/sup 233/solution, from whieh it may be easily recovered.

  9. Methods and apparatuses for preparing upgraded pyrolysis oil

    Science.gov (United States)

    Brandvold, Timothy A; Baird, Lance Awender; Frey, Stanley Joseph

    2013-10-01

    Methods and apparatuses for preparing upgraded pyrolysis oil are provided herein. In an embodiment, a method of preparing upgraded pyrolysis oil includes providing a biomass-derived pyrolysis oil stream having an original oxygen content. The biomass-derived pyrolysis oil stream is hydrodeoxygenated under catalysis in the presence of hydrogen to form a hydrodeoxygenated pyrolysis oil stream comprising a cyclic paraffin component. At least a portion of the hydrodeoxygenated pyrolysis oil stream is dehydrogenated under catalysis to form the upgraded pyrolysis oil.

  10. Electrocatalysts using porous polymers and method of preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Di-Jia; Yuan, Shengwen; Goenaga, Gabriel A.

    2016-08-02

    A method of producing an electrocatalyst article using porous polymers. The method creates a porous polymer designed to receive transition metal groups disposed at ligation sites and activating the transition metals to form an electrocatalyst which can be used in a fuel cell. Electrocatalysts prepared by this method are also provided. A fuel cell which includes the electrocatalyst is also provided.

  11. Alternative sample preparation methods for MALDI-MS

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hurst, G.B.; Buchanan, M.V. [Oak Ridge National Lab., TN (United States); Czartoski, T.J. [Kenyon College, Gambier, OH (United States)

    1994-12-31

    Since the introduction of matrix-assisted laser desorption and ionization (MALDI), sample preparation has been a limiting step in the applicability of this important technique for mass spectrometric analysis of biomolecules. A number of variations on the original sample preparation method for have been described. The {open_quotes}standard{close_quotes} method of MALDI sample preparation requires mixing a solution containing the analyte and a large excess of matrix, and allowing a small volume of this solution to dry on a probe tip before insertion into the mass spectrometer. The resulting sample can fairly inhomogeneous. As a result, the process of aiming the desorption laser at a favorable spot on the dried sample can be tedious and time-consuming. The authors are evaluating several approaches to MALDI sample preparation, with the goal of developing a faster and more reproducible method.

  12. Zymomonas pentose-sugar fermenting strains and uses thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Min; Chou, Yat-Chen; Howe, William; Eddy, Christine; Evans, Kent; Mohagheghi, Ali

    2007-05-29

    Disclosed in the present invention is a Zymomonas integrant and derivatives of these integrants that posses the ability to ferment pentose into ethanol. The genetic sequences encoding for the pentose-fermenting enzymes are integrated into the Zymomonas in a two-integration event of homologous recombination and transposition. Each operon includes more than one pentose-reducing enzyme encoding sequence. The integrant in some embodiments includes enzyme sequences encoding xylose isomerase, xylulokinase, transketolase and transketolase. The Zymomonas integrants are highly stable, and retain activity for producing the pentose-fermenting enzyme for between 80 to 160 generations. The integrants are also resistant to acetate inhibition, as the integrants demonstrate efficient ethanol production even in the presence of 8 up to 16 grams acetate per liter media. These stably integrated sequences provide a unique Zymomonas that may then be used for the efficient conversion of pentose sugars (xylose, arabinose) to ethanol. Method of using the Zymomonas integrants and derivatives thereof in production of ethanol from cellulosic feedstock is also disclosed. The invention also provides a method for preparing a Zymomonas integrant as part of the present invention. The host Zymomonas strain found particularly useful in the creation of these compositions and methods is Zymomonas mobilis 31821.

  13. A novel method for the preparation of electrophoretic display microcapsules

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Liu, Xiao-Meng; He, Jing; Liu, Sheng-Yun [State Key Laboratory of Organic-Inorganic Composites, Beijing University of Chemical Technology, Beijing 100029 (China); Chen, Jian-Feng [State Key Laboratory of Organic-Inorganic Composites, Beijing University of Chemical Technology, Beijing 100029 (China); Research Center of the Ministry of Education for High Gravity Engineering and Technology, Beijing University of Chemical Technology, Beijing 100029 (China); Le, Yuan, E-mail: leyuan@mail.buct.edu.cn [State Key Laboratory of Organic-Inorganic Composites, Beijing University of Chemical Technology, Beijing 100029 (China)

    2014-07-01

    Highlights: • The electrophoretic display microcapsules were prepared by coaxial jet method aided by gas spray. • The positions of inner tube, liquid and gas flow rate of the process were investigated. • The size and shell thickness of the prepared microcapsules were controllable. • The prepared microcapsules had high coating ratio and exhibit reversible response to DC field. - Abstract: The narrow distributed electrophoretic display microcapsules containing electrophoretic ink were prepared using coaxial jet method aided by gas spray. Experimental results showed the size and shell thickness of the microcapsules could be controlled by adjusting flow rates of core and shell fluids as well as gas. The as-prepared white and red microcapsules, with average size of 100 and 200 μm respectively, had high coating ratio (above 90%) and exhibited reversible response to DC electric field. Compared with the approach of other microencapsulation methods, the new technique not only has a simple procedure but also provides a more effective way of size control. This novel method is expected to prepare microcapsules with potential application in the fields of electronic paper and other material science.

  14. Methods of preparing deposits containing iron oxides for recycling

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    T. Lis

    2013-04-01

    Full Text Available The metallurgical industry is one of the largest sources of wastes. Some of them, however, owing to their content of metals such as zinc or iron, may become valuable secondary raw materials. In order to achieve that purpose, they require appropriate preparation. This article provides a discussion on the methods of preparation of scrap from steelworks, namely deposits containing iron oxides, enabling their recycling.

  15. Target preparation by the precipitation method for nuclear reactions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Takamiya, K; Ohtsuki, T; Yuki, H; Mitsugashira, T; Sato, N; Suzuki, T; Fujita, M; Shinozuka, T; Kasamatsu, Y; Kikunaga, H; Shinohara, A; Shibata, S; Nakanishi, T

    2007-01-01

    A technique for preparing nuclear reaction targets of various thicknesses was developed by using common filtration technique of hydroxide precipitates with a porous Al(2)O(3) membrane filter. Uniformity was found to be within a few % in each thickness. Durability for beam irradiation was also confirmed. The preparation procedure is convenient and the method is appropriate for several target materials, including not only precious materials but also radioactive materials with low contamination.

  16. Squalane and isosqualane compositions and methods for preparing the same

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fisher, Karl; Schofer, Susan Jessica; Kanne, David B

    2013-11-19

    Provided herein are methods comprising catalytic dimerization of .beta.-farnesene to obtain squalane and/or isosqualane. Compositions comprising squalane and/or isosqualane are provided. In certain embodiments, squalane and isosqualane prepared by the methods provided herein can be useful for applications in cosmetic industry and/or in the lubricants industry.

  17. Squalane and isosqualane compositions and methods for preparing the same

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fisher, Karl; Schofer, Susan Jessica; Kanne, David B

    2013-11-19

    Provided herein are methods comprising catalytic dimerization of .beta.-farnesene to obtain squalane and/or isosqualane. Compositions comprising squalane and/or isosqualane are provided. In certain embodiments, squalane and isosqualane prepared by the methods provided herein can be useful for applications in cosmetic industry and/or in the lubricants industry.

  18. Method for the preparation of ferrous low carbon porous material

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Miller, Curtis Jack

    2014-05-27

    A method for preparing a porous metal article using a powder metallurgy forming process is provided which eliminates the conventional steps associated with removing residual carbon. The method uses a feedstock that includes a ferrous metal powder and a polycarbonate binder. The polycarbonate binder can be removed by thermal decomposition after the metal article is formed without leaving a carbon residue.

  19. Method for the preparation of ferrous low carbon porous material

    Science.gov (United States)

    Miller, Curtis Jack

    2014-05-27

    A method for preparing a porous metal article using a powder metallurgy forming process is provided which eliminates the conventional steps associated with removing residual carbon. The method uses a feedstock that includes a ferrous metal powder and a polycarbonate binder. The polycarbonate binder can be removed by thermal decomposition after the metal article is formed without leaving a carbon residue.

  20. Methods of analyzing carbon nanostructures, methods of preparation of analytes from carbon nanostructures, and systems for analyzing carbon nanostructures

    KAUST Repository

    Da Costa, Pedro Miquel Ferreira Joaquim

    2016-09-09

    Provided herein is a method determining the concentration of impurities in a carbon material, comprising: mixing a flux and a carbon material to form a mixture, wherein the carbon material is selected from the group consisting of graphene, carbon nanotubes, fullerene, carbon onions, graphite, carbon fibers, and a combination thereof; heating the mixture using microwave energy to form fused materials; dissolution of the fused materials in an acid mixture; and measuring the concentration of one or more impurities.

  1. Safety of protein hydrolysates, fractions thereof and

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Gertjan Schaafsma

    2009-01-01

    This paper evaluates the safety for humans with regard to consumption of protein hydrolysates and fractions thereof, including bioactive peptides. The available literature on the safety of protein, protein hydrolysates, fractions thereof and free amino acids on relevant food legislation is reviewed

  2. Safety of protein hydrolysates, fractions thereof and

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Schaafsma, Gertjan

    2009-01-01

    This paper evaluates the safety for humans with regard to consumption of protein hydrolysates and fractions thereof, including bioactive peptides. The available literature on the safety of protein, protein hydrolysates, fractions thereof and free amino acids on relevant food legislation is reviewed

  3. Preparation of Nano/Micron Composite Materials by Process Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GAN Ai-feng; WEI Qi; JI; Yuan; HU Chuan-xin; YAO Jun-min

    2004-01-01

    This thesis put forward a method that controls the process of synthesizing nanomaterial to realize the composite of nanomaterial and micronmaterial. This thesis realizes the composite of nanomaterial and micronmaterial by adding micronmaterial during production of nanomaterial through sol-gel method, also introduces the technique and experiment's process preparation of nanocomposite material, and successfully prepared nanocomposite materials with nano-PbTiO3 covered on the surface of micron-Ni. According to the sample's SEM-pictures, the core-shell can be observed plate microstructure, and it is uniform, tight, full and good.

  4. Electrochemical slurry compositions and methods for preparing the same

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Doherty, Tristan; Limthongkul, Pimpa; Butros, Asli; Duduta, Mihai; Cross, III, James C.

    2016-11-01

    Embodiments described herein generally relate to semi-solid suspensions, and more particularly to systems and methods for preparing semi-solid suspensions for use as electrodes in electrochemical devices such as, for example batteries. In some embodiments, a method for preparing a semi-solid electrode includes combining a quantity of an active material with a quantity of an electrolyte to form an intermediate material. The intermediate material is then combined with a conductive additive to form an electrode material. The electrode material is mixed to form a suspension having a mixing index of at least about 0.80 and is then formed into a semi-solid electrode.

  5. A new method of preparing single-walled carbon nanotubes

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    S R C Vivekchand; A Govindaraj

    2003-10-01

    A novel method of purification for single-walled carbon nanotubes, prepared by an arc-discharge method, is described. The method involves a combination of acid washing followed by high temperature hydrogen treatment to remove the metal nanoparticles and amorphous carbon present in the as-synthesized singlewalled carbon nanotubes. The purified single-walled carbon nanotubes have been characterised by low-angle X-ray diffraction, electron microscopy, thermo-gravimetric analysis and Raman spectroscopy.

  6. A new method of preparing single-walled carbon nanotubes

    OpenAIRE

    Vivekchang, SRC; Govindaraj, A.

    2003-01-01

    A novel method of purification for single-walled carbon nanotubes, prepared by an arc-discharge method, is described. The method involves a combination of acid washing followed by high temperature hydrogen treatment to remove the metal nanoparticles and amorphous carbon present in the as-synthesized single-walled carbon nanotubes. The purified single-walled carbon nanotubes have been characterised by low-angle X-ray diffraction, electron microscopy, thermo-gravimetric analysis and Raman spect...

  7. Review of Research on Template Methods in Preparation of Nanomaterials

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yadian Xie

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available The nanomaterials have been widely used in various fields, such as photonics, catalysis, and adsorption, because of their unique physical and chemical properties. Therefore, their production methods are of utmost importance. Compared with traditional synthetic methods, the template method can effectively control the morphology, particle size, and structure during the preparation of nanomaterials, which is an effective method for their synthesis. The key for the template method is to choose different templates, which are divided into hard template and soft template according to their different structures. In this paper, the effects of different types of templates on the morphology of nanomaterials during their preparation are investigated from two aspects: hard template and soft template, combined with the mechanism of action.

  8. Preparation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M.M. Dardir

    2014-03-01

    Full Text Available Some hexanamide-mono and di-linoleniate esters were prepared by the reaction of linolenic acid and hexanamide (derived from the reaction of hexanoic acid and diethanolamine. The chemical structure for the newly prepared hexanamide-mono and di-linoleniate esters were elucidated using elemental analysis, (FTIR, H 1NMR and chemical ionization mass spectra (CI/Ms spectroscopic techniques. The results of the spectroscopic analysis indicated that they were prepared through the right method and they have high purity. The new prepared esters have high biodegradability and lower toxicity (environmentally friendly so they were evaluated as a synthetic-based mud (ester-based mud for oil-well drilling fluids. The evaluation included study of the rheological properties, filtration and thermal properties of the ester based-muds formulated with the newly prepared esters compared to the reference commercial synthetic-based mud.

  9. [A method for DNA template preparation using a single embryo].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Jun-Feng; Li, Hai-Feng; Song, Yan-Hua; Sun, Yan; Zhang, Jia-Hua

    2005-09-01

    We established a simple method for the preparation of DNA template from a single oocyte or early embryo by KOH/DTT-Triton X disintegration. The PCR amplification efficiency of DNA template prepared by this method was compared with that prepared by TE-proteinase K. Single oocyte, 2-cell embryo, 8-cell embryo, morula or blastocyst were separately treated by KOH/DTT-Triton X, then the DNA template was directly used to amplify mitochondrial DNA segment by PCR. The overall PCR success rate of the 3 pairs of primers was 100% (70/70), while the overall PCR success rate of single oocyte treated by TE-proteinase K was 92.9% (65/70). Difference between the two results was significant (PDNA template of a single early embryo. It needed only one cycle of PCR amplification to get clear aimed DNA stripe and the efficiency was high enough to meet the need of early embryonic genetic material detection.

  10. A method for the construction of strongly reduced representations of ATLAS experimental uncertainties and the application thereof to the jet energy scale

    CERN Document Server

    The ATLAS collaboration

    2015-01-01

    A method is presented for the reduction of large sets of related uncertainty sources into strongly reduced representations which retain a suitable level of correlation information for use in many cases. So long as the search or measurement is not sensitive to the details of the correlations associated with the uncertainty source, this procedure can be used to reduce the complexity of the analysis. The method provides a self-consistent means of determining whether a given analysis is sensitive to the loss of correlation information arising from the reduction procedure. The method is applied to the ATLAS Jet Energy Scale (JES) uncertainty, demonstrating that the set of 67 independent sources can be strongly reduced to form a representation constructed of 3 nuisance parameters. By forming a set of four such representations, it is shown that JES correlation information is retained or probed over the full parameter space to within an average of 1%. This procedure is expected to significantly reduce the computation...

  11. A method for the construction of strongly reduced representations of ATLAS experimental uncertainties and the application thereof to the jet energy scale

    CERN Document Server

    Boerner, Daniela; The ATLAS collaboration

    2016-01-01

    A method is presented for the reduction of large sets of related uncertainty sources into strongly reduced representations which retain a suitable level of correlation information for use in many cases. The method provides a self-consistent means of determining whether a given analysis is sensitive to the loss of correlation information arising from the reduction procedure. The method is applied to the ATLAS Jet Energy Scale (JES) uncertainty, demonstrating that the set of 60+ independent sources can be reduced to form a representation constructed of 3 nuisance parameters. By forming a set of four such representations, it is shown that JES correlation information is retained or probed over the full parameter space to within an average of 1%. This procedure is expected to significantly reduce the computational requirements placed upon early ATLAS searches in the upcoming 2015 dataset while still providing sufficient performance and correlation structure to avoid changing the analysis results.

  12. Methods, Devices and Computer Program Products Providing for Establishing a Model for Emulating a Physical Quantity Which Depends on at Least One Input Parameter, and Use Thereof

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2014-01-01

    The present invention proposes methods, devices and computer program products. To this extent, there is defined a set X including N distinct parameter values x_i for at least one input parameter x, N being an integer greater than or equal to 1, first measured the physical quantity Pm1 for each...

  13. Facile Preparation Method for Inclusion Complexes between Amylose and Polytetrahydrofurans

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Rachmawati, Rachmawati; Woortman, Albert J. J.; Loos, Katja

    Several methods were used to investigate the possibility of preparing inclusion complexes between amylose and polytetrahydrofurans (PTHF) via direct mixing. Potato amylose (M-v similar to 200 kg/mol) and synthetic amylose (M-n 42 kg/mol) were complexed with PTHF having different molecular weights

  14. Method of preparing cross-linked enzyme particles

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mateo, C.; Van Langen, L.M.; Van Rantwijk, F.

    2004-01-01

    The invention relates to a method of preparing cross-linked enzyme particles using a cross-linking agent. According to the invention, the enzyme particles are formed and subsequently cross-linked using a cross-linking agent having at least n reactive groups where N>=3 and a molecular weight of

  15. Method of preparing cross-linked enzyme particles

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mateo, C.; Van Langen, L.M.; Van Rantwijk, F.

    2004-01-01

    The invention relates to a method of preparing cross-linked enzyme particles using a cross-linking agent. According to the invention, the enzyme particles are formed and subsequently cross-linked using a cross-linking agent having at least n reactive groups where N>=3 and a molecular weight of >2,00

  16. METHOD OF PREPARING PuF$sub 4$

    Science.gov (United States)

    Heath, R.E.; Florin, A.E.

    1957-12-01

    A method is presented for the preparation of plutonium tetrafluoride from plutonium trifluoride. This is accomplished by contacting the trifluoride with hydrogen fluoride in the presence of oxygen. The preferred temperature for the reaction is in the neighborhood of 600 deg C and the preferred reactant mixture consists of HF mixed with from 5 to 20 volume% of O/sub 2/.

  17. A New Method to Prepare Hydroxylapatite Coating of Implants

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2005-01-01

    A new method ( sintering method) to prepare hydroxylapatite coating of implants was developed. The coating was characterized by X- ray diffraction (XRD) and infrared spectroscopy with a Nicolet FTIR aparatus. The adhesion strength of coating to metal substrate were measured. The bone ingrowth of coated substrate was observed and clinical application of coated implants were reported in this paper. The comparison results of sintered coating and plasma sparied coating was discussed.

  18. A Novel Preparation Method of C-Terminal Glutamine Dipeptides

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    QIAN Shao-Song; LIU Yi; CHEN Ran; LI Jia-You; WU Xiao-Yan; JIAO Qing-Cai

    2006-01-01

    A novel synthesis method of dipeptides containing glutamine is reported. Protected L-amino acids were prepared by using inexpensive phthaloyl as the protecting group. Then the phthaloyl-L-amino acids were condensed with glutamine salts by the mixed anhydride method to afford phthaloyl dipeptides. Subsequently, the phthaloyl was removed from the dipeptides with hydrazine hydrate. As a result, optically pure glutamine-containing dipeptides were obtained in good yields.

  19. Preparation of drug nanoparticles by emulsion evaporation method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Le Thi Mai Hoa; Dang Mau Chien [Laboratory for Nanotechnology, Vietnam National University of Ho Chi Minh City, 6 Community, Linh Trung Ward, Thu Duc District, Ho Chi Minh City (Viet Nam); Nguyen Tai Chi; Nguyen Minh Triet; Le Ngoc Thanh Nhan [Faculty of Pharmacy, University of Medicine and Pharmacy at Ho Chi Minh City, 41 Dinh Tien Hoang, Ben Nghe Ward, 1 District, Ho Chi Minh City (Viet Nam)], E-mail: ltmhoa@vnuhcm.edu.vn

    2009-09-01

    Polymeric drug nanoparticles were prepared by emulsion solvent evaporation method. In this study, prepared the polymeric drug nanoparticles consist of ketoprofen and Eudragit E 100. The morphology structure was investigated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The interactions between the drug and polymer were investigated by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR). The size distribution was measured by means of Dynamic Light Scattering. The nanoparticles have an average size of about 150 nm. The incorporation ability of drugs in the polymeric nanoparticles depended on the integration between polymer and drug as well as the glass transition temperature of the polymer.

  20. A novel method for preparation of Eudragit RL microcapsules.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Satturwar, P M; Mandaogade, P M; Dorle, A K

    2002-01-01

    A novel technique for the preparation of Eudragit RL microcapsules is described. The technique is based on the principle of solvent evaporation. Diclofenac sodium is used as a model drug for encapsulation. A solution of drug and Eudragit RL dissolved in acetone-isopropyl alcohol (1:1) is sprayed in liquid paraffin. The microcapsules obtained were uniform and free flowing particles. The release rate was more sustained by increasing the polymer concentration. The experimental procedure promises a rapid and convenient method for the preparation of Eudragit RL-microcapsules.

  1. Methods, Devices and Computer Program Products Providing for Establishing a Model for Emulating a Physical Quantity Which Depends on at Least One Input Parameter, and Use Thereof

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2014-01-01

    The present invention proposes methods, devices and computer program products. To this extent, there is defined a set X including N distinct parameter values x_i for at least one input parameter x, N being an integer greater than or equal to 1, first measured the physical quantity Pm1 for each...... based on the Vandermonde matrix and the first measured physical quantity according to the equation W=(VMT*VM)-1*VMT*Pm1. The model is iteratively refined so as to obtained a desired emulation precision.; The model can later be used to emulate the physical quantity based on input parameters or logs taken...

  2. Method and tool for prognosticating HIV infection in a subject by measuring soluble urokinase plasminogen activator receptor, degradation products thereof, and urokinase plasminogen activator receptor

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2000-01-01

    Method of diagnosing and/or prognosticating HIV infection in a subject comprising the steps of: (a) performing in vitro a measurement of the level of a marker in the form of (i) urokinase plasminogen activator receptor (uPAR), (ii) soluble urokinase plasminogen activator receptor (suPAR), (iii......) urokinase-type plasminogen activator (uPA), (iv) one or more degradation products of (i), (ii), or (iii), and/or (v) an mRNA for (i), (ii) or (iii), in a biological fluid sample from a subject, and (b) using the measurement value obtained to evaluate the state of the subject....

  3. Preparation of natural brucite nanofibers by the dispersion method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Li Xu; Wen Ni; Wenping Li; Xingde Liu; Hailong Yang; Xiaoguang Yang

    2008-01-01

    The preparation of natural brucite nanofibers through dispersion by the wet process is described. The test results indicate that brucite fibers can be well dispersed by using sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate (OT) as the dispersant at a dispersant/fiber mass ratio of 0.15:1, dispersing for 30 min at a water/solid mass ratio of 20:1. The prepared nanofibers were characterized with X-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning electron microscope (SEM), and transmission electron microscope (TEM). It is shown that the prepared single brucite nanofiber is around 30 run in diameter and the talus of the nonsingle brucite nanofibers is about 50-150 nm in diameter. Natural brucite mineral fibers were treated by the dispersion method to obtain nanomaterials. These fibers have significant advantages over artificial nanofibers both in yield and in cost.

  4. Facile Method for Preparation of Silica Coated Monodisperse Superparamagnetic Microspheres

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xuan-Hung Pham

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a facile method for preparation of silica coated monodisperse superparamagnetic microsphere. Herein, monodisperse porous polystyrene-divinylbenzene microbeads were prepared by seeded emulsion polymerization and subsequently sulfonated with acetic acid/H2SO4. The as-prepared sulfonated macroporous beads were magnetized in presence of Fe2+/Fe3+ under alkaline condition and were subjected to silica coating by sol-gel process, providing water compatibility, easily modifiable surface form, and chemical stability. FE-SEM, TEM, FT-IR, and TGA were employed to characterize the silica coated monodisperse magnetic beads (~7.5 μm. The proposed monodisperse magnetic beads can be used as mobile solid phase particles candidate for protein and DNA separation.

  5. Microfluidic Sample Preparation Methods for the Analysis of Milk Contaminants

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Andrea Adami

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available In systems for food analysis, one of the major challenges is related to the quantification of specific species into the complex chemical and physical composition of foods, that is, the effect of “matrix”; the sample preparation is often the key to a successful application of biosensors to real measurements but little attention is traditionally paid to such aspects in sensor research. In this critical review, we discuss several microfluidic concepts that can play a significant role in sample preparation, highlighting the importance of sample preparation for efficient detection of food contamination. As a case study, we focus on the challenges related to the detection of aflatoxin M1 in milk and we evaluate possible approaches based on inertial microfluidics, electrophoresis, and acoustic separation, compared with traditional laboratory and industrial methods for phase separation as a baseline of thrust and well-established techniques.

  6. Applications and Preparation Methods of Copper Chromite Catalysts: A Review

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ram Prasad

    2011-11-01

    Full Text Available In this review article various applications and preparation methods of copper chromite catalysts have been discussed. While discussing it is concluded that copper chromite is a versatile catalyst which not only catalyses numerous processes of commercial importance and national program related to defence and space research but also finds applications in the most concerned problem worldwide i.e. environmental pollution control. Several other very useful applications of copper chromite catalysts are in production of clean energy, drugs and agro chemicals, etc. Various preparation methods about 15 have been discussed which depicts clear idea about the dependence of catalytic activity and selectivity on way of preparation of catalyst. In view of the globally increasing interest towards copper chromite catalysis, reexamination on the important applications of such catalysts and their useful preparation methods is thus the need of the time. This review paper encloses 369 references including a well-conceivable tabulation of the newer state of the art. Copyright © 2011 by BCREC UNDIP. All rights reserved.(Received: 19th March 2011, Revised: 03rd May 2011, Accepted: 23rd May 2011[How to Cite: R. Prasad, and P. Singh. (2011. Applications and Preparation Methods of Copper Chromite Catalysts: A Review. Bulletin of Chemical Reaction Engineering & Catalysis, 6 (2: 63-113. doi:10.9767/bcrec.6.2.829.63-113][How to Link / DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.9767/bcrec.6.2.829.63-113 || or local:  http://ejournal.undip.ac.id/index.php/bcrec/article/view/829 ] | View in 

  7. Gravimetric method for the determination of diclofenac in pharmaceutical preparations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tubino, Matthieu; De Souza, Rafael L

    2005-01-01

    A gravimetric method for the determination of diclofenac in pharmaceutical preparations was developed. Diclofenac is precipitated from aqueous solution with copper(II) acetate in pH 5.3 (acetic acid/acetate buffer). Sample aliquots had approximately the same quantity of the drug content in tablets (50 mg) or in ampules (75 mg). The observed standard deviation was about +/- 2 mg; therefore, the relative standard deviation (RSD) was approximately 4% for tablet and 3% for ampule preparations. The results were compared with those obtained with the liquid chromatography method recommended in the United States Pharmacopoeia using the statistical Student's t-test. Complete agreement was observed. It is possible to obtain more precise results using higher aliquots, for example 200 mg, in which case the RSD falls to 1%. This gravimetric method, contrary to what is expected for this kind of procedure, is relatively fast and simple to perform. The main advantage is the absolute character of the gravimetric analysis.

  8. Nucleic acids encoding antifungal polypeptides and uses thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Altier, Daniel J.; Ellanskaya, I. A.; Gilliam, Jacob T.; Hunter-Cevera, Jennie; Presnail, James K; Schepers, Eric; Simmons, Carl R.; Torok, Tamas; Yalpani, Nasser

    2010-11-02

    Compositions and methods for protecting a plant from a pathogen, particularly a fungal pathogen, are provided. Compositions include an amino acid sequence, and variants and fragments thereof, for an antipathogenic polypeptide that was isolated from a fungal fermentation broth. Nucleic acid molecules that encode the antipathogenic polypeptides of the invention, and antipathogenic domains thereof, are also provided. A method for inducing pathogen resistance in a plant using the nucleotide sequences disclosed herein is further provided. The method comprises introducing into a plant an expression cassette comprising a promoter operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes an antipathogenic polypeptide of the invention. Compositions comprising an antipathogenic polypeptide or a transformed microorganism comprising a nucleic acid of the invention in combination with a carrier and methods of using these compositions to protect a plant from a pathogen are further provided. Transformed plants, plant cells, seeds, and microorganisms comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes an antipathogenic polypeptide of the invention are also disclosed.

  9. Doped Titanium Dioxide Films Prepared by Pulsed Laser Deposition Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Juguang Hu

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available TiO2 was intensively researched especially for photocatalystic applications. The nitrogen-doped TiO2 films prepared by pulsed laser deposition (PLD method were reviewed, and some recent new experimental results were also presented in this paper. A new optical transmission method for evaluating the photocatalystic activity was presented. The main results are (1 PLD method is versatile for preparing oxide material or complex component films with excellent controllability and high reproducibility. (2 Anatase nitrogen-doped TiO2 films were prepared at room temperature, 200°C, and 400°C by PLD method using novel ceramic target of mixture of TiN and TiO2. UV/Vis spectra, AFM, Raman spectra, and photocatalystic activity for decomposition of methyl orange (MO tests showed that visible light response was improved at higher temperature. (3 The automatic, continuous optical transmission autorecorder method is suitable for detecting the photodecomposition dynamic process of organic compound.

  10. Solvothermal method to prepare graphene quantum dots by hydrogen peroxide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tian, Renbing; Zhong, Suting; Wu, Juan; Jiang, Wei; Shen, Yewen; Jiang, Wei; Wang, Tianhe

    2016-10-01

    Graphene quantum dots (GQDs) have been synthesized by different chemical methods in recent years. For conventional chemical methods, it is inevitable to introduce a large amount of impurities in the preparation process. Long time of dialysis process increases the time cost extremely. Herein, we report a one-step solvothermal method for synthesizing GQDs with the application of hydrogen peroxide in N, N-Dimethylformamide (DMF) environment, which completely avoids the use of concentrated sulphuric acid and nitric acid to treat raw material and introduces no impurity in whole preparation process simultaneously for the first time. Pure GQDs can be obtained after evaporation/redissolution and filtration process with a strong blue emission at 15% quantum yield. This solvothermal method, not requiring dialysis process and complicated equipments, exhibits simple, eco-friendly and low time-cost properties. Besides high quantum yields, the as-prepared GQDs also show good photoluminescence stability in different pH conditions. The optical properties, morphology and structure of GQDs were studied by various equipments, implying potential application in biomedical fields and electronic device.

  11. Phenolate constrained geometry polymerization catalyst and method for preparing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Marks, Tobin J.; Chen, You-Xian

    1999-01-01

    The subject invention involves a method of preparing and the constrained geometry catalyst thereby prepared of the general formula Ar'R4(O)Ar"R'.sub.4 M(CH.sub.2 Ph).sub.2 where Ar' is a phenyl or naphthyl group; Ar" is a cyclopentadienyl or indenyl group, R and R' are H or alkyl substituents (C.ltoreq.10) and M is Ti, Zr or Hf. The synthetic method involves a simple alkane elimination approach which permits a "one-pot" procedure. The catalyst, when combined with a cocatalyst such as Pb.sub.3 C.sup.+ B(Ar.sub.3.sup.F).sub.4 BAr.sub.3.sup.F or methyl alumoxane where Ar.sup.F is a fluoroaryl group, is an effective catalyst for the polymerization of .alpha.-olefins such as ethylene, propylene and styrene.

  12. Silver vanadium oxide cathode material and method of preparation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Crespi, A.M.

    1993-06-22

    A method for making an electrochemical cell having the steps of admixing silver vanadium oxide with a conductive material and a binder and forming the admixture into a cathode, combining the cathode with a lithium metal anode; and combining an electrolyte with the anode and cathode, the method is described consisting of preparing the silver vanadium oxide by a chemical addition reaction consisting of admixing AgVO[sub 3] and V[sub 2]O[sub 5] in a 2:1 mole ratio heating the admixed AgVO[sub 3] and V[sub 3]O[sub 5] at a reaction temperature in the range of 300 C to 700 C for 5 to 24 hours. An electrochemical cell having a lithium metal anode, cathode and an electrolyte having a metal salt in a nonaqueous solvent comprising: the cathode including a crystalline silver vanadium oxide prepared by a chemical addition reaction.

  13. Aromatic and heterocyclic perfluoroalkyl sulfides. Methods of preparation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Vladimir N. Boiko

    2010-08-01

    Full Text Available This review covers all of the common methods for the syntheses of aromatic and heterocyclic perfluoroalkyl sulfides, a class of compounds which is finding increasing application as starting materials for the preparation of agrochemicals, pharmaceutical products and, more generally, fine chemicals. A systematic approach is taken depending on the mode of incorporation of the SRF groups and also on the type of reagents used.

  14. 苯扎溴铵/二氧化硅杂化抗菌材料的制备和性能研究%Preparation of benzalkonium bromide/silica composite antibacterial material and investigation on performance thereof

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    刘海弟; 岳仁亮; 张婧坤; 李伟曼; 陈运法

    2013-01-01

    研究了以碱性硅溶胶、十二烷基二甲基苄基溴化铵为原料,通过共沉淀制备杂化抗菌材料的方法.采用低温氮吸附、SEM和FT-IR手段表征了样品的比表面、颗粒形貌和表面基团;通过抑菌圈实验表征了样品对于金色葡萄球菌的抑制能力,并通过摇床实验表征了材料的耐溶出性能.研究发现本方法所制备的有机-无机杂化材料抗菌性能较好,并具有一定的耐溶出性能,有望作为缓释抗菌材料而应用于涂料或高分子材料中.%Composite antibacterial materials were prepared via eo-precipitation method with basic silica sol and dodecyl dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride as raw materials.Low-temperature N2 adsorption, SEM, and FT - IR methods were employed to characterize the BET specific surface area, particle morphology, and surface functional groups of the as-made samples. Bacteriostasis circle experiments were conducted to assess the dissolving antibacterial performance of the samples upon staphylococcus aureus.Sustained-release ability of the as-made samples was investigated with dissolving experiment on rotary shaker.It was revealed by the results that as-made organic/inorganic composite antibacterial material show obvious antibacterial performance and good sustained-release ability.The composite materials are expected to be applied in paint or polymer as controlled-releasing antibacterial element.

  15. Recent advances in sample preparation techniques for effective bioanalytical methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kole, Prashant Laxman; Venkatesh, Gantala; Kotecha, Jignesh; Sheshala, Ravi

    2011-01-01

    This paper reviews the recent developments in bioanalysis sample preparation techniques and gives an update on basic principles, theory, applications and possibilities for automation, and a comparative discussion on the advantages and limitation of each technique. Conventional liquid-liquid extraction (LLE), protein precipitation (PP) and solid-phase extraction (SPE) techniques are now been considered as methods of the past. The last decade has witnessed a rapid development of novel sample preparation techniques in bioanalysis. Developments in SPE techniques such as selective sorbents and in the overall approach to SPE, such as hybrid SPE and molecularly imprinted polymer SPE, have been addressed. Considerable literature has been published in the area of solid-phase micro-extraction and its different versions, e.g. stir bar sorptive extraction, and their application in the development of selective and sensitive bioanalytical methods. Techniques such as dispersive solid-phase extraction, disposable pipette extraction and micro-extraction by packed sorbent offer a variety of extraction phases and provide unique advantages to bioanalytical methods. On-line SPE utilizing column-switching techniques is rapidly gaining acceptance in bioanalytical applications. PP sample preparation techniques such as PP filter plates/tubes offer many advantages like removal of phospholipids and proteins in plasma/serum. Newer approaches to conventional LLE techniques (salting-out LLE) are also covered in this review article.

  16. Preparing silica aerogel monoliths via a rapid supercritical extraction method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Carroll, Mary K; Anderson, Ann M; Gorka, Caroline A

    2014-02-28

    A procedure for the fabrication of monolithic silica aerogels in eight hours or less via a rapid supercritical extraction process is described. The procedure requires 15-20 min of preparation time, during which a liquid precursor mixture is prepared and poured into wells of a metal mold that is placed between the platens of a hydraulic hot press, followed by several hours of processing within the hot press. The precursor solution consists of a 1.0:12.0:3.6:3.5 x 10(-3) molar ratio of tetramethylorthosilicate (TMOS):methanol:water:ammonia. In each well of the mold, a porous silica sol-gel matrix forms. As the temperature of the mold and its contents is increased, the pressure within the mold rises. After the temperature/pressure conditions surpass the supercritical point for the solvent within the pores of the matrix (in this case, a methanol/water mixture), the supercritical fluid is released, and monolithic aerogel remains within the wells of the mold. With the mold used in this procedure, cylindrical monoliths of 2.2 cm diameter and 1.9 cm height are produced. Aerogels formed by this rapid method have comparable properties (low bulk and skeletal density, high surface area, mesoporous morphology) to those prepared by other methods that involve either additional reaction steps or solvent extractions (lengthier processes that generate more chemical waste).The rapid supercritical extraction method can also be applied to the fabrication of aerogels based on other precursor recipes.

  17. Blood monitoring systems and methods thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mir, Jose (Inventor); Zander, Dennis (Inventor)

    2012-01-01

    A blood monitoring system is capable of monitoring the blood of a subject in vivo. The blood monitoring system comprises: 1) an array of movable microneedle micromachined within associated wells; 2) array of motion actuators able to move each needle in and out of their associated wells; 3) array of microvalves associated with each microneedle able to control the flow of air around the microneedle; 4) an array of chemical sensors inserted into patient by movable microneedles; 5) an array of inductors able to measure chemical concentration in the vicinity of inserted chemical sensors; 6) conducting vias that provide timed actuating signal signals from a control system to each motion actuator; 7) conducting vias that transmit signal produced by array of chemical sensors to the control system for processing, although the blood monitoring system can comprise other numbers and types of elements in other configurations.

  18. Nanoscale molecularly imprinted polymers and method thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hart, Bradley R.; Talley, Chad E.

    2008-06-10

    Nanoscale molecularly imprinted polymers (MIP) having polymer features wherein the size, shape and position are predetermined can be fabricated using an xy piezo stage mounted on an inverted microscope and a laser. Using an AMF controller, a solution containing polymer precursors and a photo initiator are positioned on the xy piezo and hit with a laser beam. The thickness of the polymeric features can be varied from a few nanometers to over a micron.

  19. Iron aluminide knife and method thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sikka, V.K.

    1997-08-05

    Fabricating an article of manufacture having a Fe{sub 3}Al-based alloy cutting edge is discussed. The fabrication comprises the steps of casting an Fe{sub 3}Al-based alloy, extruding into rectangular cross section, rolling into a sheet at 800 C for a period of time followed by rolling at 650 C, cutting the rolled sheet into an article having an edge, and grinding the edge of the article to form a cutting edge. 1 fig.

  20. Iron aluminide knife and method thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sikka, Vinod K.

    1997-01-01

    Fabricating an article of manufacture having a Fe.sub.3 Al-based alloy cutting edge. The fabrication comprises the steps of casting an Fe.sub.3 Al-based alloy, extruding into rectangular cross section, rolling into a sheet at 800.degree. C. for a period of time followed by rolling at 650.degree. C., cutting the rolled sheet into an article having an edge, and grinding the edge of the article to form a cutting edge.

  1. Alpha voltaic batteries and methods thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Raffaelle, Ryne P. (Inventor); Jenkins, Phillip (Inventor); Wilt, David (Inventor); Scheiman, David (Inventor); Chubb, Donald (Inventor); Castro, Stephanie (Inventor)

    2011-01-01

    An alpha voltaic battery includes at least one layer of a semiconductor material comprising at least one p/n junction, at least one absorption and conversion layer on the at least one layer of semiconductor layer, and at least one alpha particle emitter. The absorption and conversion layer prevents at least a portion of alpha particles from the alpha particle emitter from damaging the p/n junction in the layer of semiconductor material. The absorption and conversion layer also converts at least a portion of energy from the alpha particles into electron-hole pairs for collection by the one p/n junction in the layer of semiconductor material.

  2. Method for the preparation of photochromic insulating crystals

    Science.gov (United States)

    Abraham, Marvin M.; Boldu, Jose L.; Chen, Yok; Orera, Victor M.

    1986-01-01

    A method for preparing reversible-photochromic magnesium oxide (MgO) crystals. Single crystals of MgO doped with both lithium (Li) and nickel (Ni) are grown by a conventional arc fusion method. The as-grown crystals are characterized by an amber coloration. The crystals lose the amber coloration and become photochromic when they are thermochemically reduced by heating at temperatures greater than 1000.degree. K. in a hydrogen atmosphere. Alternate irradiation with UV and visible light result in rejuvenation and bleaching of the amber coloration, respectively.

  3. A Novel Method to Prepare Potassium Sodium Titanate Nanotubes

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xiao Dong WANG; Zhen Sheng JIN; Xian Ru PEI; Jian Jun YANG; Zhi Jun ZHANG

    2006-01-01

    A novel method, i.e. molten salt method, was adopted to prepare potassium sodium titanate nanotubes. EDX results indicated that the ion-exchange reaction reached an equilibrium state at around 9 h. The 24 h ion-exchanged product maintained nano-tubular and its crystalline structure was consistent with that of Na2Ti2O4(OH)2 nanotubes. The nanotubes have a high specific surface area, possibly making this material a good candidate as controlled release materials,catalyst, electrode materials, etc..

  4. A method to minimize complications in endodontic access cavity preparation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zelikow, Robert; Cozzarelli-Moldauer, Gina; Keiner, Steven; Hardigan, Patrick C

    2008-06-01

    This article presents a method of avoiding some operative errors in endodontic-access cavity preparation. Utilizing the radiograph, a line representing the coronal extension of the image of the coronal two-thirds of the root canal(s) is drawn on the facial surface of the crown (Fig. 1). This line determines the proper angulation of the bur to facilitate entry into the pulp chamber in proper mesio-distal orientation, thereby reducing the likelihood of mesial and distal gouging and perforating. Marking the tooth to be treated prior to rubber-dam placement help in preventing treatment of an incorrect tooth. Two studies utilizing Nova Southeastern University College of Dental Medicine (NSUCDM) second-year dental students (D-2), one utilizing University of Florida, College of Dentistry (UFCD) second year dental students (D2) and one utilizing NSUCDM Advanced Education in General Dentistry (AEGD) faculty and students were undertaken to evaluate the method. Evaluation was by endodontic teachers. Results indicate use of the line-drawing method may facilitate more ideal access cavities than those prepared without the method. Welch's t-test, chi-square test and estimating equations were employed. One study showed significant difference between control and test groups (p less than 045). All studies indicated a difference. Further testing of the method is indicated. This valuable tool should be considered for use in teaching and practice.

  5. Amniotic Membrane Extract Preparation: What is the Best Method?

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mirgholamreza Mahbod

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Purpose: To compare different preparation methods for a suitable amniotic membrane (AM extract containing a given amount of growth factors. Methods: In this interventional case series, we dissected the AM from eight placentas within 24 hours after delivery, under clean conditions. After washing and mixing, AM extracts (AMEs were prepared using pulverization and homogenization methods, and different processing and storing conditions. Main outcome measures were the amount of added protease inhibitor (PI, the relative centrifugal force (g, in-process temperature, repeated extraction times, drying percentage, repeated pulverization times, and the effect of filtering with 0.2 μm filters. Extract samples were preserved at different temperature and time parameters, and analyzed for hepatic growth factor (HGF and total protein using ELISA and calorimetric methods, respectively. Results: The extracted HGF was 20% higher with pulverization as compared to homogenization, and increased by increasing the PI to 5.0 μl/g of dried AM. Repeating centrifugation up to 3 times almost doubled the extracted HGF and protein. Storing the AME at −170° for 6 months caused a 50% drop in the level of HGF and protein. Other studied parameters showed no significant effect on the extracted amount of HGF or total protein. Conclusion: Appropriate extraction methods with an adequate amount of PI increases the level of extractable components from harvested AMs. To achieve the maximal therapeutic effects of AMEs, it is necessary to consider the half-life of its bioactive components.

  6. Hydrodesulfurization catalyst prepared by urea-matrix combustion method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dongmei Jiao; Yeyong Ma; Fahai Cao

    2012-01-01

    Co-Mo/γ-Al2O3-TiO2 hydrodesulfurization (HDS) catalyst samples prepared by a urea matrix combustion (UMxC) method,were evaluated in a stainless tubular fixed-bed reactor,with thiophene,benzothiophene and dibenzothiophene in xylene as model feedstocks.The samples were pre-sulfurized using a cyclohexane solution of 3% CS2 and then tested for the HDS reaction.The test results were compared with catalysts prepared by conventional methods involving sequential impregnation (SI) and co-impregnation (CI).The catalysts were characterized using X-ray diffraction (XRD),laser Raman spectroscopy (LRS),high resolution transmission electron microscopy (HRTEM) and N2 physisorption,showing that the UMxC catalyst had higher pore volume and surface area than those prepared by the CI and SI methods.The UMxC method increased metal loading and avoided formation of inert phase,e.g.,β-CoMoO4,for the HDS reaction,suggesting that UMxC method is superior to the conventional impregnation techniques.TiO2 promoter made particles on the catalyst surface closer and alleviated the interaction between molybdenum oxide and the support,and facilitated the formation of well-dispersed Co- and Mo-oxo species on catalyst surface,thus resulting in higher HDS catalytic activity than pure -γ-Al2O3 support without modifiers.Consequently,the addition of TiO2 obviously improved the HDS conversion of dibenzothiophene.

  7. Nuclear alkylated pyridine aldehyde polymers and conductive compositions thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rembaum, A.; Singer, S. (Inventor)

    1970-01-01

    A thermally stable, relatively conductive polymer was disclosed. The polymer was synthesized by condensing in the presence of catalyst a 2, 4, or 6 nuclear alklylated 2, 3, or 4 pyridine aldehyde or quaternary derivatives thereof to form a polymer. The pyridine groups were liked by olefinic groups between 2-4, 2-6, 2-3, 3-4, 3-6 or 4-6 positions. Conductive compositions were prepared by dissolving the quaternary polymer and an organic charge transfer complexing agent such as TCNQ in a mutual solvent such as methanol.

  8. Nanoengineered field induced charge separation membranes manufacture thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    O'Brien, Kevin C.; Haslam, Jeffery J.; Bourcier, William L.; Floyd, III, William Clary

    2016-08-02

    A device according to one embodiment includes a porous membrane having a surface charge and pore configuration characterized by a double layer overlap effect being present in pores of the membrane, where the porous membrane includes functional groups that preferentially interact with either cations or anions. A device according to another embodiment includes a porous membrane having a surface charge in pores thereof sufficient to impart anion or cation selectivity in the pores. Additional devices, systems and methods are also presented.

  9. Fluorination utilizing thermodynamically unstable fluorides and fluoride salts thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bartlett, Neil (Orinda, CA); Whalen, J. Marc (Corning, NY); Chacon, Lisa (Corning, NY)

    2000-12-12

    A method for fluorinating a carbon compound or cationic carbon compound utilizes a fluorination agent selected from thermodynamically unstable nickel fluorides and salts thereof in liquid anhydrous hydrogen fluoride. The desired carbon compound or cationic organic compound to undergo fluorination is selected and reacted with the fluorination agent by contacting the selected organic or cationic organic compound and the chosen fluorination agent in a reaction vessel for a desired reaction time period at room temperature or less.

  10. A New Method for Preparation of Nanocrystalline Molybdenum Nitride

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SHEN Long-Hai; CUI Qi-Liang; ZHANG Jian; LI Xue-Fei; ZHOU Qiang; ZOU Guang-Tian

    2005-01-01

    @@ Nanocrystalline molybdenum nitride (γ-Mo2N) with the cubic structure is prepared by the direct-current arc discharge method in N2 gas, using metal Mo or W rod as a cathode. The x-ray diffraction (XRD) and transmission electron microscopy (TEM) are used to characterize the product. It is found that the conversion of Mo to γ-Mo2N and affinity of Mo to N2 are determined by the nitrogen pressur e. Moreover, we compare the effect of Mo and W rod as a cathode for preparing γ-Mo2N. The average size of γ-Mo2N particles is about 5nm. The rapid quenching mechanism can be used to explain the formation of nanocrystalline γ-Mo2N.

  11. Fluidics platform and method for sample preparation and analysis

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Benner, W. Henry; Dzenitis, John M.; Bennet, William J.; Baker, Brian R.

    2014-08-19

    Herein provided are fluidics platform and method for sample preparation and analysis. The fluidics platform is capable of analyzing DNA from blood samples using amplification assays such as polymerase-chain-reaction assays and loop-mediated-isothermal-amplification assays. The fluidics platform can also be used for other types of assays and analyzes. In some embodiments, a sample in a sealed tube can be inserted directly. The following isolation, detection, and analyzes can be performed without a user's intervention. The disclosed platform may also comprises a sample preparation system with a magnetic actuator, a heater, and an air-drying mechanism, and fluid manipulation processes for extraction, washing, elution, assay assembly, assay detection, and cleaning after reactions and between samples.

  12. Method for preparing hydrous zirconium oxide gels and spherules

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, Jack L.

    2003-08-05

    Methods for preparing hydrous zirconium oxide spherules, hydrous zirconium oxide gels such as gel slabs, films, capillary and electrophoresis gels, zirconium monohydrogen phosphate spherules, hydrous zirconium oxide spherules having suspendable particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite sorbent, zirconium monohydrogen phosphate spherules having suspendable particles of at least one different sorbent homogeneously embedded within to form a composite sorbent having a desired crystallinity, zirconium oxide spherules having suspendable particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite, hydrous zirconium oxide fiber materials, zirconium oxide fiber materials, hydrous zirconium oxide fiber materials having suspendable particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite, zirconium oxide fiber materials having suspendable particles homogeneously embedded within to form a composite and spherules of barium zirconate. The hydrous zirconium oxide spherules and gel forms prepared by the gel-sphere, internal gelation process are useful as inorganic ion exchangers, catalysts, getters and ceramics.

  13. A New Method of Preparing Alkanethiol-Protected Gold Nanoparticals

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    HU Xiao-ya; XU Qin; GUO Rong

    2003-01-01

    In a new two-phase system ( tetrahydrofuran/ saturated NaCl aqueous solution ) monolayer protected clusters ( MPCs ) were prepared. The AuCl-4 anion in saturated electrolyte aqueous solution was transferred into the organic phase of tetrahydrofuran by tetra-n-butylammoniun bromide ( ( C4 H9 )4 NBr )and was reduced quickly by sodium borohydride in the presence of alkanethiol. The functionalized MPCs were characterized by solubility , transmission electron microscopy (TEM), Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy ( FTIR ), energy-dispersive X-ray (EDX) analysis and UV-vis spectroscopy. Electrochemical measurements of MPCs in CH2 Cl2 exhibited 7 pairs of reversible voltammetric waves within the potential range of - 1.0 to 1.0 V ( vs Ag/ AgCl ), which was ascribed to the quantized capacitance charging of nanoparticle double layers. All the results show that the new preparing method is feasible.

  14. A new method for liposome preparation using a membrane contactor.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jaafar-Maalej, Chiraz; Charcosset, Catherine; Fessi, Hatem

    2011-09-01

    In this article, we present a novel, scalable liposomal preparation technique suitable for the entrapment of pharmaceutical agents into liposomes. This new method is based on the ethanol-injection technique and uses a membrane contactor module, specifically designed for colloidal system preparation. In order to investigate the process, the influence of key parameters on liposome characteristics was studied. It has been established that vesicle-size distribution decreased with a decrease of the organic-phase pressure, an increase of the aqueous-phase flow rate, and a decrease of the phospholipid concentration. Additionally, special attention was paid on reproducibility and long-term stability of lipid vesicles, confirming the robustness of the membrane contactor-based technique. On the other hand, drug-loaded liposomes were prepared and filled with two hydrophobic drug models. High entrapment-efficiency values were successfully achieved for indomethacin (63%) and beclomethasone dipropionate (98%). Transmission electron microscopy images revealed nanometric quasispherical-shaped multilamellar vesicles (size ranging from 50 to 160 nm).

  15. A New method of preparing iso-hardness plots

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kumar, V.; Patwardhan, A. K.

    1993-02-01

    A new approach has been used for the preparation of iso-hardness plots, which are very useful in the heat treating of metals and alloys. An alloy white iron containing ~6% Mn, ~5% Cr, and ~3% Cu was heat treated at 800,850,900,950,1000, and 1050 °C and soaked for 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 h, respectively, at each of these temperatures followed by air cooling. It was observed that, although the hardness varied linearly with soaking time, its variation with soaking temperature was nonlinear. This can be represented as: H = 98.285e2021.33/T + (0.037 - 0.316 × 10- 4 T) . t where H is Vickers hardness; T is soaking temperature in K; and t is soaking time in seconds. The variation in hardness has been discussed in light of microstructural changes that can take place upon heat treating. A three-dimensional plot of hardness, soaking temperature, and time was prepared based on the above equation. It revealed that the variation in hardness on heat treating can be represented as a surface instead of lines, where the change in the slope of the surface reflects the various transformations occurring in the alloy system. This iso- hardness plot, consisting of contours of constant hardness, has been prepared by projecting the above-mentioned surface on the soaking temperature- time plane. The method of selection of heat treating parameters based on this iso- hardness plot is discussed.

  16. [A simple and efficient method for preparation of plant RNAs].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Rong; Zheng, Yan-Feng; Wu, Yao; Wang, Sheng-Hua; Chen, Fang

    2006-05-01

    A new and efficient method for isolation of plant RNAs was developed by adding bentonite into extraction buffer in order to get rid of protein and restrain Rnase. The electrophoretic patterns of nucleic acids and absorbance at 230 nm, 260 nm and 280 nm in a UV-Vis spectrophotometer revealed the extraction with this method can obtain RNAs with good integrity and purity without any apparent DNA contamination from the plant materials rich in with polysaccharide and polyphenol like Jatropha curcas leaves, to which TRIZOL reagent, SDS-KAc solution and Guanidine isothiocyanate solution failed. Furthermore, the result of nuclear gene (18 S rRNA gene) amplified by RT-PCR indicated that the RNAs prepared with this method can meet the needs of most molecular biological experiments including gene cloning and expression analysis.

  17. Preparation of Hydroxyapatite Fibers by the Homogeneous Precipitation Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2002-01-01

    This paper discussed the preparing process of hydroxyapatite fibers which were widely used as reinforcement for biomedical materials by homogeneous precipitation method.The needle-like hydroxyapatite crystals were synthesized in an aqueous system.They were transferred from precursors-dicalcium phosphate anhydrate and octacalcium phosphate crystals.The reaction conditions were well controlled in order to obtain crystals in given morphology.The products were characterized by X-ray powder diffractometry(XRD),scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and infrared spectroscopy(IR).They were verified to be hydroxyapatite crystals with needle-like in shape.

  18. A NOVEL METHOD TO PREPARE CROSSLINKED POLYETHYLENEIMINE HOLLOW NANOSPHERES

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    A novel method to prepare crosslinked polyethyleneimine (CPEI) hollow nanospheres was reported.Uniform silica nanospheres were used as templates,3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane (APS) was immobilized on the surface of silica nanospheres as couple agent.Aziridine was initiated ring-opening polymerization with the amino groups in APS to form polyethyleneimine (PEI) shell layer.1,4-Butanediol diacrylate was utilized to crosslink PEI polymeric shell.The silica nanospheres in core were etched by hydrofluoric acid to obtain hollow CPEI nanospheres.The hollow nanospheres were characterized by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS),transmission electron microscopy (TEM),and thermogravimetric analysis (TGA).

  19. Method for selectively preparing evoglucosenone (LGO) and other anhydrosugars from biomass in polar aprotic solvents

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Huber, George W.; Cao, Fei; Dumesic, James A.; Schwartz, Thomas J.

    2016-06-28

    A method to produce 5-hydroxymethylfurfural (HMF) is described in which a reactant including cellulose, lignocellulose, or a combination thereof, in a reaction mixture of a polar, aprotic solvent and an acid is reacted for a time, at a temperature, and at a hydrogen ion concentration wherein at least a portion of the cellulose or lignocellulose present in the reactant is converted to HMF. The reaction mixture is initially substantially devoid of water. As the reaction proceeds, dehydration of intermediates causes the water concentration in the reaction mixture to rise to no more than about 2.0 wt % water.

  20. Integration of Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry Methods for Differentiating Ricin Preparation Methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wunschel, David S.; Melville, Angela M.; Ehrhardt, Christopher J.; Colburn, Heather A.; Victry, Kristin D.; Antolick, Kathryn C.; Wahl, Jon H.; Wahl, Karen L.

    2012-05-17

    The investigation of crimes involving chemical or biological agents is infrequent, but presents unique analytical challenges. The protein toxin ricin is encountered more frequently than other agents and is found in the seeds of the castor plant Ricinus communis. Typically, the toxin is extracted from castor seeds utilizing a variety of different recipes that result in varying purity of the toxin. Moreover, these various purification steps can also leave or differentially remove a variety of exogenous and endogenous residual components with the toxin that may indicate the type and number of purification steps involved. We have applied three gas chromatographic - mass spectrometric (GC-MS) based analytical methods to measure the variation in seed carbohydrates and castor oil ricinoleic acid as well as the presence of solvents used for purification. These methods were applied to the same samples prepared using four previously identified toxin preparation methods starting from four varieties of castor seeds. The individual data sets for seed carbohydrate profiles, ricinoleic acid or acetone amount each provided information capable of differentiating different types of toxin preparations across seed types. However, the integration of the data sets using multivariate factor analysis provided a clear distinction of all samples based on the preparation method and independent of the seed source. In particular the abundance of mannose, arabinose, fucose, ricinoleic acid and acetone were shown to be important differentiating factors. These complementary tools provide a more confident determination of the method of toxin preparation.

  1. Nutritional composition of ginger powder prepared using various drying methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sangwan, A; Kawatra, A; Sehgal, S

    2014-09-01

    A study was undertaken to prepare ginger powder using various drying methods and their nutritional evaluation was carried out. Ginger (Zingiber officinale) was dried using shade, solar, oven and microwave drying methods. All the samples were ground in grinder to make fine powder. Sensory analysis indicated that acceptability of all types of ginger powders were in the range of 'liked very much' to 'liked moderately' by the panelists. The mean score obtained for colour was higher in shade dried ginger powder i.e., 8.20 as compared to oven dried (7.60), solar dried (7.70) and microwave dried ginger powder (7.80). Moisture content ranged from 3.55 % in solar dried ginger powder to 3.78 % in shade dried ginger powder. Slightly higher moisture content was found in shade dried ginger powder. Protein, crude fiber, fat and ash contents ranged from 5.02 to 5.82, 4.97 to 5.61, 0.76 to 0.90 and 3.38 to 3.66 %, respectively. β-carotene and ascorbic acid content was found maximum in shade dried ginger powder i.e., 0.81 mg/100 g and 3.83 mg/100 g, respectively. Polyphenol content was almost similar in all the samples whereas calcium was slightly higher in the shade dried ginger powder i.e., 69.21 mg/100 g. Results have shown that ginger powder prepared from various drying methods had good sensory and nutritional profile.

  2. Chitosan-Based Matrices Prepared by Gamma Irradiation for Tissue Regeneration: Structural Properties vs. Preparation Method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Casimiro, Maria Helena; Lancastre, Joana J H; Rodrigues, Alexandra P; Gomes, Susana R; Rodrigues, Gabriela; Ferreira, Luís M

    2017-02-01

    In the last decade, new generations of biopolymer-based materials have attracted attention, aiming its application as scaffolds for tissue engineering. These engineered three-dimensional scaffolds are designed to improve or replace damaged, missing, or otherwise compromised tissues or organs. Despite the number of promising methods that can be used to generate 3D cell-instructive matrices, the innovative nature of the present work relies on the application of ionizing radiation technology to form and modify surfaces and matrices with advantage over more conventional technologies (room temperature reaction, absence of harmful initiators or solvents, high penetration through the bulk materials, etc.), and the possibility of preparation and sterilization in one single step. The current chapter summarizes the work done by the authors in the gamma radiation processing of biocompatible and biodegradable chitosan-based matrices for skin regeneration. Particular attention is given to the correlation between the different preparation conditions and the final polymeric matrices' properties. We therefore expect to demonstrate that instructive matrices produced and improved by radiation technology bring to the field of skin regenerative medicine a supplemental advantage over more conservative techniques.

  3. Mucoadhesive microspheres prepared by interpolymer complexation and solvent diffusion method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chun, Myung-Kwan; Cho, Chong-Su; Choi, Hoo-Kyun

    2005-01-20

    Mucoadhesive microspheres were prepared to increase gastric residence time using an interpolymer complexation of poly(acrylic acid) (PAA) with poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) (PVP) and a solvent diffusion method. The complexation between poly(acrylic acid) and poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) as a result of hydrogen bonding was confirmed by the shift in the carbonyl absorption bands of poly(acrylic acid) using FT-IR. A mixture of ethanol/water was used as the internal phase, corn oil was used as the external phase of emulsion, and span 80 was used as the surfactant. Spherical microspheres were prepared and the inside of the microspheres was completely filled. The optimum solvent ratio of the internal phase (ethanol/water) was 8/2 and 7/3, and the particle size increased as the content of water was increased. The mean particle size increased with the increase in polymer concentration. The adhesive force of microspheres was equivalent to that of Carbopol. The release rate of acetaminophen from the complex microspheres was slower than the PVP microspheres at pH 2.0 and 6.8.

  4. A quicker preparation method for autologous fibrin glue.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yoshida, H; Kamiya, A

    1998-12-01

    To establish a quicker preparation procedure for cryoprecipitate (Cryo) from a patient's autologous plasma, to be used as fibrin glue, we examined the effects of various conditions on the concentrations and yields of coagulation factors in Cryo. Human plasma from healthy volunteers was divided and treated under various freezing, shaking and defrosting conditions. The concentrations of fibrinogen, plasminogen, fibronectin, and factor XIII in Cryo were then measured. Results were as follows: (1) concentrations and yields of plasma components in Cryo obtained from plasma stored at -20 degrees C were significantly higher than those in Cryo from plasma stored at -80 degrees C; (2) shaking at 70 cycles/min during the freezing process had a favorable effect on the concentrations and yields of coagulation factors in the Cryo; (3) a shaking thaw process in a cold water bath was a rapid method for obtaining adequate yields of coagulation factors; (4) shaking in the defrosting process did not affect the yields of coagulation factors. These results indicated that Cryo containing high concentrations of coagulation factors could be prepared easily and rapidly from a patient's autologous plasma (within 4-5 h).

  5. Preparation of calcium stannate by modified wet chemical method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    何则强; 李新海; 刘恩辉; 侯朝辉; 邓凌峰; 胡传跃

    2003-01-01

    A modified wet chemical route for low-temperature synthesis of the calcium stannate CaSnO3, a potentialmaterial for dielectric applications is reported. Firstly, a precursor CaSn(OH)6 was prepared using tin tetrachloride,calcium chloride and sodium hydroxide at room temperature. Then the precursor was annealed at relatively low tem-perature of 600 ℃ to obtain CaSnO3. The phase identification, thermal behavior and surface morphology of the sam-ples were characterized by element analysis, X-ray diffraction (XRD), thermo-gravimetric (TG) analysis and deriva-tive thermo-gravimetric (DTG) analysis, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) and scanning electron mi-croscopy (SEM) in detail. The results show that CaSnO3 obtained by this method possesses a cubic perovskitestructure with average grain size of 5 μm.

  6. Method of 14C Sample Preparation for AMS Measurement

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    YANG Xu-ran

    2015-02-01

    Full Text Available In order to carry out the application research of 14C by accelerator mass spectrometry (AMS, the principle of sample preparation were systematically studied and more attention was paid to improve the preparation process efficiently. The set of integrated system of sample preparation was built up on the research. The experimental results showed that the sample preparation scheme was able to meet the demand of AMS measurement.

  7. Methods of preparation of Swazi traditional fermented foods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Protus Simatende

    2015-09-01

    Conclusion: Umcombotsi, emahewu, buganu, and emasi were the fermented foods commonly prepared at a household level in the Hhohho region, Swaziland. The main ingredient used for preparing umcombotsi and emahewu was maize meal. Unmilled sorghum malt was also added during preparation of umcombotsi. However, typically no malt was added during the preparation of emahewu. Buganu and emasi also play an important role in the diet and socioeconomic activities of the population in Swaziland.

  8. Polymeric amines and biomedical uses thereof

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Broekhuis, Antonius; Zhang, Youchum; Picchioni, Francesco; Roks, Antonius

    2010-01-01

    The invention relates to the field of polymers and biomedical applications thereof. In particular, it relates to the use of polymeric amines derived from alternating polyketones.Provided is the use of a polymeric amine for modulating or supporting cellular behavior, said polymeric amine being an alt

  9. Fruit and vegetable films and uses thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    The present invention is directed to monolayer, bilayer, and multilayer films made from fruit, vegetable or a combination thereof, which films have the thinness, strength, flexibility and crispness to serve as alternates or substitutes for seaweed-based films such as nori, while providing nutrition ...

  10. Miniaturized sample preparation method for determination of amphetamines in urine.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nishida, Manami; Namera, Akira; Yashiki, Mikio; Kimura, Kojiro

    2004-07-16

    A simple and miniaturized sample preparation method for determination of amphetamines in urine was developed using on-column derivatization and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS). Urine was directly applied to the extraction column that was pre-packed with Extrelut and sodium carbonate. Amphetamine (AP) and methamphetamine (MA) in urine were adsorbed on the surface of Extrelut. AP and MA were then converted to a free base and derivatized to N-propoxycarbonyl derivatives using propylchloroformate on the column. Pentadeuterated MA was used as an internal standard. The recoveries of AP and MA from urine were 100 and 102%, respectively. The calibration curves showed linearity in the range of 0.50-50 microg/mL for AP and MA in urine. When urine samples containing two different concentrations (0.50 and 5.0 microg/mL) of AP and MA were determined, the intra-day and inter-day coefficients of variation were 1.4-7.7%. This method was applied to 14 medico-legal cases of MA intoxication. The results were compared and a good agreement was obtained with a HPLC method.

  11. DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF STRAINED ICE. II : EFFECT OF SAMPLE PREPARATION METHOD

    OpenAIRE

    Itagaki, K.; Lemieux, G.

    1987-01-01

    Since most commonly used sample preparation methods for ice dielectric studies involve rather heavy mechanical straining, the effects of straining were studied and compared with more strain-free sample preparation methods.

  12. Methods of preparing and using single chain anti-tumor antibodies

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cheung, Nai-Kong; Guo, Hong-Fen

    2010-02-23

    This invention provides a method for identifying cells expressing a target single chain antibody (scFv) directed against a target antigen from a collection of cells that includes cells that do not express the target scFv, comprising the step of combining the collection of cells with an anti-idiotype directed to an antibody specific for the target antigen and detecting interaction, if any, of the anti-idiotype with the cells, wherein the occurrence of an interaction identifies the cell as one which expresses the target scFv. This invention also provides a method for making a single chain antibody (scFv) directed against an antigen, wherein the selection of clones is made based upon interaction of those clones with an appropriate anti-idiotype, and heretofore inaccessible scFv so made. This invention provides the above methods or any combination thereof. Finally, this invention provides various uses of these methods.

  13. Preparation and characterization of porous Si3N4 ceramics prepared by compression molding and slip casting methods

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Yu Fangli; Wang Huanrui; Bai Yu; Yang Jianfeng

    2010-10-01

    Porous silicon nitride (Si3N4) ceramics were fabricated by compression molding and slip casting methods using petroleum coke as pore forming agent, and Y2O3–Al2O3 as sintering additives. Microstructure, mechanical properties and gas permeability of porous Si3N4 ceramics were investigated. The mechanical properties and microstructure of porous Si3N4 ceramics prepared by compression molding were better than those which were prepared by slip casting method, whereas slip casting method is suitable for the preparation of porous Si3N4 ceramics with higher porosity and excellent gas permeability.

  14. Sperm preparation: state-of-the-art-physiological aspects and application of advanced sperm preparation methods

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ralf Henkel

    2012-01-01

    For assisted reproduction technologies (ART),numerous techniques were developed to isolate spermatozoa capable of fertilizing oocytes.While early methodologies only focused on isolating viable,motile spermatozoa,with progress of ART,particularly intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI),it became clear that these parameters are insufficient for the identification of the most suitable spermatozoon for fertilization.Conventional sperm preparation techniques,namely,swim-up,density gradient centrifugation and glass wool filtration,are not efficient enough to produce sperm populations free of DNA damage,because these techniques are not physiological and not modeled on the stringent sperm selection processes taking place in the female genital tract.These processes only allow one male germ cell out of tens of millions to fuse with the oocyte.Sites of sperm selection in the female genital tract are the cervix,uterus,uterotubal junction,oviduct,cumulus oophorus and the zona pellucida.Newer strategies of sperm preparation are founded on:(i) morphological assessment by means of‘motile sperm organelle morphological examination (MSOME)'; (ii) electrical charge; and (iii) molecular binding characteristics of the sperm cell.Whereas separation methods based on electrical charge take advantage of the sperm's adherence to a test tube surface or separate in an electrophoresis,molecular binding techniques use Annexin V or hyaluronic acid (HA) as substrates.Techniques in this category are magnet-activated cell sorting,Annexin V-activated glass wool filtration,flow cytometry and picked spermatozoa for ICSI (PICSI) from HA-coated dishes and HA-containing media.Future developments may include Raman microspectrometry,confocal light absorption and scattering spectroscopic microscopy and polarization microscopy.

  15. Preparation of RF-(VM-SiO2n-RF/AM-Cellu Nanocomposites, and Use Thereof for the Modification of Glass and Filter Paper Surfaces: Creation of a Glass Thermoresponsive Switching Behavior and an Efficient Separation Paper Membrane

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hideo Sawada

    2017-03-01

    Full Text Available Fluoroalkyl end-capped vinyltrimethoxysilane oligomeric silica/alkyl-modified cellulose (AM-Cellu nanocomposites [RF-(CH2-CHSiO2n-RF/AM-Cellu; n = 2, 3; RF = CF(CF3OC3F7] were prepared by the sol-gel reactions of the corresponding oligomer [RF-(CH2-CHSi(OMe3n-RF] in the presence of AM-Cellu. The nanocomposites thus obtained were applied to the surface modification of glass to exhibit a highly oleophobic/superhydrophilic characteristic on the modified surface at 20 °C. Interestingly, a temperature dependence of contact angle values of dodecane and water was observed on the modified surface at 20~70 °C, and the dodecane contact angle values were found to decrease with increasing the temperatures from 20 to 70 °C to provide from highly oleophobic to superoleophilic characteristics on the surface. On the other hand, the increase of the water contact angle values was observed with the increase in the temperatures under similar conditions to supply superhydrophilic to superhydrophobic characteristics on the modified surface. The corresponding nanocomposites were also applied to the surface modification of the filter paper under similar conditions to afford a superoleophilic/superhydrophobic characteristic on the surface. It was demonstrated that the modified filter paper is effective for the separation membrane for W/O emulsion to isolate the transparent colorless oil.

  16. Catalyst systems and uses thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ozkan, Umit S.; Holmgreen, Erik M.; Yung, Matthew M.

    2012-07-24

    A method of carbon monoxide (CO) removal comprises providing an oxidation catalyst comprising cobalt supported on an inorganic oxide. The method further comprises feeding a gaseous stream comprising CO, and oxygen (O.sub.2) to the catalyst system, and removing CO from the gaseous stream by oxidizing the CO to carbon dioxide (CO.sub.2) in the presence of the oxidation catalyst at a temperature between about 20 to about 200.degree. C.

  17. The optical nonlinearity of gold nanoparticles prepared by bioreduction method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Balbuena Ortega, A.; Arroyo Carrasco, M. L.; Gayou, V. L.; Orduña Díaz, A.; Delgado Macuil, R.; Rojas López, Marlon

    2013-11-01

    Nonlinear optical and electronic properties of nanosized metal particles have drawn considerable attention because of their strong and size-dependent plasmon resonance absorption. In a metal nanoparticle system such as gold dispersed in a transparent matrix, an absorption peak due to surface plasmon resonance is usually observed in the visible spectral region. Metal nanoparticles are of special interest as nonlinear materials for optical switching and computing because of their relatively large third-order nonlinearity (χ3) and ultrafast response time. The purpose of this study was to analyze the nonlinear optical properties of biosynthesized gold nanoparticles. The samples were prepared by biosynthesis method using yeast extract as reducing agent and the nonlinear optical properties of the nanoparticles were investigated using a single beam Z-scan technique with a beam power of 20 mW and operated at wavelength of 514 nm. The reaction between metal ions and yeast extracts were monitored by UV-visible spectra of Au nanoparticles in aqueous solution with different pH (3-6). The surface plasmon peak position was shifted from 528 nm to 573 nm, according to of pH variation 4 to 6. The average particle size was calculated by the absorption peak position using the Fernig method, from 42 to 103 nm. The z-scan curves showed a negative nonlocal nonlinear refractive index with a magnitude dependent on the nanoparticle size.

  18. Phytotoxicity of Ag nanoparticles prepared by biogenic and chemical methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Choudhury, Rupasree; Majumder, Manna; Roy, Dijendra Nath; Basumallick, Srijita; Misra, Tarun Kumar

    2016-06-01

    Silver nanoparticles (Ag NPs) are now widely used as antibacterial and antifungal materials in different consumer products. We report here the preparation of Ag NPs by neem leaves extract ( Azadirachta) reduction and trisodium citrate-sodium borohydride reduction methods, and study of their phytotoxicity. The nanoparticles were characterized by UV-Vis spectroscopy, FTIR, and atomic force microscopy (AFM) techniques. Both neem-coated and citrate-coated Ag NPs exhibit surface plasmon around 400 nm, and their average sizes measured by AFM are about 100 and 20 nm, respectively. Antibacterial and antifungal activities of these nanomaterials have been studied by simple pea seed germination and disk diffusion methods. It has been observed from the growth of root and shoot, citrate-coated Ag NPs significantly affect seedling growth, but neem-coated Ag NPs exhibit somehow mild toxicity toward germination process due to the nutrient supplements from neem. On the other hand, antifungal activity of neem-coated Ag NPs has been found much higher than that of citrate-coated Ag NPs due to the combined effects of antifungal activity of neem and Ag NPs. Present research primarily indicates a possible application of neem-coated Ag NPs as a potential fungicide.

  19. A fast method to prepare water samples for 15N analysis

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    肖化云; 刘丛强

    2001-01-01

    Automatic element analyser is often used to prepare organic matters tor 15N analysis. It is seldom used to prepare water samples. Water samples are conventionally dealt with by Kjeldahl-Rittenberg technique. But it requires tedious and labor-intensive sample preparation. A fast and reliable method is proposed in this paper to prepare water samples for 15N analysis.

  20. Controllers, observers, and applications thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gao, Zhiqiang (Inventor); Miklosovic, Robert (Inventor); Radke, Aaron (Inventor); Zhou, Wankun (Inventor); Zheng, Qing (Inventor)

    2011-01-01

    Controller scaling and parameterization are described. Techniques that can be improved by employing the scaling and parameterization include, but are not limited to, controller design, tuning and optimization. The scaling and parameterization methods described here apply to transfer function based controllers, including PID controllers. The parameterization methods also apply to state feedback and state observer based controllers, as well as linear active disturbance rejection (ADRC) controllers. Parameterization simplifies the use of ADRC. A discrete extended state observer (DESO) and a generalized extended state observer (GESO) are described. They improve the performance of the ESO and therefore ADRC. A tracking control algorithm is also described that improves the performance of the ADRC controller. A general algorithm is described for applying ADRC to multi-input multi-output systems. Several specific applications of the control systems and processes are disclosed.

  1. Undergraduate and Graduate Preparation in Educational Research Methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Barcikowski, Robert S.

    2004-01-01

    The advent of high stakes state testing in K-12 education and The No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, with its focus on "scientifically-based research" (SBR), has opened new challenges for both undergraduate and graduate preparation programs in education. This address will report on how we are currently preparing our undergraduate and graduate…

  2. Evaluation of research methods to study domestic food preparation

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Bongoni, R.; Verkerk, R.; Dekker, M.; Steenbekkers, B.

    2015-01-01

    Purpose – Domestic preparation practices influence the sensory properties and nutritional composition of food products. Information on the variability in actual domestic preparation practices is needed to assess the influence of applied conditions on the sensory and nutritional quality of food. The

  3. Evaluation of research methods to study domestic food preparation

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Bongoni, R.; Verkerk, R.; Dekker, M.; Steenbekkers, B.

    2015-01-01

    Purpose – Domestic preparation practices influence the sensory properties and nutritional composition of food products. Information on the variability in actual domestic preparation practices is needed to assess the influence of applied conditions on the sensory and nutritional quality of food. The

  4. /dopamine films prepared by sol-gel method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Valverde-Aguilar, G.; Prado-Prone, G.; Vergara-Aragón, P.; Garcia-Macedo, J.; Santiago, Patricia; Rendón, Luis

    2014-09-01

    Dopamine was encapsulated into nanoporous amorphous TiO2 matrix by sol-gel method under atmospheric conditions. A second sample was obtained by the addition of the crown-ether 15C5 in this previous sample. Thin films were spin-coated on glass wafers. No heat treatment was employed in both films. All films were characterized using infrared spectroscopy, high resolution transmission electronic microscopy, X-ray diffraction, optical absorption and scanning electronic microscopy. Despite the films prepared with 15C5 were no calcined, a partial crystallization was identified. Anatase and rutile nanoparticles with sizes of 4-5 nm were obtained. Photoconductivity technique was used to determine the charge transport mechanism on these films. Experimental data were fitted with straight lines at darkness and under illumination wavelengths at 320, 400, and 515 nm. It indicates an ohmic behavior. Photovoltaic and photoconductivity parameters were determined from the current density vs. the applied-electrical-field results. Amorphous film has bigger photovoltaic and photoconductive parameters than the partially crystalline film. Results observed in the present investigation prove that the nanoporous TiO2 matrix can protect the dopamine inhibiting its chemical instability. This fact modifies the optical, physical and electrical properties of the film, and is intensified when 15C5 is added.

  5. WO3 nanotubes prepared by a coaxial electrospinning method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cao, Xingxing; Zhang, Xuebin; Hu, Jixiang; Wang, Yang; Liu, Jia; Wu, Haijun; Feng, Yi

    2014-08-01

    In this paper, WO3 nanotubes were prepared by a coaxial electrospinning method. Firstly, core-shell structured composite fibers were fabricated via coaxial electrospinning under the optimal electro-spinning parameters to get the best composite fibers with uniform diameters and smooth surface, which pure PVA being the core solution and PVA/AMT/alcohol being the shell one, respectively. Secondly, the composite fibers were calcined in air at 600 °C for 4 h to wipe out the pure PVA, leading to the formation of nanotubes. After sintering, the obtained WO3 nanotubes were characterized by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR), X-ray diffraction (XRD), Field emission scanning electron microscopy (FESEM) and high-resolution transmission electron microscopy (HRTEM). The XRD show that the resultant materials consist of pure tungsten trioxide (WO3) with good crystallinity, while FESEM and HRTEM images indicate that the materials are nanotubes with rough surface and consist of nanoparticles. The inner diameter and the wall thickness of nanotubes were calculated to be around 100 and 50 nm, respectively.

  6. Antifungal activity of gold nanoparticles prepared by solvothermal method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ahmad, Tokeer, E-mail: tahmad3@jmi.ac.in [Nanochemistry Laboratory, Department of Chemistry, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi 110025 (India); Wani, Irshad A.; Lone, Irfan H.; Ganguly, Aparna [Nanochemistry Laboratory, Department of Chemistry, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi 110025 (India); Manzoor, Nikhat; Ahmad, Aijaz [Department of Biosciences, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi 110025 (India); Ahmed, Jahangeer [Department of Chemistry, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI 48824 (United States); Al-Shihri, Ayed S. [Department of Chemistry, Faculty of Science, King Khalid University, Abha 61413, P.O. Box 9004 (Saudi Arabia)

    2013-01-15

    Graphical abstract: Gold nanoparticles (7 and 15 nm) of very high surface area (329 and 269 m{sup 2}/g) have been successfully synthesized through solvothermal method by using tin chloride and sodium borohydride as reducing agents. As-prepared gold nanoparticles shows very excellent antifungal activity against Candida isolates and activity increases with decrease in the particle size. Display Omitted Highlights: ► Effect of reducing agents on the morphology of gold nanoparticles. ► Highly uniform and monodisperse gold nanoparticles (7 nm). ► Highest surface area of gold nanoparticles (329 m{sup 2/}g). ► Excellent antifungal activity of gold nanoparticles against Candida strains. -- Abstract: Gold nanoparticles have been successfully synthesized by solvothermal method using SnCl{sub 2} and NaBH{sub 4} as reducing agents. X-ray diffraction studies show highly crystalline and monophasic nature of the gold nanoparticles with face centred cubic structure. The transmission electron microscopic studies show the formation of nearly spherical gold nanoparticles of average size of 15 nm using SnCl{sub 2}, however, NaBH{sub 4} produced highly uniform, monodispersed and spherical gold nanoparticles of average grain size of 7 nm. A high surface area of 329 m{sup 2}/g for 7 nm and 269 m{sup 2}/g for 15 nm gold nanoparticles was observed. UV–vis studies assert the excitations over the visible region due to transverse and longitudinal surface plasmon modes. The gold nanoparticles exhibit excellent size dependant antifungal activity and greater biocidal action against Candida isolates for 7 nm sized gold nanoparticles restricting the transmembrane H{sup +} efflux of the Candida species than 15 nm sized gold nanoparticles.

  7. Dielectrokinetic chromatography and devices thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chirica, Gabriela S; Fiechtner, Gregory J; Singh, Anup K

    2014-04-22

    Disclosed herein are methods and devices for dielectrokinetic chromatography. As disclosed, the devices comprise microchannels having at least one perturber which produces a non-uniformity in a field spanning the width of the microchannel. The interaction of the field non-uniformity with a perturber produces a secondary flow which competes with a primary flow. By decreasing the size of the perturber the secondary flow becomes significant for particles/analytes in the nanometer-size range. Depending on the nature of a particle/analyte present in the fluid and its interaction with the primary flow and the secondary flow, the analyte may be retained or redirected. The composition of the primary flow can be varied to affect the magnitude of primary and/or secondary flows on the particles/analytes and thereby separate and concentrate it from other particles/analytes.

  8. Study on preparation of multi-element modified titanium dioxide and performances thereof%多元改性二氧化钛的制备及其性能研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    田永淑; 马思源; 侯润欣

    2012-01-01

    Fe-Sm-Yb-TiO2 photocatalysts were synthesized by immersion method.With phenol as degradation target,the influencing factors of catalyst performance and the methods of improving the performance of catalyst were discussed.A preliminary discussion about the mechanism of co-doping improving photocatalytic activity of TiO2 was also made by means of FE-SEM,XRD,and UV-Vis etc..Experiments showed that the most suitable conditions were as follow:when the mass concentration of phenol wastewater was 20 mg/L (normal temperature and pressure), the pH was 7, the dosage of catalyst was 2.5 g/L, the calcining temperature was 550 °C ,and the doping rate of Fe,Sm,and Yb were all 0.5%(mass fraction) ,the degradation rate was up to 90% under the UV light for 4 h.The modified titanium dioxide catalyst also demonstrated fine activity under the visible light.%采用浸渍法制备了铁-钐-镱-二氧化钛改性光催化剂,以苯酚为目标降解物,讨论了影响光催化剂性能的因素和提高光催化剂性能的方法.通过FE-SEM、XRD、UV-Vis等表征手段初步探讨了共掺杂提高二氧化钛光催化活性的机理.实验结果表明:常温、常压下,质量浓度为20 mg/L的苯酚废水(pH=7),当催化剂加入量为2.5 g/L、焙烧温度为550℃、金属(铁、钐、镱)掺杂量各为0.5%(质量分数)时,经4h紫外光照其对苯酚的去除率可达90%以上.改性后的二氧化钛光催化剂在可见光下也能够显示出很好的活性.

  9. Modern methods of sample preparation for GC analysis

    OpenAIRE

    de Koning; Janssen, H.-G.; Brinkman, U.A.T.

    2009-01-01

    Today, a wide variety of techniques is available for the preparation of (semi-) solid, liquid and gaseous samples, prior to their instrumental analysis by means of capillary gas chromatography (GC) or, increasingly, comprehensive two-dimensional GC (GC × GC). In the past two decades, a large number of ‘modern’ sample-preparation techniques has been introduced, which have partly superseded their ‘classical’ counterparts. These novel techniques include off-line and on-line (sometimes semi- or f...

  10. Investigation of antibacterial properties silver nanoparticles prepared via green method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shameli Kamyar

    2012-07-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background This study aims to investigate the influence of different stirring times on antibacterial activity of silver nanoparticles in polyethylene glycol (PEG suspension. The silver nanoparticles (Ag-NPs were prepared by green synthesis method using green agents, polyethylene glycol (PEG under moderate temperature at different stirring times. Silver nitrate (AgNO3 was taken as the metal precursor while PEG was used as the solid support and polymeric stabilizer. The antibacterial activity of different sizes of nanosilver was investigated against Gram–positive [Staphylococcus aureus] and Gram–negative bacteria [Salmonella typhimurium SL1344] by the disk diffusion method using Müeller–Hinton Agar. Results Formation of Ag-NPs was determined by UV–vis spectroscopy where surface plasmon absorption maxima can be observed at 412–437 nm from the UV–vis spectrum. The synthesized nanoparticles were also characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD. The peaks in the XRD pattern confirmed that the Ag-NPs possessed a face-centered cubic and peaks of contaminated crystalline phases were unable to be located. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM revealed that Ag-NPs synthesized were in spherical shape. The optimum stirring time to synthesize smallest particle size was 6 hours with mean diameter of 11.23 nm. Zeta potential results indicate that the stability of the Ag-NPs is increases at the 6 h stirring time of reaction. The Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR spectrum suggested the complexation present between PEG and Ag-NPs. The Ag-NPs in PEG were effective against all bacteria tested. Higher antibacterial activity was observed for Ag-NPs with smaller size. These suggest that Ag-NPs can be employed as an effective bacteria inhibitor and can be applied in medical field. Conclusions Ag-NPs were successfully synthesized in PEG suspension under moderate temperature at different stirring times. The study clearly showed that the Ag-NPs with

  11. High Yield Preparation Method of Thermally Stable Cellulose Nanofibers

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hongli Zhu

    2014-02-01

    Full Text Available The preparation of nanocellulose fibers (NFs is achieved through pretreating cellulose in a NaOH/urea/thiourea solution, and then defibrillating the fibers through ultrasonication, resulting in a high yield of 85.4%. Extensive work has been done to optimize the preparation parameters. The obtained NFs are about 30 nm in diameter with cellulose II crystal structure. They possess high thermal stability with an onset of thermal degradation at 270 °C and a maximum degradation temperature of 370 °C. Such NFs have potential applications in transistors and batteries with high thermal stability. NFs-H were obtained by homogenizing undefibrillated fibers separated from the preparation of NFs. NFs-H were also in cellulose II crystal form but with lower thermal stability due to low crystallinity. They can be applied to make highly transparent paper.

  12. Revisiting Constructivist Teaching Methods in Ontario Colleges Preparing for Accreditation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Schultz, Rachel A.

    2015-01-01

    At the time of writing, the first community colleges in Ontario were preparing for transition to an accreditation model from an audit system. This paper revisits constructivist literature, arguing that a more pragmatic definition of constructivism effectively blends positivist and interactionist philosophies to achieve both student centred…

  13. U(Ⅳ) Preparation by Method of Electrolysis

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2011-01-01

    U(Ⅳ) is prepared by electrolysis of U(Ⅵ) in nitric acid, as showed in Fig. 1. A circular-sheet osmotic film is fixed at the middle of electrolytic cell. Osmotic film can urge the electron transfering from one pole to another, but electrolyte

  14. A NEW METHOD TO PREPARE CHITOSAN MEMBRANE AS A BIOMEDICAL MATERIAL

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Qiao-ling Hu; Zheng-ping Fang; YingZhao; Cheng-wei Xu

    2001-01-01

    This paper reports a new method to prepare chitosan membrane which could be used as a biomedical material.Addition of a fixation agent composed of alcohol, glycerol and potassium hydroxide can accelerate the sol-gel transformation process and hence shorten the preparation period. The present method takes about 6 h to get a flexible membrane with fine appearance. The physical and biological properties of the membrane were also investigated and compared with the membrane prepared by conventional method.``

  15. Development of a method for controlling salt and sodium use during meal preparation for food services

    OpenAIRE

    Cristina Barbosa Frantz; Marcela Boro Veiros; Rossana Pacheco da Costa Proença; Anete Araújo de Sousa

    2013-01-01

    OBJECTIVE: The study developed a method for controlling the amount of salt and sodium during food preparation, Controlling Salt and Sodium use During Meal Preparation for food services based on the Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points principles. METHODS: The method was conceived and perfected during a study case in a commercial food service located in Florianópolis, Santa Catarina, Brazil. Data were collected from technical cards, recipes and measurements during food preparation. The ...

  16. Catalysts and methods for ring opening metathesis polymerization

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Schrock, Richard Royce; Autenrieth, Benjamin

    2017-04-04

    The present invention, among other things, provides highly syndiotactic poly(dicyclopentadiene) and/or hydrogenated poly(dicyclopentadiene), compositions thereof, and compounds and methods for preparing the same. In some embodiments, a provided compound is a compound of formula I, II or III. In some embodiments, a provided method comprises providing a compound of formula I, II or III.

  17. Pyrin gene and mutants thereof, which cause familial Mediterranean fever

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kastner, Daniel L [Bethesda, MD; Aksentijevichh, Ivona [Bethesda, MD; Centola, Michael [Tacoma Park, MD; Deng, Zuoming [Gaithersburg, MD; Sood, Ramen [Rockville, MD; Collins, Francis S [Rockville, MD; Blake, Trevor [Laytonsville, MD; Liu, P Paul [Ellicott City, MD; Fischel-Ghodsian, Nathan [Los Angeles, CA; Gumucio, Deborah L [Ann Arbor, MI; Richards, Robert I [North Adelaide, AU; Ricke, Darrell O [San Diego, CA; Doggett, Norman A [Santa Cruz, NM; Pras, Mordechai [Tel-Hashomer, IL

    2003-09-30

    The invention provides the nucleic acid sequence encoding the protein associated with familial Mediterranean fever (FMF). The cDNA sequence is designated as MEFV. The invention is also directed towards fragments of the DNA sequence, as well as the corresponding sequence for the RNA transcript and fragments thereof. Another aspect of the invention provides the amino acid sequence for a protein (pyrin) associated with FMF. The invention is directed towards both the full length amino acid sequence, fusion proteins containing the amino acid sequence and fragments thereof. The invention is also directed towards mutants of the nucleic acid and amino acid sequences associated with FMF. In particular, the invention discloses three missense mutations, clustered in within about 40 to 50 amino acids, in the highly conserved rfp (B30.2) domain at the C-terminal of the protein. These mutants include M6801, M694V, K695R, and V726A. Additionally, the invention includes methods for diagnosing a patient at risk for having FMF and kits therefor.

  18. SEPARATION OF POLONIUM, PROTACTINIUM OR MIXTURES THEREOF IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION FROM BISMUTH, LEAD, ZIRCONIUM AND/OR COLUMBIUM VALUES

    Science.gov (United States)

    Van Winkle, Q.; Kraus, K.A.

    1959-10-27

    A process is presented for separating polonium, protactinium, or mixtures thereof in aqueous solution from bismuth, zirconium, lead, and niobium values contained in the solution. The method comprises providing hydrochloric acid in the solution in a concentration of at least 5N. contacting the aqueous solution with a substantially waterimmiscible organic solvent such as diisopropyl ketone, and separating the aqueous phase containing the bismuth, zirconium, lead, and niobium from the organic extract phase containing the polonium, protactinium, or mixture thereof.

  19. Red Emitting Phosphor (Y,Gd)BO3:Eu3+ for PDP Prepared by Complex Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    Red phosphor (Y, Gd)BO3:Eu3+ with grain shape, small size, non-agglomerate, high crystallinity and good photoluminescence (PL) intensity was prepared by a complex method that the precursor of the phosphor was prepared by co-precipitation method and the phosphor was prepared by combustion method. The SEM photos and the photoluminescence spectrum excited under VUV show that the morphology and luminescent properties of this phosphor are satisfied when an appropriate amount of urea was adopted as the combustion agent in the preparation procedure.

  20. Methods for preparation of three-dimensional bodies

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mulligan, Anthony C [Tucson, AZ; Rigali, Mark J [Carlsbad, NM; Sutaria, Manish P [Malden, MA; Artz, Gregory J [Tucson, AZ; Gafner, Felix H [Tucson, AZ; Vaidyanathan, K Ranji [Tucson, AZ

    2008-06-17

    Processes for mechanically fabricating two and three-dimensional fibrous monolith composites include preparing a fibrous monolith filament from a core composition of a first powder material and a boundary material of a second powder material. The filament includes a first portion of the core composition surrounded by a second portion of the boundary composition. One or more filaments are extruded through a mechanically-controlled deposition nozzle onto a working surface to create a fibrous monolith composite object. The objects may be formed directly from computer models and have complex geometries.

  1. Fecal specimens preparation methods for PCR diagnosis of human taeniosis

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nunes Cáris Maroni

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available Sample preparation and DNA extraction protocols for DNA amplification by PCR, which can be applied in human fecal samples for taeniasis diagnosis, are described. DNA extracted from fecal specimens with phenol/chloroform/isoamilic alcohol and DNAzol® reagent had to be first purified to generate fragments of 170 pb and 600 pb by HDP2-PCR. This purification step was not necessary with the use of QIAmp DNA stool mini kit®. Best DNA extraction results were achieved after eggs disruption with glass beads, either with phenol/chloroform/isoamilic alcohol, DNAzol® reagent or QIAmp DNA stool mini kit®.

  2. Preparation and studies of Co(II) and Co(III)-substituted barium ferrite prepared by sol-gel method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Teh, Geok Bee [Department of Bioscience and Chemistry, Faculty of Engineering and Science, Universiti Tunku Abdul Rahman, 53300 Kuala Lumpur (Malaysia)]. E-mail: tehgb@mail.utar.edu.my; Nagalingam, Saravanan [Department of Bioscience and Chemistry, Faculty of Engineering and Science, Universiti Tunku Abdul Rahman, 53300 Kuala Lumpur (Malaysia); Jefferson, David A. [Department of Chemistry, University of Cambridge, Lensfield Road, Cambridge CB2 1EW (United Kingdom)

    2007-01-15

    The sol-gel preparative method was employed to synthesise Co(II) and Co(III)-substituted barium ferrite. This method was attempted to achieve higher homogeneity of the final product. Samples of substituted ferrites were characterised by various experimental techniques including high resolution transmission electron microscopy, X-ray diffraction analysis, magnetometry and thermal gravimetric analysis. The microstructural changes induced by such substitution are also discussed.

  3. Alkali-free method of hide preparation for tanning

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    V. Valeika

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available Usually, beamhouse processes are carried out by varying a medium from strongly alkaline (unhairing-liming up to strongly acid (pickling. This study is designed to develop a preparation of hide for tanning via processes that avoid a sharp change of hide pH. Enzymes active in acid medium are employed for hide unhairing in a buffer system containing 2.5% acetic acid and 0.3% sodium acetate. An oxidative treatment with peracetic acid then allows the complete removal of residual hair and scud. During both processes, unhairing and oxidative treatment, the opening of the derma structure occurs: 13.3-14.6g of non-collagen proteins are removed and amount of dermatan sulphate decreases by 35%. The hide obtained can be chromed directly after the above processes and subsequent treatment with sodium chloride solution omitted conventional pickling. The pH of the hide varies in the range of 8.3-3.7 during the processes of preparation for tanning.

  4. Preparation and Self-assembly of Zirconia Nanoparticles via Hydrothermal Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LI Guang-Hui; HONG Zhang-Lian; YANG Hui

    2008-01-01

    Zirconia nanoparticles were synthesized via hydrothermal method without any additives. This work focuses on the effect of preparation conditions such as the precursor preparation condition and crystallization time of nanocrystallite in autoclave on the properties of as-prepared products. The results indicated that the amount of tetragonal zirconia varied with the preparation conditions. It increased with the increase of the concentration of KOH solution in precursor producing process and reduced with the prolongation of crystallization time. At the same time, the particle size and morphology were also affected by the preparation conditions. In addition,the self-assembled spindle- like aggregates were observed in present works.

  5. Cellulase variants with improved expression, activity and stability, and use thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aehle, Wolfgang; Bott, Richard R.; Bower, Benjamin S.; Caspi, Jonathan; Goedegebuur, Frits; Hommes, Ronaldus Wilhelmus Joannes; Kaper, Thijs; Kelemen, Bradley R.; Kralj, Slavko; Van Lieshout, Johannes Franciscus Thomas; Nikolaev, Igor; Wallace, Louise; Van Stigt Thans, Sander; Vogtentanz, Gudrun; Sandgren, Mats

    2016-12-20

    The present disclosure relates to cellulase variants. In particular the present disclosure relates to cellulase variants having improved expression, activity and/or stability. Also described are nucleic acids encoding the cellulase variants, compositions comprising the cellulase variants, and methods of use thereof.

  6. 9 CFR 310.13 - Inflating carcasses or parts thereof; transferring caul or other fat.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ...; transferring caul or other fat. 310.13 Section 310.13 Animals and Animal Products FOOD SAFETY AND INSPECTION... carcasses or parts thereof; transferring caul or other fat. (a)(1) Establishments shall not inflate... swine to facilitate the skinning operation and to minimize the loss of body fat. The method...

  7. Liquid precursor for deposition of copper selenide and method of preparing the same

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Curtis, Calvin J.; Miedaner, Alexander; Franciscus Antonius Maria Van Hest, Marinus; Ginley, David S.; Hersh, Peter A.; Eldada, Louay; Stanbery, Billy J.

    2015-09-08

    Liquid precursors containing copper and selenium suitable for deposition on a substrate to form thin films suitable for semiconductor applications are disclosed. Methods of preparing such liquid precursors and methods of depositing a precursor on a substrate are also disclosed.

  8. Simple, rapid method for the preparation of isotopically labeled formaldehyde

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hooker, Jacob Matthew [Port Jefferson, NY; Schonberger, Matthias [Mains, DE; Schieferstein, Hanno [Aabergen, DE; Fowler, Joanna S [Bellport, NY

    2011-10-04

    Isotopically labeled formaldehyde (*C.sup..sctn.H.sub.2O) is prepared from labeled methyl iodide (*C.sup..sctn.H.sub.3I) by reaction with an oxygen nucleophile having a pendant leaving group. The mild and efficient reaction conditions result in good yields of *C.sup..sctn.H.sub.2O with little or no *C isotopic dilution. The simple, efficient production of .sup.11CH.sub.2O is described. The use of the .sup.11CH.sub.2O for the formation of positron emission tomography tracer compounds is described. The reaction can be incorporated into automated equipment available to radiochemistry laboratories. The isotopically labeled formaldehyde can be used in a variety of reactions to provide radiotracer compounds for imaging studies as well as for scintillation counting and autoradiography.

  9. Method of preparing mercury with an arbitrary isotopic distribution

    Science.gov (United States)

    Grossman, M.W.; George, W.A.

    1986-12-16

    This invention provides for a process for preparing mercury with a predetermined, arbitrary, isotopic distribution. In one embodiment, different isotopic types of Hg[sub 2]Cl[sub 2], corresponding to the predetermined isotopic distribution of Hg desired, are placed in an electrolyte solution of HCl and H[sub 2]O. The resulting mercurous ions are then electrolytically plated onto a cathode wire producing mercury containing the predetermined isotopic distribution. In a similar fashion, Hg with a predetermined isotopic distribution is obtained from different isotopic types of HgO. In this embodiment, the HgO is dissolved in an electrolytic solution of glacial acetic acid and H[sub 2]O. The isotopic specific Hg is then electrolytically plated onto a cathode and then recovered. 1 fig.

  10. Influence of preparation method on hydroxyapatite porous scaffolds

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    N Monmaturapoj; C Yatongchai

    2011-12-01

    Hydroxyapatite (HA) is extensively used in medical applications as an artificial bone because of its similarity to the natural components of human bones and for its excellent biocompatibility. The porous structure of HA ceramics is more generally used as a scaffold. Many techniques, which are performed under fluid system, have been applied to fabricate HA porous scaffolds. In this work, polymeric sponge technique was employed in the preparation of HA slurry appropriated for porous ceramic fabrication. Effort for strength improvement was made on porous HA ceramic in several aspects. The effect of HA/water, binder/plasticizer ratios and dispersant content on the rheological properties of HA suspension in combination with the addition of SiC and SiO2 on the compressive strength of porous bodies were investigated and discussed.

  11. Simplification of Template-free Method to Prepare Polyaniline Nanotubes

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    1 Introduction Conducting polymer nanostructures (e.g.nanotubes or nanofibers) have received considerable attention owing their unique properties and promising applications in technology and nano-devices[1]. Conducting polymer nanostructures can be generally synthesized through "hard" and "soft" template method.Usually an external hard template in a "hard-template" method is required and the post-treatment of removing template is rather tedious."Soft-template" method is advantageous of omitting external...

  12. Preparation of Pt/C Catalyst with Solid Phase Reaction Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2002-01-01

    The Pt/C catalyst was prepared with solid phase reaction method (Pt/C(S)) for the first time. Its performances were compared with that prepared by the traditional liquid phase reaction method. The results demonstrate that the electrocatalytic activity of Pt/C catalyst with solid phase reaction method for methanol oxidation is higher than that with liquid phase reaction method. XRD and TEM measurements indicate that the Pt/C(S) possesses low crystalline extent and small particle size.

  13. Survey of Existing and Promising New Methods of Surface Preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    1982-04-01

    labor-intensive methods of applying protective coating system at ambient temperatures during or after fabrication. 3.2.16 Explosives The detonation of...34. Ingenieria Naval, Vol. 44, pp. 5, 1976. 45. Conn, A. F., and Rudy, S. L., “Parameters for Ship Hull Cleaning Using Cavitating Water Jet Method

  14. Crystallization Methods for Preparation of Nanocrystals for Drug Delivery System.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gao, Yuan; Wang, Jingkang; Wang, Yongli; Yin, Qiuxiang; Glennon, Brian; Zhong, Jian; Ouyang, Jinbo; Huang, Xin; Hao, Hongxun

    2015-01-01

    Low water solubility of drug products causes delivery problems such as low bioavailability. The reduced particle size and increased surface area of nanocrystals lead to the increasing of the dissolution rate. The formulation of drug nanocrystals is a robust approach and has been widely applied to drug delivery system (DDS) due to the significant development of nanoscience and nanotechnology. It can be used to improve drug efficacy, provide targeted delivery and minimize side-effects. Crystallization is the main and efficient unit operation to produce nanocrystals. Both traditional crystallization methods such as reactive crystallization, anti-solvent crystallization and new crystallization methods such as supercritical fluid crystallization, high-gravity controlled precipitation can be used to produce nanocrystals. The current mini-review outlines the main crystallization methods addressed in literature. The advantages and disadvantages of each method were summarized and compared.

  15. Polypeptide having beta-glucosidase activity and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Schoonneveld-Bergmans, Margot Elisabeth Francoise; Heijne, Wilbert Herman Marie; De Jong, Rene Marcel; Damveld, Robbertus Antonius

    2016-09-13

    The invention relates to a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set out in SEQ ID NO: 2 or an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a variant polypeptide or variant polynucleotide thereof, wherein the variant polypeptide has at least 96% sequence identity with the sequence set out in SEQ ID NO: 2 or the variant polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has at least 96% sequence identity with the sequence set out in SEQ ID NO: 2. The invention features the full length coding sequence of the novel gene as well as the amino acid sequence of the full-length functional polypeptide and functional equivalents of the gene or the amino acid sequence. The invention also relates to methods for using the polypeptide in industrial processes. Also included in the invention are cells transformed with a polynucleotide according to the invention suitable for producing these proteins.

  16. Methods for the Preparation of Initiating and Delay Compositions

    Science.gov (United States)

    1948-11-01

    invustigatod include lead azide, lead styphnate , barium styphnatc, lead 2:4 dinitrorcsorcinatc, lead 4:6 dinitrorosorcinatc. Examples arc given from...method (a) Granulated barium styphnatc (R.D. 1320B). By adding a mixture of magnesium styphnate and sodium carboxy methyl cellulose solutions to a solution...increase in proportion of colloid the number of constituent crystals greatly increases. Granulated barium styphnate is a very stable substance and its method

  17. Preparation of silica by sol-gel method using formamide

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    R.F.S. Lenza

    2001-07-01

    Full Text Available In this work we obtained microporous and mesoporous silica gels by sol-gel processing. Tetraethylortosilicate (TEOS was used as precursor. Nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid were used as catalysts. In order to study the affect of formamide as drying additive, we used a molar ratio alkoxide/formamide of 1/1. The performance of formamide in obtaining crack-free gels was evaluated through monolithicity measurements. The structural evolution occurring in the interconnected network of the gels during thermal treatment was monitored by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR, shrinkage and density measurements and nitrogen gas sorption. We noted that in the presence of formamide, the Si-O-Si bonds are stronger and belong to a more cross-linked structure. The samples obtained in the presence of formamide have larger pore volume and its pore structure is in the range of mesoporosity. The samples obtained without additive are microporous. Formamide allowed the preparation of crack-free silica gels stabilized at high temperatures.

  18. A novel method for preparing microfibrillated cellulose from bamboo fibers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dat Nguyen, Huu; Thanh Thuy Mai, Thi; Bich Nguyen, Ngoc; Duy Dang, Thanh; Loan Phung Le, My; Dang, Tan Tai; Tran, Van Man

    2013-03-01

    The bamboo fiber is a potential candidate for biomass and power source application. In this study, microfibrillated cellulose (MFC) is prepared from raw fibers of bamboo tree (Bambusa Blumeana J A & J H Schultes) by an alkali treatment at room temperature in association with a bleaching treatment followed by a sulfuric acid hydrolysis. Field-emission scanning electron microscopy (FESEM) images indicated that final products ranged from 20 to 40 nm in diameter. The chemical composition measurement and Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy showed that both hemicellulose and lignin are mostly removed in the MFC. The x-ray diffraction (XRD) results also show that MFC has crystallinity of more than 70%. The thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) curves revealed that cellulose microfibers have a two-step thermal decomposition behavior owing to the attachment of sulfated groups onto the cellulose surface in the hydrolysis process with sulfuric acid. The obtained MFCs may have potential applications in alternative power sources as biomass, in pharmaceutical and optical industries as additives, as well as in composite fields as a reinforcement phase.

  19. Facile Method to Prepare Superhydrophobic and Water Repellent Cellulosic Paper

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ioannis Karapanagiotis

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Silica nanoparticles (7 nm were dispersed in solutions of a silane/siloxane mixture. The dispersions were applied, by brush, on four types of paper: (i modern, unprinted (blank paper, (ii modern paper where a text was printed using a common laser jet printer, (iii a handmade paper sheet detached from an old book, and (iv Japanese tissue paper. It is shown that superhydrophobicity and water repellency were achieved on the surface of the deposited films, when high particle concentrations were used (≥1% w/v, corresponding to high static (θS ≈ 162° and low tilt (θt < 3° contact angles. To interpret these results, scanning electron microscopy (SEM was employed to observe the surface morphologies of the siloxane-nanoparticle films. Static contact angles, measured on surfaces that were prepared from dilute dispersions (particle concentration <1% w/v, increased with particle concentration and attained a maximum value (162° which corresponds to superhydrophobicity. Increasing further the particle concentration did not have any effect on θS. Colourimetric measurements showed that the superhydrophobic films had negligible effects on the aesthetic appearance of the treated papers. Furthermore, it is shown that the superhydrophobic character of the siloxane-nanoparticle films was stable over a wide range of pH.

  20. A novel method for preparing monodispersed polystyrene nanoparticles

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LIU Kaiyi; WANG Zhaoqun

    2007-01-01

    A preparation manner for monodispersed polystyrene(PS)nanoparticles polymerized by using a novel addition procedure of a monomer is suggested.In systems containing a smaller amount of surfactant compared with conventional microemulsion polymerization,the polymerization processes consists of three stages:adding dropwise the first part of the monomer for a few minutes at 80℃ and polymerizing for 1 h;adding collectively the residual part of the monomer and polymerizing at the same temperature for another 1 h;and then polymerizing at 85℃ for another 1 h.Based on discussions on the nucleation mechanism of particles in the polymerization system,the influences of monomer weight added dropwise,and amounts of initiator and emulsifier on the size and distribution of PS particles were investigated.PS nanoparticles with smaller diameter such as a number-average diameter of 18.7 nm and better monodispersity were obtained since the dropped styrene amount was suitable under 20wt-% emulsifier amount and 3wt-% initiator amount based on the monomer.

  1. Preparation and Mechanical Properties of Layered Double Hydrotalcides/ /Polystyrene Nanocomposites Prepared by an in-situ Bubble Stretching Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiu-ting ZHENG

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available Layered double hydrotalcides/polystyrene (LDHs/PS nanocomposites were produced by an in-situ bubble stretching (ISBS method and simple shear method; the effect of LHDs content on the dispersion and the mechanical properties of nanocomposites was studied. The field emission scanning electron microscopy (FE-SEM images indicated that the ISBS method leads to a high degree of dispersion of LDHs nanoparticles in PS matrix. Furthermore, it did not form a significant re-aggregation after defoaming by means of twin-screw extruder. Compared with the simple shear method, the un-notched impact strength and tensile strength of nanocomposites prepared by ISBS method were higher at the same amount of LDHs. The un-notched impact strength of the nanocomposites prepared by ISBS method reached a maximum value at the LDHs mass fraction of 5 % , the strength increased is 57.29 % greater than that of pure PS. The enhanced mechanical properties attributed to the effective dispersion of nanoscale LDHs by ISBS method. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.5755/j01.ms.20.4.6197

  2. Preparing Methods and Its Influencing Factors about Nanoparticles Based on Dendritic Polymer

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhang Jianwei

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available Based on the properties, structure and application of dendritic polymer, this paper analysed the methods of the preparation of nanoparticles using dendritic polymer, detailed preparation process, technical parameters and application effect about a single metal nanoparticles, bimetallic nanoparticles, sulfide and halide nanoparticles. The influencing factors of the preparation about nanoparticles were discussed, including the molecular algebra, the molar ratio of the metal ions to the dendritic polymer, and so on.

  3. A Convenient Method for the Preparation of Alkanolamides

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rho, Ho Sik; Baek, Heung Soo; Kim, Duck Hee; Chang, Ih Seop [R and D Center, AmorePacific Corporation, Yongin (Korea, Republic of)

    2006-04-15

    We have developed an efficient and chemo-selective N-acylation method of amino alcohols by the treatment with mixed anhydrides generated from various acids and ethylchloroformate. The use of mixed anhydride afforded amine selectivity due to its relatively low electrophilicity. This method was suitable for the synthesis of alkanolamides containing acid or base-sensitive groups. Long chain alkanolamides have attracted considerable interest because of their intrinsic amphiphilic properties. They are frequently used as a surfactant for cosmetics and pharmaceutical use. In the course of the synthesis of alkanolamides, control of chemoselective amide formation over competing O-acylation of neighboring hydroxyl groups plays a key step. Several methods have been developed which include a few enzymatic synthesis and the reaction of carboxylic acid with amino alcohols by the aid of N-ethoxy-1-ethoxy-dihydroquinone (EEDQ) in ethanol reflux condition.

  4. Global metabolite analysis of yeast: evaluation of sample preparation methods

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Villas-Bôas, Silas Granato; Højer-Pedersen, Jesper; Åkesson, Mats Fredrik;

    2005-01-01

    , which is the analysis of a large number of metabolites with very diverse chemical and physical properties. This work reports the leakage of intracellular metabolites observed during quenching yeast cells with cold methanol solution, the efficacy of six different methods for the extraction...... of intracellular metabolites, and the losses noticed during sample concentration by lyophilization and solvent evaporation. A more reliable procedure is suggested for quenching yeast cells with cold methanol solution, followed by extraction of intracellular metabolites by pure methanol. The method can be combined...

  5. Influence of Specimen Preparation and Test Methods on the Flexural Strength Results of Monolithic Zirconia Materials

    OpenAIRE

    Christine Schatz; Monika Strickstrock; Malgorzata Roos; Daniel Edelhoff; Marlis Eichberger; Isabella-Maria Zylla; Bogna Stawarczyk

    2016-01-01

    The aim of this work was to evaluate the influence of specimen preparation and test method on the flexural strength results of monolithic zirconia. Different monolithic zirconia materials (Ceramill Zolid (Amann Girrbach, Koblach, Austria), Zenostar ZrTranslucent (Wieland Dental, Pforzheim, Germany), and DD Bio zx2 (Dental Direkt, Spenge, Germany)) were tested with three different methods: 3-point, 4-point, and biaxial flexural strength. Additionally, different specimen preparation methods wer...

  6. Influence of specimen preparation and test methods on the flexural strength results of monolithic zirconia materials

    OpenAIRE

    Schatz, Christine; Strickstrock, Monika; Roos, Malgorzata; Edelhoff, Daniel; Eichberger, Marlis; Zylla, Isabella-Maria; Stawarczyk, Bogna

    2016-01-01

    The aim of this work was to evaluate the influence of specimen preparation and test method on the flexural strength results of monolithic zirconia. Different monolithic zirconia materials (Ceramill Zolid (Amann Girrbach, Koblach, Austria), Zenostar ZrTranslucent (Wieland Dental, Pforzheim, Germany), and DD Bio zx2 (Dental Direkt, Spenge, Germany)) were tested with three different methods: 3-point, 4-point, and biaxial flexural strength. Additionally, different specimen preparation methods wer...

  7. A validated high performance thin layer chromatography method for determination of yohimbine hydrochloride in pharmaceutical preparations

    OpenAIRE

    Badr, Jihan M.

    2013-01-01

    Background: Yohimbine is an indole alkaloid used as a promising therapy for erectile dysfunction. A number of methods were reported for the analysis of yohimbine in the bark or in pharmaceutical preparations. Materials and Method: In the present work, a simple and sensitive high performance thin layer chromatographic method is developed for determination of yohimbine (occurring as yohimbine hydrochloride) in pharmaceutical preparations and validated according to International Conference of Ha...

  8. [Methods for the rapid preparation of paraffin blocks].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shmurun, R I

    1992-01-01

    Two accelerated chloroform-paraffin processings of materials with the use of ultrasound (US) and microwave (MW) irradiation in the stove "Electronica" as well as a combined method with US- and MW-irradiation are proposed to shorten drastically the duration of the prehistologic processing.

  9. Separation of interleukins by a preparative chromatofocusing-like method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Monkarsh, S P; Russoman, E A; Roy, S K

    1993-02-12

    A chromatofocusing-like method used in the large-scale separation of deamidated from amidated recombinant human interleukin-1 alpha (amino acids 117-271), derived from Escherichia coli, is described. Two major protein species having isoelectric points (pI) of approximately 5.3 and 5.1 were separated by high-performance liquid chromatography using a sulfopropyl strong cation-exchange column. Unlike standard chromatofocusing technique, this method does not use carrier ampholytes during gradient separation of proteins, nor does it employ increased ionic strength for protein elution, the usual method for performing standard ion-exchange chromatography. N-Terminal sequence analysis of the protein with a pI of 5.3 revealed an Asn residue at position 32 as predicted by the cDNA sequence. The pI 5.1 species showed an Asp residue at the same position as a result of deamidation of Asn. This method was also used in the large-scale separation of N-Met from des-Met recombinant human interleukin-1 beta.

  10. Preparing Students for Flipped or Team-Based Learning Methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Balan, Peter; Clark, Michele; Restall, Gregory

    2015-01-01

    Purpose: Teaching methods such as Flipped Learning and Team-Based Learning require students to pre-learn course materials before a teaching session, because classroom exercises rely on students using self-gained knowledge. This is the reverse to "traditional" teaching when course materials are presented during a lecture, and students are…

  11. A simple and rapid nucleic acid preparation method for reverse ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    USER

    2010-03-29

    Mar 29, 2010 ... detergent (0.5% Triton XL-80 N) buffers, vortexed for 3 min and then 2.5 µl of this aliquots was used in. RT-PCR. ... 2003). However, successful application of these methods .... used non-ionic detergents, and have involved a multitude .... potato S carlavirus (PVS) revealed by analysis of RT-PCR-amplified.

  12. 78 FR 17940 - Certain Computerized Orthopedic Surgical Devices, Software, Implants, and Components Thereof...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-03-25

    ... COMMISSION Certain Computerized Orthopedic Surgical Devices, Software, Implants, and Components Thereof..., Software, Implants, and Components Thereof, DN 2945; the Commission is soliciting comments on any public... devices, software, implants, and components thereof. The complaint names as respondents Stanmore...

  13. Water-equivalent solid sources prepared by means of two distinct methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Koskinas, Marina F.; Yamazaki, Ione M.; Potiens Junior, Ademar, E-mail: koskinas@ipen.br [Instituto de Pesquisas Energeticas e Nucleares (IPEN/CNEN-SP), Sao Paulo, SP (Brazil)

    2014-07-01

    The Nuclear Metrology Laboratory at IPEN is involved in developing radioactive water-equivalent solid sources prepared from an aqueous solution of acrylamide using two distinct methods for polymerization. One of them is the polymerization by high dose of {sup 60}Co irradiation; in the other method the solid matrix-polyacrylamide is obtained from an aqueous solution composed by acrylamide, catalyzers and an aliquot of a radionuclide. The sources have been prepared in cylindrical geometry. In this paper, the study of the distribution of radioactive material in the solid sources prepared by both methods is presented. (author)

  14. Evaluation of seamless ligation cloning extract preparation methods from an Escherichia coli laboratory strain.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Okegawa, Yuki; Motohashi, Ken

    2015-10-01

    Seamless ligation cloning extract (SLiCE) is a simple and efficient method for DNA cloning without the use of restriction enzymes. Instead, SLiCE uses homologous recombination activities from Escherichia coli cell lysates. To date, SLiCE preparation has been performed using an expensive commercially available lytic reagent. To expand the utility of the SLiCE method, we evaluated different methods for SLiCE preparation that avoid using this reagent. Consequently, cell extracts prepared with buffers containing Triton X-100, which is a common and low-cost nonionic detergent, exhibited sufficient cloning activity for seamless gene incorporation into a vector.

  15. Preparation of thermally stable nanocrystalline hydroxyapatite by hydrothermal method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Prakash Parthiban, S; Elayaraja, K; Girija, E K; Yokogawa, Y; Kesavamoorthy, R; Palanichamy, M; Asokan, K; Narayana Kalkura, S

    2009-12-01

    Thermally stable hydroxyapatite (HAp) was synthesized by hydrothermal method in the presence of malic acid. X-ray diffraction (XRD), Fourier transform infra-red spectroscopy (FT-IR), Raman spectroscopy, scanning electron microscopy (SEM), differential thermal analysis (DTA), thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) was done on the synthesized powders. These analyses confirmed the sample to be free from impurities and other phases of calcium phosphates, and were of rhombus morphology along with nanosized particles. IR and Raman analyses indicated the adsorption of malic acid on HAp. Thermal stability of the synthesized HAp was confirmed by DTA and TGA. The synthesized powders were thermally stable upto 1,400 degrees C and showed no phase change. The proposed method might be useful for producing thermally stable HAp which is a necessity for high temperature coating applications.

  16. Electron microscopy of flatworms standard and cryo-preparation methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Salvenmoser, Willi; Egger, Bernhard; Achatz, Johannes G; Ladurner, Peter; Hess, Michael W

    2010-01-01

    Electron microscopy (EM) has long been indispensable for flatworm research, as most of these worms are microscopic in dimension and provide only a handful of characters recognizable by eye or light microscopy. Therefore, major progress in understanding the histology, systematics, and evolution of this animal group relied on methods capable of visualizing ultrastructure. The rise of molecular and cellular biology renewed interest in such ultrastructural research. In the light of recent developments, we offer a best-practice guide for users of transmission EM and provide a comparison of well-established chemical fixation protocols with cryo-processing methods (high-pressure freezing/freeze-substitution, HPF/FS). The organisms used in this study include the rhabditophorans Macrostomum lignano, Polycelis nigra and Dugesia gonocephala, as well as the acoel species Isodiametra pulchra.

  17. Method for preparing membranes with adjustable separation performance

    Science.gov (United States)

    Peterson, E.S.; Orme, C.J.; Stone, M.L.

    1995-01-31

    Methods for adjustable separation of solutes and solvents involve the combination of the use of a maximally swollen membrane and subsequent vacuum depressurization exerted on the permeate side of that membrane. By adjusting the extent of depressurization it is possible to separate solvent from solutes and solutes from each other. Improved control of separation parameters as well as improved flux rates characterize the present invention. 2 figs.

  18. Solid oxide cell stack and method for preparing same

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2012-01-01

    A method for producing and reactivating a solid oxide cell stack structure by providing a catalyst precursor in at least one of the electrode layers by impregnation and subsequent drying after the stack has been assembled and initiated. Due to a significantly improved performance and an unexpected...... voltage improvement this solid oxide cell stack structure is particularly suitable for use in solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) and solid oxide electrolysing cell (SOEC) applications....

  19. Materials and methods for the preparation of nanocomposites

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Talapin, Dmitri V.; Kovalenko, Maksym V.; Lee, Jong-Soo; Jiang, Chengyang

    2016-05-24

    Disclosed herein is an isolable colloidal particle comprising a nanoparticle and an inorganic capping agent bound to the surface of the nanoparticle, a solution of the same, a method for making the same from a biphasic solvent mixture, and the formation of structures and solids from the isolable colloidal particle. The process can yield photovoltaic cells, piezoelectric crystals, thermoelectric layers, optoelectronic layers, light emitting diodes, ferroelectric layers, thin film transistors, floating gate memory devices, imaging devices, phase change layers, and sensor devices.

  20. Ultrasonic method for the preparation of organic porphyrin nanoparticles.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kashani-Motlagh, Mohamad Mehdi; Rahimi, Rahmatollah; Kachousangi, Marziye Javaheri

    2009-01-12

    We report the synthesis and optical properties of organic porphyrin nanoparticles with narrow size distribution and good dispersibility. Nanoparticles were produced by a combination of precipitation and sonication, termed the "ultrasonic method". The resulting [tetrakis(para-chlorophenyl)porphyrin]TClPP nanoparticles were stable in solution without precipitation for at least 30 days. No self aggregation of the constituent porphyrin chromophores was observed. The TClPP nanoparticles exhibited interesting optical properties, particularly a large bathochromic shift in the absorption spectra.

  1. Methods for Preparing Nanoparticle-Containing Thermoplastic Composite Laminates

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gruber, Mark B. (Inventor); Jensen, Brian J. (Inventor); Cano, Roberto J. (Inventor)

    2016-01-01

    High quality thermoplastic composites and composite laminates containing nanoparticles and/or nanofibers, and methods of producing such composites and laminates are disclosed. The composites comprise a thermoplastic polymer and a plurality of nanoparticles, and may include a fibrous structural reinforcement. The composite laminates are formed from a plurality of nanoparticle-containing composite layers and may be fused to one another via an automated process.

  2. Systems and methods for preparation and separation of products

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gilliam, Ryan J.; Boggs, Bryan; Self, Kyle; Leclerc, Margarete K.; Gorer, Alexander; Weiss, Michael J.; Miller, John H.; Mohanta, Samaresh

    2015-12-01

    There are provided methods and systems for an electrochemical cell including an anode and a cathode where the anode is contacted with a metal ion that converts the metal ion from a lower oxidation state to a higher oxidation state. The metal ion in the higher oxidation state is reacted with hydrogen gas, an unsaturated hydrocarbon, and/or a saturated hydrocarbon to form products.

  3. Development of a method for controlling salt and sodium use during meal preparation for food services

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Cristina Barbosa Frantz

    2013-02-01

    Full Text Available OBJECTIVE: The study developed a method for controlling the amount of salt and sodium during food preparation, Controlling Salt and Sodium use During Meal Preparation for food services based on the Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points principles. METHODS: The method was conceived and perfected during a study case in a commercial food service located in Florianópolis, Santa Catarina, Brazil. Data were collected from technical cards, recipes and measurements during food preparation. The preparations were monitored and compared with criteria about the use of salt and sodium found in the literature. Critical control points were identified and corrective measures were proposed. RESULTS: The result was a method consisting of 9 stages: (1 determination of the sodium content in the ingredients; (2 and 3 analysis of menu planning and sodium content; (4 follow-up of food preparation; (5 estimate of the amount of sodium used in the preparations; (6 and 7 selection and following of the preparations with average- and high-sodium content; (8 definition of the critical points and establishment of corrective actions for the use of salt and sodium; and (9 creation of recommendations for the use of salt and sodium. CONCLUSION: The Controlling Salt and Sodium use During Meal Preparation may contribute to global discussions regarding the reduction of salt and sodium intakes and collaborate for the supply of nutritionally and sensorially appropriate meals with respect to salt and sodium content. It may also help to prevent non-communicable chronic diseases.

  4. A Rapid Synthetic Method for the Preparation of Two Tris-Cobalt(III) Compounds.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jackman, Donald C.; Rillema, D. Paul

    1989-01-01

    Reports a method of preparation for tris(ethylenediamine)cobalt(III) and tris(2,2'-bipyridine)cobalt(III) that will shorten the preparation time by approximately 3 hours. Notes the time for synthesis and isolation of compound one was 1 hour (yield 38 percent) while compound two took 50 minutes (yield 71%). (MVL)

  5. Magnetic Properties of Ni-Zn Ferrite Prepared with the Layered Precursor Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHOU Xin; HOU Zhi-Ling; LI Feng; QI Xin

    2010-01-01

    @@ We prepare NiZnFe2O4 soft magnetic ferrites with different molar ratios with the layered precursor method and investigate their magnetic properties.In the layered precursor,metal ions are scattered on the layer plate in a certain way on account of the effect of lowest lattice energy and lattice orientation.After high temperature calcinations,spinel ferrites with uniform structural component and single magnetic domain can be obtained,and the magnetic property is improved greatly.NiZnFe2O4 ferrites prepared have the best specific saturation magnetization of 79.15 emu.g-1,higher than that of 68 emu.g-1 prepared by the chemical co-precipitation method and that of 59 emu.g-1 prepared by the emulsion-gel method.Meanwhile the coercivity of NiZnFe2O4 ferrites prepared by layered precursor method is 14 kA.m-1,lower than that of 50emu.g-1 prepared by the co-precipitation method and that of 59 emu.g-1 prepared by the emulsion-gel method.

  6. Magnetic hyperthermia heating of cobalt ferrite nanoparticles prepared by low temperature ferrous sulfate based method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tejabhiram Yadavalli

    2016-05-01

    Full Text Available A facile low temperature co-precipitation method for the synthesis of crystalline cobalt ferrite nanostructures using ferrous sulfate salt as the precursor has been discussed. The prepared samples were compared with nanoparticles prepared by conventional co-precipitation and hydrothermal methods using ferric nitrate as the precursor. X-ray diffraction studies confirmed the formation of cubic spinel cobalt ferrites when dried at 110 °C as opposed to conventional methods which required higher temperatures/pressure for the formation of the same. Field emission scanning electron microscope studies of these powders revealed the formation of nearly spherical nanostructures in the size range of 20-30 nm which were comparable to those prepared by conventional methods. Magnetic measurements confirmed the ferromagnetic nature of the cobalt ferrites with low magnetic remanance. Further magnetic hyperthermia studies of nanostructures prepared by low temperature method showed a rise in temperature to 50 °C in 600 s.

  7. Novel method for preparation of PEMFC electrodes by the electrospray technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Benitez, R.; Soler, J.; Daza, L. [Dpto. Combustibles Fosiles, CIEMAT Av. Complutense 22, 28040 Madrid (Spain)

    2005-10-10

    A novel method based on the electrospray technique has been developed for the preparation of electrodes for proton exchange membrane fuel cells (PEMFC). The material obtained was characterized by different techniques, which showed both morphological and structural improvements that contribute to a better catalyst utilization compared to conventional methods. These facts were corroborated after manufacturing several membrane electrode assemblies (MEAs) with electrodes prepared by three different methods. MEAs obtained by means of the electrospray technique exhibited three times higher power density than those prepared by the impregnation method ones and eight times higher than MEAs made with electrodes prepared by the spray technique with platinum loadings of 0.5mgcm{sup -2}. Moreover, the power density obtained was twice better than a commercial E-TEK. This technique can be scaled up and becomes a volume production method using a low-cost process. (author)

  8. Influence of preparation method on performance of a metal supported perovskite catalyst for combustion of methane

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    翟彦青; 熊杰明; 李翠清; 徐新; 罗国华

    2010-01-01

    A different method was employed for the preparation of a metal supported perovskite catalyst for the catalytic combustion of methane.The prepared metallic catalysts were characterized by means of X-ray diffractometer(XRD),scanning electron microscopy(SEM),transmission electron microscopy(TEM),and also by ultrasonic and thermal shock tests and catalytic activity.It was found that the process factors during the preparation,e.g.the preparation of the catalyst precursor and the coating slurry,the calcination te...

  9. Dense protective coatings, methods for their preparation and coated articles

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tulyani, Sonia; Bhatia, Tania; Smeggil, John G.

    2015-12-29

    A method for depositing a protective coating on a complex shaped substrate includes the steps of: (1) dipping a complex shaped substrate into a slurry to form a base coat thereon, the slurry comprising an aqueous solution, at least one refractory metal oxide, and at least one transient fluid additive present in an amount of about 0.1 percent to 10 percent by weight of the slurry; (2) curing the dipped substrate; (3) dipping the substrate into a precursor solution to form a top barrier coat thereon; and (4) heat treating the dipped, cured substrate to form a protective coating.

  10. COMPARISON OF SAMPLE PREPARATION METHODS FOR CHIP-CHIP ASSAYS

    OpenAIRE

    O'Geen, Henriette; Nicolet, Charles M.; Blahnik, Kim; Green, Roland; Farnham, Peggy J.

    2006-01-01

    A single ChIP sample does not provide enough DNA for hybridization to a genomic tiling array. A commonly used technique for amplifying the DNA obtained from ChIP assays is linker-mediated PCR (LMPCR). However, using this amplification method, we could not identify Oct4 binding sites on genomic tiling arrays representing 1% of the human genome (ENCODE arrays). In contrast, hybridization of a pool of 10 ChIP samples to the arrays produced reproducible binding patterns and low background signals...

  11. Methods for preparing colloidal nanocrystal-based thin films

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kagan, Cherie R.; Fafarman, Aaron T.; Choi, Ji-Hyuk; Koh, Weon-kyu; Kim, David K.; Oh, Soong Ju; Lai, Yuming; Hong, Sung-Hoon; Saudari, Sangameshwar Rao; Murray, Christopher B.

    2016-05-10

    Methods of exchanging ligands to form colloidal nanocrystals (NCs) with chalcogenocyanate (xCN)-based ligands and apparatuses using the same are disclosed. The ligands may be exchanged by assembling NCs into a thin film and immersing the thin film in a solution containing xCN-based ligands. The ligands may also be exchanged by mixing a xCN-based solution with a dispersion of NCs, flocculating the mixture, centrifuging the mixture, discarding the supernatant, adding a solvent to the pellet, and dispersing the solvent and pellet to form dispersed NCs with exchanged xCN-ligands. The NCs with xCN-based ligands may be used to form thin film devices and/or other electronic, optoelectronic, and photonic devices. Devices comprising nanocrystal-based thin films and methods for forming such devices are also disclosed. These devices may be constructed by depositing NCs on to a substrate to form an NC thin film and then doping the thin film by evaporation and thermal diffusion.

  12. Root canal preparation in endodontics: conventional versus laser methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Goodis, Harold E.; White, Joel M.; Marshall, Sally J.; Marshall, Grayson W.; Moskowitz, Emrey

    1992-06-01

    Conventional cleaning and shaping of root canal systems employs hand and/or rotary instrumentation to remove the contents of the canal and shape the canal to receive a filling material. With the advent of the Nd:YAG laser system another method of accomplishing proper cleaning and shaping is evaluated. Single rooted teeth were radiographed bucco- lingually and mesio-distally and were divided into 2 groups. The first group was accessed and the root canal systems cleaned and shaped with a step back technique utilizing hand files and gates glidden burs. At completion of the procedure the teeth were again radiographed at the same positions as those prior to the procedure. The teeth were split longitudinally and examined under scanning electron microscopy to assess cleaning. The second group of teeth were accessed, and cleaning and shaping was accomplished using the Nd:YAG laser in combination with hand files and rotary instruments. These teeth were subjected to the same analysis as those in the first group. The before and after radiographs of each group were subjected to image analysis to determine effectiveness of the two methods in shaping the canal systems. We will discuss the ability of Nd:YAG to clean and shape root canal spaces and remove smear layer and organic tissue remnants from those areas.

  13. Composite oxygen electrode and method for preparing same

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2010-01-01

    The present invention provides a composite oxygen electrode, comprising - a porous backbone structure comprising two separate but percolating phases, the first phase being an electronic conducting phase, the second phase being an oxide ion conducting phase; and - an electrocatalytic layer...... on the surface of said backbone structure, wherein said electrocatalytic layer comprises first and second nanoparticles, wherein the first and second particles are randomly distributed throughout said layer. The present invention further comprises a method of producing the above composite electrode, comprising...... the steps of: - forming a porous backbone structure comprising two separate but percolating phases, the first phase being an electronic conducting phase, the second phase being an oxide ion conducting phase; and - applying an electrocatalytic layer on the surface of said backbone structure, wherein said...

  14. ISOL Targets Prepared with a New Paint Infiltration Coating Method

    CERN Document Server

    Kawai, Yoko; Kiggans, J O; Stracener, Dan

    2005-01-01

    A new infiltration paint coating method has been developed for fabricating ISOL targets for radioactive ion beam applications. The technique has been shown to be inexpensive, fast, and almost universal for the uniform deposition of many refractory target materials onto the interior surfaces of complex geometry matrices, such as Reticulated-Vitreous-Carbon-Foam (RVCF). The process yields robust, highly permeable targets with fast diffusion and release properties. We demonstrate the viability of the technique for coating forms of RVCF compressed by factors of 6 and 10 with materials to form targets for use at high energy facilities such as RIA. The use of compressed RVCF, coated with an optimum thickness of target material, reduces target lengths to practical values, while preserving high permeability. We calculate thermal conductivities and diffusion for various targets on 6xRVCF and 10xRVCF.

  15. Preparation of ITO Nanoparticles by Liquid Phase Coprecipitation Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhanlai Ding

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available The nanoscale indium tin oxide (ITO particles are synthesied by liquid phase coprecipitation method under given conditions with solution of indium chloride, tin chloride, and ammonia. The absolute ethyl alcohol or deionized water was used as solvent and the dodecylamine or hexadecylamine surfactant was used as a dispersant in the reaction system. The sample powder was characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD, transmission electron microscopy (TEM, and high-resolution electron microscopy (HRTEM. Based on the transmission electron micrograph, the influences of the two different solvents and the two different dispersants on the nanoparticle size and dispersion were studied, respectively. The results showed that the ITO particles are finely crystallized body-centered cubic structure. The particle size has distributed in 30 nm to 90 nm.

  16. Preparation of oxide glasses from metal alkoxides by sol-gel method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kamiya, K.; Yoko, T.; Sakka, S.

    1987-01-01

    An investigation is carried out on the types of siloxane polymers produced in the course of the hydrolysis of silicon tetraethoxide, as well as the preparation of oxide glasses from metal alkoxides by the sol-gel method.

  17. Development and Validation of a Chromatographic Method for the Analysis of Multicompound Pharmaceutical Preparations

    OpenAIRE

    Ferreyra, Carola; Ortiz, Cristina; Bertorello, M. M. De

    2000-01-01

    A reverse phase high performance liquid chromatographic assay was carried out for the simultaneous determination of two out of three active principles present in a pharmaceutical preparation. This method was developed to assess the quality of the product.

  18. V-amylose structural characteristics, methods of preparation, significance, and potential applications

    CSIR Research Space (South Africa)

    Obiro, WC

    2012-02-01

    Full Text Available , and postprandial hyperglycaemia in diabetics. Various aspects of V-amylose structure, methods of preparation, factors that affect its formation, and the significance and potential applications of the V-amylose complexes are reviewed....

  19. Simple method for preparation of nanostructure on microchannel surface and its usage for enzyme-immobilization.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Miyazaki, Masaya; Kaneno, Jun; Uehara, Masato; Fujii, Masayuki; Shimizu, Hazime; Maeda, Hideaki

    2003-03-07

    We developed a novel preparation method of nanostructure on the microchannel surface formed by sol-gel like simple treatment with 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, which is suitable for a highly efficient enzyme-immobilized microchannel reactor.

  20. Aqueous Plasma Pharmacy: Preparation Methods, Chemistry, and Therapeutic Applications

    Science.gov (United States)

    Joslin, Jessica M.; McCall, James R.; Bzdek, Justin P.; Johnson, Derek C.; Hybertson, Brooks M.

    2017-01-01

    Plasma pharmacy is a subset of the broader field of plasma medicine. Although not strictly defined, the term aqueous plasma pharmacy (APP) is used to refer to the generation and distribution of reactive plasma-generated species in an aqueous solution followed by subsequent administration for therapeutic benefits. APP attempts to harness the therapeutic effects of plasma-generated oxidant species within aqueous solution in various applications, such as disinfectant solutions, cell proliferation related to wound healing, and cancer treatment. The subsequent use of plasma-generated solutions in the APP approach facilitates the delivery of reactive plasma species to internal locations within the body. Although significant efforts in the field of plasma medicine have concentrated on employing direct plasma plume exposure to cells or tissues, here we focus specifically on plasma discharge in aqueous solution to render the solution biologically active for subsequent application. Methods of plasma discharge in solution are reviewed, along with aqueous plasma chemistry and the applications for APP. The future of the field also is discussed regarding necessary research efforts that will enable commercialization for clinical deployment. PMID:28428835

  1. Method for Preparation and Electroporation of S. aureus and S. epidermidis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Grosser, Melinda R; Richardson, Anthony R

    2016-01-01

    For bacterial species that are not known to be naturally competent, such as Staphylococcus aureus and Staphylococcus epidermidis, electroporation is an efficient method for introducing genetic material into the cell. The technique utilizes electrical pulses to transiently permeabilize bacterial cell membranes, which allows for the passage of plasmid DNA across the membranes. Here, we describe methods for preparing electrocompetent S. aureus and S. epidermidis cells and outline a procedure for electroporation of the prepared competent cells.

  2. Comparison and optimization of the method for Cry1Ac protoxin preparation in HD73 strain

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHOU Zi-shan; YANG Su-juan; SHU Chang-long; SONG Fu-ping; ZHOU Xue-ping; ZHANG Jie

    2015-01-01

    Bacil us thuringiensis is one of the most widely used bioinsecticides, and cry gene is the major insecticidal gene. Because Cry1Ac protein shows strong toxicity against many lepidopteran species, it has been applied widely in spraying products and transgenic Bt-crops. The preparation of Cry protoxin is the ifrst step in the very important processes of understanding the insecticidal mechanism, resistance screening, and biosafety assessments. The media for crystal production and the method for Cry protoxin preparation were varied, however, it was not clear which was better for preparing a larger amount of Cry protoxin. In this paper, three media for crystal production and the method for Cry1Ac protoxin preparation from HD73 strain were compared to ifnd an efifcacious way to prepare a large number of Cry1Ac protoxin. The results showed that the 1/2 LB (Luria-Bertani) medium was the ideal medium for crystal production, because the total yield of Cry1Ac protoxin in 300 mL 1/2 LB medium was (112.38±5.64) mg, the highest one among three media;the repeated crystal solubilization method was better for the preparation of the Cry protoxin comparing with the continuous crystal solubilization method. It wil be a reference for other Cry protoxin preparation, especial y for larger number.

  3. Effect of Preparation Methods of Bi2O3 Nanoparticles on their Photocatalytic Activity

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    DING Peng; DU Yao-guo; XU Zi-li

    2004-01-01

    Bi2O3 nanoparticles were prepared by means of ammonia precipitation, polyol mediated methods and microemulsion chemical method. The structure and properties of the as-prepared nanoparticles, having been submitted to a heat-treatment test at 750 ℃, were characterized by means of XRD, BET, XPS and UV-Vis absorption techniques. The photocatalytic oxidation reactions of benzene, toluene and xylene were used as the model reaction to measure the photocatalytic activity of Bi2O3 nanoparticles, respectively. The results show that the crystallite size of Bi2O3 prepared with different methods and calcined at 750 ℃ were 50.6, 38.5 and 31.5 nm, respectively. The photocatalytic activity of Bi2O3 nanoparticles prepared with the microemulsion chemical method was higher than that of the particles prepared with the polyol mediated method; and that of the particles prepared with the micromulsion chemical method was the highest among the three. The degradation rates of the three pollutants xylene, toluene and benzene decreased in sequence.

  4. Preparation and characterization of rodent intestinal microsomes: Comparative assessment of two methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Damre Anagha

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available Small intestine plays an important role in the first-pass metabolism of orally ingested xenobiotics as a result of expression of both Phase I and Phase II metabolic enzymes, together with associated transporters. Intestinal microsomes thus can be used to study susceptibility of compounds to metabolism in vitro. The present study was undertaken to have a comparative assessment between different methods of preparation of rodent intestinal microsomes. Mouse and rat intestinal microsomes were prepared by two methods, in method A intestines were homogenized, while in method B mucosal cells were scrapped followed by homogenization. Further, microsomes were prepared by centrifugation (10000xg followed by ultra centrifugation (100000xg of the homogenates. The prepared microsomes were characterized for protein concentration using Bradford′s method and CYP450 content using carbon monoxide bubbling method. The protein concentration and CYP450 content in microsomes prepared by method B was significantly higher than method A. In conclusion, superior quality intestinal microsomes can be obtained from rodents by using scrapped intestinal mucosal cells as compared to the intestinal homogenates.

  5. BOWEL PREPARATION BEFORE COLONOSCOPY FOR CHILDREN: comparison of efficacy of three different methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Seyed Mohsen DEHGHANI

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available Background - Colonoscopy is an important diagnostic and therapeutic procedure. Adequate bowel preparation is mandatory. Several regimens were discussed in the literature. Among the drugs which has recently used, polyethylene glycol is one of the most popular agents. Objectives - The aim of this study was to compare efficacy of three different methods for 1 day preparation before colonoscopy. Methods - This study included children with the range of ages (2-21 who had an indication of colonoscopy. Exclusion criteria were based on the history of previous surgery, parental disagreement, and patients who did not use preparation protocol. Three methods for bowel preparation were studied: 1- Polyethylene glycol only; 2- Polyethylene glycol and bisacodyl suppositories; 3- Polyethylene glycol plus normal saline enema. Boston Bowel Preparation Score was used for evaluation of preparation. SPSS version 16.0 (Chicago, IL, USA were used for data analysis. Results - In this study 83 cases completed the bowel preparation completely. Acceptable bowel preparation was seen in 24 (85.71%, 36 (94.73%, and 14 (82.35% of cases in PEG, PEG + bisacodyl, and PEG + normal saline enema groups respectively. PEG + bisacodyl suppositories was more effective than PEG + normal saline for the preparation of the first segment ( P=0.05. For second and third segment of colon, BPPS score was higher in PEG + bisacodyl suppositories compared to other regimens, but this difference was not statistically significant. Conclusion - There was no significant difference between 1 day colonoscopy regimens in terms of bowel preparation score. Lowest score was seen in PEG + enema group compared to other group.

  6. Docosahexaenoic acid content is significantly higher in ghrita prepared by traditional Ayurvedic method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kalpana S Joshi

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Background: Ghee (clarified butter also known as ghrita, has been utilized for thousands of years in Ayurveda. Ghee is mostly prepared by traditional method in Indian households or by direct cream method at industry level. Ayurvedic classics mention that ghrita made from cow milk is superior. However, there is no scientific comparison available on preparation methods and essential fatty acids content of ghrita. Objective: To investigate fatty acid composition of ghrita prepared by traditional/Ayurvedic method and commercial method (direct cream method. Materials and Methods: Fatty Acid Methyl Esters (FAME extracted from ghrita samples were analysed on Gas Chromatography (GC Shimadzu B using capillary column BPX70 (0.32 mmFNx0160 m, ID of 0.25 mm. The fatty acids in the samples were identified by comparing peaks with the external standard 68A (Nu-Chek-Prep, Inc.USA. Significant differences between the experimental groups were assessed by analysis of variance. Results: Distribution of fatty acids was compared in ghrita samples prepared by traditional method and direct cream method which is commercially used. Saturated fatty acids were predominant in both the groups. Mono unsaturated fatty acids and poly unsaturated fatty acids were in the range of 17-18% and 3-6% respectively. DHA content was significantly higher in ghee prepared by traditional method using curd starter fermentation. Conclusion: The findings suggested that ghrita prepared by traditional ayurvedic methods contains higher amount of DHA; Omega-3 long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids, which is a major component of retinal and brain tissues and remains important in prevention of various diseases.

  7. Comparative studies of salinomycin-loaded nanoparticles prepared by nanoprecipitation and single emulsion method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Qin; Wu, Puyuan; Ren, Wei; Xin, Kai; Yang, Yang; Xie, Chen; Yang, Chenchen; Liu, Qin; Yu, Lixia; Jiang, Xiqun; Liu, Baorui; Li, Rutain; Wang, Lifeng

    2014-07-01

    To establish a satisfactory delivery system for the delivery of salinomycin (Sal), a novel, selective cancer stem cell inhibitor with prominent toxicity, gelatinase-responsive core-shell nanoparticles (NPs), were prepared by nanoprecipitation method (NR-NPs) and single emulsion method (SE-NPs). The gelatinase-responsive copolymer was prepared by carboxylation and double amination method. We studied the stability of NPs prepared by nanoprecipitation method with different proportions of F68 in aqueous phase to determine the best proportion used in our study. Then, the NPs were prepared by nanoprecipitation method with the best proportion of F68 and single emulsion method, and their physiochemical traits including morphology, particle size, zeta potential, drug loading content, stability, and in vitro release profiles were studied. The SE-NPs showed significant differences in particle size, drug loading content, stability, and in vitro release profiles compared to NR-NPs. The SE-NPs presented higher drug entrapment efficiency and superior stability than the NR-NPs. The drug release rate of SE-NPs was more sustainable than that of the NR-NPs, and in vivo experiment indicated that NPs could prominently reduce the toxicity of Sal. Our study demonstrates that the SE-NPs could be a satisfactory method for the preparation of gelatinase-responsive NPs for intelligent delivery of Sal.

  8. Preparation of Parium Titanates With Different Particle Size Distribution Using Modified Pechini Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ahmed Jaafer Abed AL-Jabar

    2017-03-01

    Full Text Available Barium titanates is one of the most important ceramics that are widely used in the electronic industry because of its high dielectric constant, its ferroelectricity, and its piezoelectric properties. In the current study, five different batches of barium titanate powders were prepared by modifiedpechini method using the barium chloride and the titanium chloride as a starting materials in order to obtain different particle size distributions.SEM, TGA, DTA, XRD, FTIR, and other techniques have been used to characterize the prepared samples.XRD results suggested that the synthesized BaTiO3has a tetragonal phase.SEM images of the prepared samples reveala polyhedron shapes, on average, also it show that there are markedinfluence of the reactant concentration on the average size of the grains,where the samples prepared from higher solution concentration tend to possess larger grain size compared to that prepared from low concentration.

  9. Novel Epoxy Resin/SiO2 Nanocomposites Preparation Method Based on Diminutive Bubbles Explosion

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    NIE Peng; ZHAO Xue-zeng; CHEN Fang; WANG Wei-jie; BAI Yong-ping

    2006-01-01

    To obtain suspended dispersion of nano-particles in liquid without any dispersant, a novel epoxy resin/SiO2 nanocomposites preparation method based on diminutive bubbles explosion is presented. And, corresponding nanocomposites preparation system was designed. The preparation system applies compressed gas as transmission medium to carry nanomaterials into epoxy resin solution. The compressed gas with nanomaterials turns into diminutive bubbles distributing in epoxy resin/SiO2. The great pressure difference between inner and outer-bubbles led to bubbles inflation and explosion. During the bubble inflation, bubble oscillation may generate. The stretching rate may reach 106 s-1, which favors more homogeneous dispersion of nanoparticles. During the bubbles explosion the released energy and the explosion shock waves disperse the nanoparticles into epoxy resin solution. By using the preparation system, epoxy resin/SiO2 nanocomposites were prepared. The SiO2 dispersed into epoxy as the configuration of 15 nm - 30 nm particles.

  10. A proteomics sample preparation method for mature, recalcitrant leaves of perennial plants.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Deng Gang

    Full Text Available Sample preparation is key to the success of proteomics studies. In the present study, two sample preparation methods were tested for their suitability on the mature, recalcitrant leaves of six representative perennial plants (grape, plum, pear, peach, orange, and ramie. An improved sample preparation method was obtained: Tris and Triton X-100 were added together instead of CHAPS to the lysis buffer, and a 20% TCA-water solution and 100% precooled acetone were added after the protein extraction for the further purification of protein. This method effectively eliminates nonprotein impurities and obtains a clear two-dimensional gel electrophoresis array. The method facilitates the separation of high-molecular-weight proteins and increases the resolution of low-abundance proteins. This method provides a widely applicable and economically feasible technology for the proteomic study of the mature, recalcitrant leaves of perennial plants.

  11. Organic acid-tolerant microorganisms and uses thereof for producing organic acids

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pfleger, Brian Frederick; Begemann, Matthew Brett

    2014-05-06

    Organic acid-tolerant microorganisms and methods of using same. The organic acid-tolerant microorganisms comprise modifications that reduce or ablate AcsA activity or AcsA homolog activity. The modifications increase tolerance of the microorganisms to such organic acids as 3-hydroxypropionic acid (3HP), acrylic acid, and propionic acid. Further modifications to the microorganisms such as increasing expression of malonyl-CoA reductase and/or acetyl-CoA carboxylase provide or increase the ability of the microorganisms to produce 3HP. Methods of generating an organic acid with the modified microorganisms are provided. Methods of using acsA or homologs thereof as counter-selectable markers include replacing acsA or homologs thereof in cells with genes of interest and selecting for the cells comprising the genes of interest with amounts of organic acids effective to inhibit growth of cells harboring acsA or the homologs.

  12. Photocatalytic degradation of textile dyestuffs using TiO{sub 2} nanotubes prepared by sonoelectrochemical method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tekin, Derya, E-mail: deryatekin@atauni.edu.tr

    2014-11-01

    Highlights: • TiO{sub 2} nanotubes prepared by electrochemical and sonoelectrochemical method. • More regular TiO{sub 2} nanotubes diameters prepared by sonoelectrochemical method. • Obtained nanotubes were used in the photocatalytic degradation of Orange G dye. • TiO{sub 2} nanotubes prepared by sonoelectrochemical method showed 10% faster degradation of Orange G dye compared with the one by electrochemical method. - Abstract: TiO{sub 2} nanotubes were prepared by anodization of Ti plates by conventional electrochemical technique as well as by an emerging sonoelectrochemical technique. Scanning electron miscroscope (SEM) analysis showed that ultrasound assisted anodization yielded more ordered and controllable TiO{sub 2} tube banks with higher tube diameter. The photocatalytical activities of TiO{sub 2} nanotubes were tested in the photocatalytical degradation of Orange G dye. The results showed that sonoelectrochemically prepared TiO{sub 2} tubes exhibited 10% higher photocatalytic performance than the electrochemical prepared ones, and more than 18% higher activity than the other TiO{sub 2} samples.

  13. Variations in the contents of gingerols and chromatographic fingerprints of ginger root extracts prepared by different preparation methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Mei; Xia, Xinhua; Chou, Guixin; Liu, Dong; Zuberi, Aamir; Ye, Jianping; Liu, Zhijun

    2014-01-01

    In the present study, an HPLC-DAD method was optimized for the quantitative determination of 6-gingerol, 6-shogaol, 8-gingerol, and 10-gingerol in ginger extracts. A chromatographic fingerprinting method was also established to differentiate and evaluate the ginger extracts for bioactivity. Twenty-one extracts were prepared by methods differing in ginger type (fresh versus dried), solvent, and extraction methods. The ANOVA analysis showed the methods' influence on the mean extraction yields of gingerols increased in the order of: high pressure-high temperature (HP)>blender (BD)>low pressure (LP). The optimal solvent to extract gingerols was found to be 95% ethanol. The type of ginger used had significant effects on the content of gingerols, but its overall influence depended on the solvent used. In order to maximize the extraction efficiency of gingerols, a combination of dry ginger, 95% ethanol, and the HP extraction method should be employed. The chromatographic fingerprints were obtained to differentiate the unknown components from all ginger extracts. The similarity of the chromatographic fingerprints was used to evaluate the differences among all extracts. It can be concluded that the chromatographic fingerprints are able to ensure the stability of each extract and have some correlation with the observed bioactivity.

  14. Should the mass of a nanoferrite sample prepared by autocombustion method be considered as a realistic preparation parameter?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wahba, Adel Maher; Mohamed, Mohamed Bakr

    2017-02-01

    Detectable variations in structural, elastic and magnetic properties have been reported depending on the mass of the cobalt nanoferrite sample prepared by citrate autocombustion method. Heat released during the autocombustion process and its duration are directly proportional to the mass to be prepared, and is thus expected to affect both the crystallite size and the cation distribution giving rise to the reported variations in microstrain, magnetization, and coercivity. Formation of a pure spinel phase has been validated using X-ray diffraction patterns (XRD) and Fourier-transform infrared (FTIR) spectra. Crystallite sizes obtained from Williamson-Hall (W-H) method range from 28-87 nm, being further supported by images of high-resolution transmission electron microscope (HRTEM). Saturation magnetization and coercivity deduced from M-H hysteresis loops show a clear correlation with the cation distribution, which was proposed on the basis of experimentally obtained data of XRD, VSM, and IR. Elastic parameters have been estimated using the cation distribution and FTIR data, with a resulting trend quite opposite to that of the lattice parameter.

  15. Preparation and characterization of WO3 from ammonium paratungstate via hydrothermal method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Li Xiancai; Cao Xiaohua; Wang Wenjuan; Yang Yifeng; Rao Guohua

    2006-01-01

    Tungsten trioxide powder has been prepared from ammonium paratungstate via hydrothermal method using orthogonal and mono-level design of experiments.The effects of preparation process on particle size,specific surface area,crystal form and crystalline morphology of the tungsten trioxide was investigated by TEM and XRD etc.It was found that the optimum conditions of the preparation are hydrothermal crystallization for 8 h at 180℃,followed by vacuum drying at 45℃ and calcination at 500℃ for 2 h.The blank reference experiment shows that hydrothermal crystallization treatment favors the formation of hexagonal tungsten trioxide,and the tungsten trioxide powder sample prepared by this method has a high degree of crystallinity.

  16. Preparation of PbSe nanoparticles by electron beam irradiation method

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Zhen Li; Chao Wu; Yanyan Liu; Tiebing Liu; Zheng Jiao; Minghong Wu

    2008-11-01

    A novel method has been developed by electron beam irradiation to prepare PbSe nanoparticles. 2 MeV 10mA GJ-2-II electronic accelerator was used as radiation source. Nanocrystalline PbSe was prepared rapidly at room temperature under atmospheric pressure without any kind of toxic reagents. The structure and morphology of prepared PbSe nanoparticles were analysed by X-ray diffraction, transmission electron microscope and atomic force microscope. The results indicated that the obtained materials were cubic nanocrystalline PbSe with an average grain size of 30 nm. The optical properties of prepared PbSe nanocrystalline were characterized by using photoluminescence spectroscopy. The possible mechanism of the PbSe grain growth by electron beam irradiation method is proposed.

  17. Effect of preparation method of metal hydride electrode on efficiency of hydrogen electrosorption process

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Giza, Krystyna [Czestochowa University of Technology (Poland). Faculty of Production Engineering and Materials Technology; Drulis, Henryk [Trzebiatowski Institute of Low Temperatures and Structure Research PAS, Wroclaw (Poland)

    2016-02-15

    The preparation of negative electrodes for nickel-metal hydride batteries using LaNi{sub 4.3}Co{sub 0.4}Al{sub 0.3} alloy is presented. The constant current discharge technique is employed to determine the discharge capacity, the exchange current density and the hydrogen diffusion coefficient of the studied electrodes. The electrochemical performance of metal hydride electrode is strongly affected by preparation conditions. The results are compared and the advantages and disadvantages of preparation methods of the electrodes are also discussed.

  18. A method for preparation of IgA from bovine mammary secretions.

    OpenAIRE

    Nielsen, K.

    1986-01-01

    A method for preparing purified IgA from bovine mammary secretions is described. Whey was initially fractionated by gel filtration and fractions containing IgA were pooled, concentrated and digested with pepsin. The digest was rechromatographed on the same type of gel twice and the resulting IgA preparation tested for purity by an enzyme immunoassay procedure. Five different preparations tested were found to contain no measureable IgM or IgG2 and 0.8% to 1.1% IgG1 on a weight basis. If colost...

  19. Effect of surfactants on the properties of hydrotalcites prepared by the reverse micelle method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Holgado, Patricia H., E-mail: h.holgado@usal.es; Holgado, María J., E-mail: holgado@usal.es; San Román, María S., E-mail: sanroman@usal.es; Rives, Vicente, E-mail: vrives@usal.es

    2015-02-01

    Layered double hydroxides with the hydrotalcite-type structure have been prepared by the reverse micelles method. The layer cations were Ni{sup 2+} and Fe{sup 3+} in all cases and the interlayer anion was carbonate. We have studied the effect of the surfactant used (with linear chains of different lengths, or cyclic) and the effect of the pH on the properties of the solids formed. These have been characterized by element chemical analysis, powder X-ray diffraction, thermogravimetric analysis, temperature-programmed reduction, FT-IR and Vis–UV spectroscopies and scanning electron microscopy. It has been found that the samples prepared at pH 9 are more crystalline than those prepared at pH 11 and their crystallite sizes are always larger than for samples prepared by the conventional precipitation method. Surfactants with cyclic organic chains lead to a larger crystallite size, probably because the water pool vesicle where the crystallite grows is larger due to sterical hindrance of the organic chains. - Graphical abstract: Layered double hydroxides with the hydrotalcite-type structure with Ni{sup 2+} and Fe{sup 3+} cations in the layers have been prepared by the reverse micelles method. Different surfactants were used at different pH synthesis. Samples prepared at pH 9 are higher crystalline than those prepared at pH 11. Surfactants with cyclic organic chains lead to a larger crystallite size. - Highlights: • Hydrotalcites were prepared by the micelles reverse method. • Straight alkyl or cyclic chain surfactants were used. • All hydrotalcites are well crystallized at pH = 9 and 11. • The crystallite size depends on the linear/cyclic nature of the surfactant chain.

  20. Programmatic-methodical providing of preparation of student commands on basketball

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Troyan V.M.

    2010-06-01

    Full Text Available Basic directions of perfection of sporting preparation of student team are considered on basketball. The terms of effective education of personality of student are selected. The positive and subzero aspects of forms of physical preparation of sportsmen are rotined. The ways of rational development and use of natural capabilities of sportsman are certain in his professional and public activity. It is presented programmatic-methodical providing of training process of student commands in the institutes of higher of Russia.

  1. Lambda-Cyhalothrin Nanosuspension Prepared by the Melt Emulsification-High Pressure Homogenization Method

    OpenAIRE

    Zhenzhong Pan; Bo Cui; Zhanghua Zeng; Lei Feng; Guoqiang Liu; Haixin Cui; Hongyu Pan

    2015-01-01

    The nanosuspension of 5% lambda-cyhalothrin with 0.2% surfactants was prepared by the melt emulsification-high pressure homogenization method. The surfactants composition, content, and homogenization process were optimized. The anionic surfactant (1-dodecanesulfonic acid sodium salt) and polymeric surfactant (maleic rosin-polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene ether sulfonate) screened from 12 types of commercially common-used surfactants were used to prepare lambda-cyhalothrin nanosuspension with ...

  2. Preparation of Silica by Alkaline-Heating and Precipitation Method from Corn Straw Ash

    OpenAIRE

    Xudong Chen; Ming Xie; Huaibin Wang; Yingxi Xue; Zhengqi Li

    2014-01-01

    The preparation of silica by an alkaline-heating and precipitation method from corn straw ash (CSA) obtained from a biomass power plant was the focus of this study. Sodium hydroxide was used as the silica extraction reagent, and H2SO4 was the precipitator. The concentration of sodium hydroxide solution was confirmed to have a significant influence on the production of sodium silicate from CSA. The optimum technological parameters for the preparation of sodium silicate and the suitable paramet...

  3. Characterization and catalytic properties of mesoporous CuO/SBA-16 prepared by different impregnation methods

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2008-01-01

    CuO/SBA-16 catalysts were prepared by two different routes - the conventional impregnation method and the modified impregnation method with pH adjustment.These catalysts were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD),atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS),N2 physisorption and hydrogen temperature programmed reduction (H2-TPR) measurements which reveal that the cubic cagelike (Im3m) pore structure of the parent SBA-16 molecule sieves was well maintained throughout the synthesis.After introduction of Cu,a different CuO dispersion exists on these catalysts.The CuO/SBA-16 prepared by modified impregnation method has a single highly dispersed CuO which is considered as a highly efficient species for hydroxylation of phenol with H2O2.CuO/SBA-16 prepared by the conventional impregnation method shows the presence of bulk CuO species which is undesirable for this reaction.

  4. Properties of natural rubber/attapulgite composites prepared by latex compounding method: Effect of filler loading

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Muttalib, Siti Nadzirah Abdul, E-mail: sitinadzirah.amn@gmail.com; Othman, Nadras, E-mail: srnadras@usm.my; Ismail, Hanafi, E-mail: ihanafi@usm.my [School of Materials and Mineral Resources Engineering, Engineering Campus, Universiti Sains Malaysia, Seri Ampangan, 14300 Nibong Tebal, Pulau Pinang (Malaysia)

    2015-07-22

    This paper reports on the effect of filler loading on properties of natural rubber (NR)/attapulgite (ATP) composites. The NR/ATP composites were prepared by latex compounding method. It is called as masterbatch. The masterbatch was subsequently added to the NR through melt mixing process. The vulcanized NR/ATP composites were subjected to mechanical, swelling and morphological tests. All the results were compared with NR/ATP composites prepared by conventional system. The composites from masterbatch method showed better results compared to composites prepared by conventional method. They have higher tensile properties, elongation at break and tear strength. The images captured through scanning electron microscopy test revealed the improvement of tensile strength in masterbatch NR/ATP composites. It can be seen clearly that masterbatch NR/ATP have better filler dispersion compared to conventional method NR/ATP composites.

  5. Preparation and characterization of bismuth ruthenate pyrochlore via solid state reaction and sol-gel methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mayuree Sansernnivet

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available Bismuth ruthenate pyrochlores, potential cathode materials for intermediate temperature solid oxide fuel cells(ITSOFCs, were prepared via solid-state and sol-gel method. Effects of the preparation routes and conditions on the phase and microstructures of the materials were investigated in this study using XRD and SEM. The study showed that the preparation method and the adding sequence of the starting meterials have a significant effect on the crystal phase and the particle size obtained. Sol-gel synthesis could yield a material with only pyrochlore structure, i.e. Bi2Ru2O7, while the solid state method yielded powder with a small amount of the secondary RuO2 phase. The sol-gel synthesis resulted in materialswith a finer particle size (~0.3-1.0 μm compared to powder synthesized via the solid state reaction method.

  6. Preparation Methods for Improving PEEK’s Bioactivity for Orthopedic and Dental Application: A Review

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Davood Almasi

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available There is an increased interest in the use of polyether ether ketone (PEEK for orthopedic and dental implant applications due to its elastic modulus close to that of bone, biocompatibility, and its radiolucent properties. However, PEEK is still categorized as bioinert due to its low integration with surrounding tissues. Many studies have reported on methods to increase the bioactivity of PEEK, but there is still one-preparation method for preparing bioactive PEEK implant where the produced implant with desirable mechanical and bioactivity properties is required. The aim of this review is to present the progress of the preparation methods for improvement of the bioactivity of PEEK and to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of the existing methods.

  7. Analysis of aroma compounds of Roselle by Dynamic Headspace Sampling using different preparation methods

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Juhari, Nurul Hanisah Binti; Varming, Camilla; Petersen, Mikael Agerlin

    2015-01-01

    The influence of different methods of sample preparation on the aroma profiles of dried Roselle (Hibiscus sabdariffa) was studied. Least amounts of aroma compounds were recovered by analysis of whole dry calyxes (WD) followed by ground dry (GD), blended together with water (BTW), and ground...... and then mixed with water (GMW). The highest number of aroma compounds was found in Roselle treated in water bath (2hr/40°C) (GMWKB). GMW was chosen as the preparation method because it was shown to be an efficient extraction method without the possibility of excessive chemical changes of the sample....

  8. Liquid precursor for deposition of indium selenide and method of preparing the same

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Curtis, Calvin J.; Miedaner, Alexander; van Hest, Marinus Franciscus Antonius Maria; Ginley, David S.; Hersh, Peter A.; Eldada, Louay; Stanbery, Billy J.

    2015-09-22

    Liquid precursors containing indium and selenium suitable for deposition on a substrate to form thin films suitable for semiconductor applications are disclosed. Methods of preparing such liquid precursors and method of depositing a liquid precursor on a substrate are also disclosed.

  9. MULTIAGENT TECHNOLOGIES’ METHOD IN MANAGING BUSINESS-PROCESSES OF THE TECHNICAL PREPARING FOR PRODUCTION

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    P.N. Pavlenko

    2005-02-01

    Full Text Available  The method of managing the process of the extended productions technological preparation is given. The method is used for integrating the automated systems of industrial assignment of  CAD/CAM/SAPP and ERP systems.

  10. Color stable phosphors for LED lamps and methods for preparing them

    Science.gov (United States)

    Murphy, James Edward; Setlur, Anant Achyut; Camardello, Samuel Joseph

    2013-11-26

    An LED lamp includes a light source configured to emit radiation with a peak intensity at a wavelength between about 250 nm and about 550 nm; and a phosphor composition configured to be radiationally coupled to the light source. The phosphor composition includes particles of a phosphor of formula I, said particles having a coating composition disposed on surfaces thereof; ((Sr.sub.1-zM.sub.z).sub.1-(x+w)A.sub.wCe.sub.x).sub.3(Al.sub.1-ySi.sub.y-)O.sub.4+y+3(x-w)F.sub.1-y-3(x-w) I wherein the coating composition comprises a material selected from aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, barium oxide, strontium oxide, zinc oxide, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, strontium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, magnesium phosphate, calcium phosphate, barium phosphate, strontium phosphate, and combinations thereof; and A is Li, NA, K, or Rb, or a combination thereof; M is Ca, Ba, Mg, Zn, or a combination thereof; and 0

  11. Preparation of Highly Purified Stearidonic Acid from Echium Oil via an Enzymatic Method Combined with Preparative High Performance Liquid Chromatography.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baik, Ji Yeon; Kim, Nam Ho; Oh, Se-Wook; Kim, In-Hwan

    2015-01-01

    Stearidonic acid (SDA), an n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid (PUFA), can be obtained from plant origin oils and it can be a good source of PUFA for vegetarians. SDA can be easily converted to longer PUFA such as docosahexaenoic acid and eicosapentaenoic acid. Highly purified stearidonic acid (SDA) was prepared successfully from echium oil via an enzymatic method combined with preparative high performance liquid chromatography. In the 1(st) step, SDA enrichment was accomplished using Candida rugosa lipase and 39.5% of SDA was obtained in the fatty acid fraction. Subsequently, the 1(st) reaction mixture was used for the 2(nd) enzymatic esterification without any separation process. The 2(nd) esterification was conducted for further SDA enrichment in a packed-bed reactor using Lipozyme RM IM from Rhizomucor miehei and the SDA content increased in a very short residence time. Ethanol was selected as an appropriate alcohol to react as an acyl receptor, and the other conditions for SDA enrichment were optimized at 20°C of temperature, and 1:4 of molar ratio (i.e., fatty acid to ethanol). Under these conditions, 51.6% of SDA was obtained in the fatty acid fraction after a residence time of 15 min. Finally, highly purified SDA (purity, >99%) was obtained by prep-HPLC using the SDA-rich fraction obtained from the two-step lipase-catalyzed esterification.

  12. Preparation and magnetic properties of Fe2O3 microtubules prepared by sol-gel template method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    CHANG Chuanbo; ZHANG Cunrui; WANG Wenyan; LI Qiaoling

    2010-01-01

    Fe(OH)3 precursor sol was prepared by a sol-gel method.The precursor sol was dipped onto the absorbent cotton,and gel was formed on the absorbent cotton template after the volatilization of moisture.Fe2O3 microtubules were synthesized after the process of self-propagation or calcination.The phase,morphology,and particle diameter of the samples were examined by X-ray diffraction(XRD)and scanning electron microscopy(SEM),and the magnetic properties of the samples were measured using a vibrating sample magnetometer(VSM).The external diameters of Fe2O3 microtubules ranged between 8 and 13 μm,and the wall thicknesses ranged between 0.5 and 2 μm The type of the calcination method plays a significant role in developing the Fe2O3 phase and the variation in the magnetic properties in the sol-gel template complexing method.γ-Fe2O3 was synthesized by a self-propagation method.However,α-Fe2O3 was synthesized after calcination at 400℃ for 2 h.The coercivity of the samples synthesized by calcination at 400℃ for 2 h after self-propagation was found to increase significantly,thereby presenting hard magnetic properties.

  13. Catalytic properties of Cu/Co/Zn/Zr oxides prepared by various methods

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Limin Shi; Wei Chu; Siyu Deng; Huiyuan Xu

    2008-01-01

    The new Cu-Co based (Cu/Co/Zn/Zr) catalysts for higher-alcohol synthesis were prepared using coprecipitation method, plasma enhanced method and reverse coprecipitation method under ultrasound irradiation. The catalysts were investi-gated by the means of BET, SEM, XRD, H2-TPR and XPS. Catalytic properties of the catalysts prepared by various methods were examined using CO hydrogenation reaction. It was found that plasma enhanced method and reverse coprecipitation method under ultrasound irradiation were both effective in enhancing the catalytic properties of Cu/Co/Zn/Zr mixed oxides. The small particle size, high dispersion of active components, the improvement of specific surface area and surface contents of active phases could account for the excellent performance of the experimental Cu/Co/Zn/Zr catalysts.

  14. PREPARATION OF MULTI-WALLED CARBON NANOTUBES USING NiO CATALYST SYNTHESIZED BY HYDROTHERMAL METHOD

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Y.J. Zhu; Y.L. Chen; X.M. Xue; Y.M. Chen; C.Y. Wu; T.C. Kuang; S.H. Li; H. Y. Zhang

    2003-01-01

    The Ni(OH)2/SiO2 binary colloid was prepared using Ni(NO3)2.6H2O and (C2H5 O)4SiO4 as starting materials and was used to form NiO/SiO2 composite powder by hydrothermal method and desiccant method in open air respectively. Multiwalled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) were synthesized respectively by chemical vapor deposition using the NiO/SiO2 catalyst prepared by different methods. The phase and morphology of the catalysts and the morphology, output yield and purity of MWCNTs were compared by XRD, TEM and SEM. The results show that the catalyst powder prepared by hydrothermal method, compared with that by desiccant method, is smaller, better dispersion and has stronger catalytic activity. Pure MWCNTs with smaller tube diameter and narrow range could be obtained at a high yield using that NiO/SiO.2 powder prepared by hydrothermal method as catalyst.

  15. The structural properties of barium cobalt hexaferrite powder prepared by a simple heat treatment method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chauhan, Chetna, E-mail: chetna.chauhan@nirmauni.ac.in [Electrical Engineering Department, Institute of Technology, Nirma University, Ahmedabad-382 481. Gujarat. India (India); Jotania, Rajshree, E-mail: rbjotania@gmail.com [Department of Physics, University School of Sciences, Gujarat University, Ahmeabad – 380009. Gujarat. India (India)

    2016-05-06

    The W-type barium hexaferrite was prepared using a simple heat treatment method. The precursor was calcinated at 650°C for 3 hours and then slowly cooled to room temperature in order to obtain barium cobalt hexaferrite powder. The prepared powder was characterised by different experimental techniques like XRD, FTIR and SEM. The X-ray diffractogram of the sample shows W-and M phases. The particle size calculated by Debye Scherrer formula. The FTIR spectra of the sample was taken at room temperature by using KBr pallet method which confirms the formation of hexaferrite phase. The morphological study on the hexaferrite powder was carried out by SEM analysis.

  16. A facile cost-effective method for preparing robust self-cleaning transparent superhydrophobic coating

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Peng; Liu, Jie; Chang, Wenkai; Fan, Xiaoliang; Li, Chunyan; Shi, Yu

    2016-10-01

    This paper reports an easy method to prepare transparent superhydrophobic coating by two-step spray-coating method. In order to improve robustness, PDMS oligomers were used to bond the SiO2 nanoparticle/fluoroalkylsilane composite coating to the substrate. The transmittance of coated glass was above 80 % for wavelengths larger than 500 nm. Moreover, the prepared coating exhibited excellent self-cleaning properties in either air or oil environment. Furthermore, this coating retained superhydrophobic properties after three cycles of abrasion test or strong acid/base attack. Therefore, this robust self-cleaning transparent superhydrophobic coating may have a wide range of practical applications in the optical industry.

  17. Preparation of ZnO crystal by sol-gel method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2001-01-01

    A new method to prepare ZnO crystal was put forward. The preparation process was studied and the mechanism of this method was also discussed. The results show that the sol particles will aggregate when being dehydrated and will form into hard compact gel body through the hard agglomeration between particles. This dry gel is a hard compact agglomeration composed of the first sol particles. At high sintering temperature, the small compacted particles will easily grow up and form a fine ZnO crystal.

  18. Evaluation of roll compaction as a preparation method for hydroxypropyl cellulose-based matrix tablets

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Imjak Jeon

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Roll compaction was applied for the preparation of hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC-based sustained-release matrix tablets. Matrix tablets made via roll compaction exhibited higher dosage uniformity and faster drug release than direct-compacted tablets. HPC viscosity grade, roll pressure, and milling speed affected tablet properties significantly. Roll compaction seems to be an adequate granulation method for the preparation of HPC-based matrix tablets due to the simplicity of the process, less handling difficulty from HPC tackiness as well as easier particle size targeting. Selecting the optimum ratio of plastic excipients and the particle size of starting materials can however be critical issues in this method.

  19. Preparation of yttria-stabilized zirconia films for solid oxide fuel cells by electrophoretic deposition method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ishihara, Tatsumi; Sato, Keiji; Mizuhara, Yukako; Takita, Yusaku (Oita Univ. (Japan). Faculty of Engineering)

    1992-06-01

    The electrophoretic deposition (EPD) method was applied for the preparation of yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ) films for a solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC). Dense YSZ films with uniform thickness can be readily prepared by EPD method. When the planar SOFC was fabricated by using La[sub 0.6]Sr[sub 0.4]MnO[sub 3] as a cathode and electroless plating Pt as an anode, the open circuit voltage and the maximum power density attained were 1.03 V and 1.87 W cm[sup -2], respectively. (author).

  20. Method for the preparation of carbon fiber from polyolefin fiber precursor, and carbon fibers made thereby

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Naskar, Amit Kumar; Hunt, Marcus Andrew; Saito, Tomonori

    2015-08-04

    Methods for the preparation of carbon fiber from polyolefin fiber precursor, wherein the polyolefin fiber precursor is partially sulfonated and then carbonized to produce carbon fiber. Methods for producing hollow carbon fibers, wherein the hollow core is circular- or complex-shaped, are also described. Methods for producing carbon fibers possessing a circular- or complex-shaped outer surface, which may be solid or hollow, are also described.

  1. A Fast Air-dry Dropping Chromosome Preparation Method Suitable for FISH in Plants.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aliyeva-Schnorr, Lala; Ma, Lu; Houben, Andreas

    2015-12-16

    Preparation of chromosome spreads is a prerequisite for the successful performance of fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH). Preparation of high quality plant chromosome spreads is challenging due to the rigid cell wall. One of the approved methods for the preparation of plant chromosomes is a so-called drop preparation, also known as drop-spreading or air-drying technique. Here, we present a protocol for the fast preparation of mitotic chromosome spreads suitable for the FISH detection of single and high copy DNA probes. This method is an improved variant of the air-dry drop method performed under a relative humidity of 50%-55%. This protocol comprises a reduced number of washing steps making its application easy, efficient and reproducible. Obvious benefits of this approach are well-spread, undamaged and numerous metaphase chromosomes serving as a perfect prerequisite for successful FISH analysis. Using this protocol we obtained high-quality chromosome spreads and reproducible FISH results for Hordeum vulgare, H. bulbosum, H. marinum, H. murinum, H. pubiflorum and Secale cereale.

  2. A capillary zone electrophoresis method to detect conformers and dimers of antithrombin in therapeutic preparations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Marie, Anne-Lise; Tran, Nguyet Thuy; Saller, François; Abdou, Youmna Mohamed; Zeau, Pascal; Plantier, Jean-Luc; Urbain, Rémi; Borgel, Delphine; Taverna, Myriam

    2016-07-01

    Antithrombin (AT) is a human plasma glycoprotein that possesses anticoagulant and anti-inflammatory properties. However, the native (active) form of AT is unstable and undergoes conformational changes, leading to latent, cleaved, and heterodimeric forms. The presence of these alternative forms mostly inactive can highly impact the quality and therapeutic activity of pharmaceutical AT preparations. We developed a capillary zone electrophoresis method, based on a neutral polyethylene oxide-coated capillary and a buffer close to physiological conditions, enabling the separation of more than eight forms of AT. Several peaks were identified as native, latent, and heterodimeric forms. The CZE method was reproducible with intraday relative standard deviations less than 0.5 and 2% for migration times and peak areas, respectively. The method was applied to the comparison of AT preparations produced by five competitive pharmaceutical companies, and statistical tests were performed. Important differences in the proportion of each form were highlighted. In particular, one AT preparation was shown to contain a high quantity of heterodimer, and two preparations contained high quantities of latent form. In addition, one AT preparation exhibited additional forms, not yet identified. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  3. Comparison of Preparation Methods of Copper Based PGMFree Diesel-Soot Oxidation Catalysts

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    R. Prasad

    2011-05-01

    Full Text Available CuO-CeO2 systems have been proposed as a promising catalyst for low temperature diesel-soot oxidation. CuO-CeO2 catalysts prepared by various methods were examined for air oxidation of the soot in a semi batch tubular flow reactor. The air oxidation of soot was carried out under tight contact with soot/catalyst ratio of 1/10. Air flow rate was 150 ml/min, soot-catalyst mixture was 110 mg, heating rate was 5 0C/min. Prepared catalysts were calcined at 500 0C and their stability was examined by further heating to 800 0C for 4 hours. It was found that the selectivity of all the catalysts was nearly 100% to CO2 production. It was observed that the activity and stability of the catalysts greatly influenced by the preparation methods. The strong interaction between CuO and CeO2 is closely related to the preparation route that plays a crucial role in the soot oxidation over the CuO-CeO2 catalysts. The ranking order of the preparation methods of the catalysts in the soot oxidation performance is as follows: sol-gel > urea nitrate combustion > Urea gelation method > thermal decomposition > co-precipitation. Copyright © 2011 BCREC UNDIP. All rights reserved.(Received: 27th June 2010, Revised: 7th August 2010; Accepted: 13rd October 2010[How to Cite: R. Prasad, V.R. Bella. (2011. Comparison of Preparation Methods of Copper Based PGMFree Diesel-Soot Oxidation Catalysts. Bulletin of Chemical Reaction Engineering and Catalysis, 6(1: 15-21. doi:10.9767/bcrec.6.1.822.15-21][How to Link / DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.9767/bcrec.6.1.822.15-21 || or local: http://ejournal.undip.ac.id/index.php/bcrec/article/view/822 | View in 

  4. Characterization of Sr{beta}-alumina prepared by sol-gel and spray pyrolysis methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kalaignan, G. Paruthimal; Seo, Dae Jong; Park, Seung Bin

    2004-06-15

    Eu{sup 2+} doped {beta}-alumina, Sr{sub 1-x}MgAl{sub 10}O{sub 17} Eu{sub x}{sup 2+} (x=0.01-0.07) were successfully prepared by sol-gel and spray pyrolysis techniques with the same precursor materials. Sr{beta}-alumina doped with Eu{sup 2+} (SrMgAl{sub 10}O{sub 17}:Eu{sup 2+}) prepared from sol-gel method showed three photoluminescence (PL) peaks at 390, 418 and 459 nm after excitation wavelength at 254 nm and one PL peak at 461 nm when excitation was at 365 nm. The same powder was prepared from spray pyrolysis technique showed the six PL peaks at 323, 397, 415, 443, 480 and 508 nm after excitation at 254 nm. Also two PL peaks at 440 and 480 nm were observed after the excitation at 365 nm. These PL peaks were dependent on the excitation wavelength. The effect of different annealing temperatures of sol-gel powders, preparation conditions of spray pyrolysis powders and reduction atmospheres of both sol-gel and spray pyrolysis powders of various compositions of Eu{sup 2+} doped Sr{beta}-alumina were also studied. Both the powders were characterized by scanning electron microscopy, X-ray diffraction and PL techniques and comparison between the two preparation methods. Sol-gel prepared powder had eight times higher PL intensity and brightness than the spray pyrolysis prepared powder. The suggested good composition of Sr{beta}-alumina is Sr{sub 0.93}MgAl{sub 10}O{sub 17}:Eu{sub 0.07} for both sol-gel and spay pyrolysis methods.

  5. A Standardized Method for the Preparation of a Gas Phase Extract of Cigarette Smoke.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Higashi, Tsunehito; Mai, Yosuke; Mazaki, Yuichi; Horinouchi, Takahiro; Miwa, Soichi

    2016-01-01

    The gas phase of cigarette smoke is important from the viewpoint of human health, because it can pass through alveolar epithelium and enter the circulation. There is no standard method for the preparation of a gas phase extract of cigarette smoke (CSE), although CSE is widely used for research instead of whole cigarette smoke. We have established a standard method for the preparation of CSE. One cigarette per trial is continuously combusted under a reduced pressure generated by an aspiration pump with a velocity of 1.050 L/min: the main stream of the smoke is passed through a Cambridge filter to remove tar, and subsequently, bubbled through a glass ball filter (pore size, 20-30 µm) into 15 mL of phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). To express the concentration of CSE, a virtual tar concentration is introduced, which is calculated assuming that tar trapped on the Cambridge filter is dissolved in the PBS. CSEs prepared from smaller numbers of cigarettes (original virtual tar concentration≤15 mg/mL) show similar concentration-response curves for cytotoxicity versus virtual tar concentrations. CSEs prepared from various brands of cigarettes and by different smoking regimes (continuous and puff smoking) show similar cytotoxic potency if the virtual tar concentrations are the same. In conclusion, using the standardized method for CSE preparation in combination with the virtual tar concentration, it becomes possible to simply and rapidly prepare standard CSEs with defined concentrations from any brand of cigarettes, which are toxicologically equivalent to CSE prepared by puff smoking.

  6. Mullite long fibres prepared by sol-gel method using water solvent systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Okada, K.; Yasohama, S.; Hayashi, S.; Yasumori, A. [Tokyo Inst. of Tech. (Japan). Dept. of Inorganic Materials

    1997-12-31

    Mullite long fibres, which are a candidate for high temperature applications were prepared by sol-gel method from water solvent systems. They were synthesized from three different combinations of raw materials as follows: (1):Al(O{sub 1}C{sub 3}H{sub 7}){sub 3}, Al-nitrate and Si(OC{sub 2}H{sub 5}){sub 4} (TEOS), (2):Al metal, Al-chloride and TEOS, (3):Al metal, Al-nitrate and TEOS. In the methods (1) and (2), very fine SiO{sub 2} aerosol particles were also used partially replacing TEOS. The prepared solutions were condensed and examined the spinability by a hand drawing method. Dense and crack free mullite fibres were prepared from the methods (1) and (3) by firing up to 1100 C. Whereas the fibres prepared from the method (2) were less SiO{sub 2} than mullite composition and were porous by the firing due to evaporation of residual Cl ions at high temperature. (orig.) 10 refs.

  7. A New Method for Preparing Superconducting MgB2 Films from Diborane

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王殿生; 傅兴华; 张正平; 杨健

    2002-01-01

    We report on a new preparation method for magnesium diboride (MgB2) films by chemical vapour deposition(CVD) from diborane (B2H6). It is a two-step ex situ approach, with the precursor boron films grown by CVD from B2H6 at 460°C, followed by a post-annealing process in magnesium (Mg) vapour at 830°C. The prepared MgB2 thin films on Al2O3 polycrystalline substrates have an onset transition temperature of 35K and a zeroresistance temperature of about 24K. Well-crystallized MgB2 grains have clearly been observed in the SEM images and confirmed by x-ray diffraction analysis. The advantages of the proposed method are the feasibility to prepare large-area superconducting films and the compatibility with semiconductor technology.

  8. Biodegradable and magnetic core-shell composite particle prepared by emulsion solvent diffusion method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Oka, Chiemi; Ushimaru, Kazunori; Horiishi, Nanao; Tsuge, Takeharu; Kitamoto, Yoshitaka

    2016-02-01

    The present paper describes optimization of preparation conditions of a core-shell composite particle, and its heat generation by alternating magnetic fields. The composite particles are prepared with a modified emulsion solvent diffusion method, which is combined with Pickering emulsion stabilized by magnetic nanoparticles. In this method, the magnetic nanoparticles act as an emulsifier, and its amount and size are crucial to morphology of the composite particles. The magnetic nanoparticles of 8-9 nm would be strongly adsorbed at a liquid-liquid interface rather than the larger nanoparticles. At the optimized concentration of the magnetic nanoparticle’s suspension for the preparation, small and uniform composite particles are obtained since the amount of the nanoparticles is enough to prevent coalescence of droplets during the formation of the composites. The heat generation by alternating magnetic fields emerged certainly. This result suggests the composite particles have a property as a heat-generating carrier for hyperthermia treatment.

  9. A Review of Photocatalysts Prepared by Sol-Gel Method for VOCs Removal

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ting Ke Tseng

    2010-05-01

    Full Text Available The sol-gel process is a wet-chemical technique (chemical solution deposition, which has been widely used in the fields of materials science, ceramic engineering, and especially in the preparation of photocatalysts. Volatile organic compounds (VOCs are prevalent components of indoor air pollution. Among the approaches to remove VOCs from indoor air, photocatalytic oxidation (PCO is regarded as a promising method. This paper is a review of the status of research on the sol-gel method for photocatalyst preparation and for the PCO purification of VOCs. The review and discussion will focus on the preparation and coating of various photocatalysts, operational parameters, and will provide an overview of general PCO models described in the literature.

  10. Preparation of CdS nanoparticles by hydrothermal method in microemulsion

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZANG Jinxin; ZHAO Gaoling; HAN Gaorong

    2007-01-01

    CdS nanoparticles with good crystallinity were prepared by hydrothermal method in microemulsion composed of polyoxyethylene laurylether/water/cyclohexane/butanol.The structure and the size of the CdS nanoparticles were analyzed by TEM and XRD.The UV-Vis optical absorption of the samples was also investigated.The results show that hydrothermal treatment is an effective method to prepare CdS nanoparticles of hexagonal structure at lower temperature.The particles were in dimensional uniformity.The diameter of the CdS nanoparticles decreased with the increase of the molar ratio of water to surfactant.The minimum diameter of the CdS nanoparticles prepared in this work was about 10 nm.Obvious blue shift appeared in the UV-Vis absorption spectra.

  11. Preparation of polymeric nanoparticles containing corticosteroid by a novel aerosol flow reactor method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Eerikäinen, Hannele; Kauppinen, Esko I

    2003-09-16

    Polymeric drug-containing nanoparticles were prepared using a novel aerosol flow reactor method. The polymeric drug-containing nanoparticles prepared consist of a poorly water soluble corticosteroid, beclomethasone dipropionate, and polymeric materials Eudragit E 100 or Eudragit L 100. The novel method used in this study allows synthesis of nanoparticles directly as dry powders. The nanoparticles can contain various ratios of drug and polymer, and the use of any additional stabilisation materials is avoided. In this study, nanoparticles with different drug-to-polymer ratios were prepared. Particle size and morphology, crystallinity, and thermal behaviour were determined as a function of particle composition. It was found that all the nanoparticles produced, regardless of particle composition, had geometric number mean diameters of approximately 90 nm, and were spherical showing smooth surfaces. The drug was molecularly dispersed in the amorphous polymeric matrix of the nanoparticles, and drug crystallisation was not observed when the ambient temperature was below the glass transition temperature of the polymer.

  12. Evaluation of preparation methods for MS-based analysis of intestinal epithelial cell proteomes

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hesselager, Marianne Overgaard; Codrea, Marius Cosmin; Bendixen, Emøke

    2015-01-01

    The gut epithelium formed between an organism and the environment plays an essential role in host–microbe interactions, yet remains one of the least characterized mammalian tissues. Especially the membrane proteins, which are critical to bacterial adhesion, are understudied, because these proteins...... are low in abundance, and large amounts of sample is needed for their preparation and for undertaking MS-based analysis. The aim of this study was to evaluate three different methods for isolation and preparation of pig intestinal epithelial cells for MS-based analysis of the proteome. Samples were...... of ease and speed of sample preparation, as well as protein recovery. In comparison, more gentle methods where intestinal epithelial cells are harvested by shaking are more time consuming, result in lower protein yield, and are prone to increased technical variation due to multiple steps involved....

  13. Electrochemical methods for corrosion testing of Ce-based coating prepared on AA6060 alloy by dip immersion method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jegdić Bore V.

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available Dip-immersion is simple and cost-effective method for the preparation of Ce-based conversion coatings (CeCCs, a promising alternative to the toxic chromate coatings, on the metal substrates. In this work CeCCs were prepared on Al-alloy AA6060 from aqueous solution of cerium chloride at room temperature. Effect of immersion time and post-treatment in phosphate solution on the microstructure and corrosion properties of the coatings was studied. The longer immersion time, the thicker but nonhomogeneous and cracked CeCCs. The post-treatment contributed to the sealing of cracks, as proven by an increase in corrosion resistance compared with as-deposited coatings. CeCCs prepared at longer deposition time and post-treated showed much better corrosion protection than those prepared at short deposition time. A detailed EIS study was undertaken to follow the evolution of corrosion behaviour of CeCCs with time of exposure to aggressive chloride environment (3.5 % NaCl. For the sake of comparison, the EIS properties of bare AA6060 were also investigated. A linear voltammetry was performed to complete the study. Results confirmed a formation of protective CeCCs on AA6060 surface. However, even CeCCs prepared at longer deposition time and post-treated provided a short term protection in aggressive environment, due to the small thickness. [Projekat Ministarstva nauke Republike Srbije, br. III 45019 i br. III 45012

  14. Cellulolytic enzyme compositions and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Iyer, Prashant; Gaspar, Armindo Ribiero; Croonenberghs, James; Binder, Thomas P.

    2017-07-25

    The present invention relates enzyme composition comprising a cellulolytic preparation and an acetylxylan esterase (AXE); and the used of cellulolytic enzyme compositions for hydrolyzing acetylated cellulosic material. Finally the invention also relates to processes of producing fermentation products from acetylated cellulosic materials using a cellulolytic enzyme composition of the invention.

  15. A surfactant-thermal method to prepare four new three-dimensional heterometal-organic frameworks

    KAUST Repository

    Gao, Junkuo

    2013-01-01

    Here, we report on a surfactant-thermal method to prepare four new 3-D crystalline heterometal-organic frameworks (HMOFs). The results indicate that our new strategy for growing crystalline materials in surfactant media has great potential for the synthesis of novel MOFs with various structures. © 2013 The Royal Society of Chemistry.

  16. A novel method of preparing metallic Janus silica particles using supercritical carbon dioxide

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Yang, Qiuyan; de Vries, Marcel H; Picchioni, Francesco; Loos, Katja

    2013-01-01

    In this study, we demonstrate a novel fabrication method to prepare metallic Janus silica particles by embedding nanosized silica particles on a spherical polystyrene (PS) substrate in supercritical carbon dioxide (sc CO2), followed by labelling with gold nanoparticles on the exposed part of the

  17. Transmission Electron Microscopy Specimen Preparation Method for Multiphase Porous Functional Ceramics

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Zhang, Wei; Kuhn, Luise Theil; Jørgensen, Peter Stanley

    2013-01-01

    An optimum method is proposed to prepare thin foil transmission electron microscopy (TEM) lamellae of multiphase porous functional ceramics: prefilling the pore space of these materials with an epoxy resin prior to focused ion beam milling. Several advantages of epoxy impregnation are demonstrate...

  18. Preparation of asymmetric gas separation membranes with high selectivity by a dual-bath coagulation method

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    van 't Hof, J.A.; van 't Hof, J.A.; Reuvers, A.J.; Reuvers, A.J.; Boom, R.M.; Boom, R.M.; Rolevink, Hendrikus H.M.; Smolders, C.A.; Smolders, C.A.

    1992-01-01

    A new method for the preparation of gas separation membranes in a one-step procedure is presented, where common, non-volatile solvents can be used in the polymer solution. It concerns contacting of a polymer solution with two successive nonsolvent baths, whereby the first bath initiates the formatio

  19. A novel method of preparing metallic Janus silica particles using supercritical carbon dioxide

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Yang, Qiuyan; de Vries, Marcel H; Picchioni, Francesco; Loos, Katja

    2013-01-01

    In this study, we demonstrate a novel fabrication method to prepare metallic Janus silica particles by embedding nanosized silica particles on a spherical polystyrene (PS) substrate in supercritical carbon dioxide (sc CO2), followed by labelling with gold nanoparticles on the exposed part of the sil

  20. Preparation Methods and Applications of CuO-CeO2 Catalysts: A Short Review

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ram Prasad

    2010-10-01

    Full Text Available The CuO-CeO2 catalytic systems are getting popular for catalyzing very actively the various reactions of environmental, commercial and other importance. In recent years, many methods have been in use for the preparation of versatile CuO-CeO2 catalysts. Reviewing the useful preparation methods of such catalysts is thus the need of the time in view of the globally increasing interest towards all the low temperature redox reactions. This article presents a short review on seventeen different preparation methods of the copperceria catalysts, followed by critical discussions on the related redox properties and advancements accomplished with respect to their application aspect, including a systematic compilation of the concerned newer literature in a well-concievable tabular form. ©2010 BCREC UNDIP. All rights reserved(Received: 14th January 2010, Revised: 31st January 2010, Accepted: 1st February 2010[How to Cite: R. Prasad, G. Rattan. (2010. Preparation Methods and Applications of CuO-CeO2 Catalysts: A Short Review. Bulletin of Chemical Reaction Engineering and Catalysis, 5 (1: 7-30. doi:10.9767/bcrec.5.1.7125.7-30][How to Link / DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.9767/bcrec.5.1.7125.7-30 || or local:   http://ejournal.undip.ac.id/index.php/bcrec/article/view/7125

  1. Preparation Methods and Applications of CuO-CeO2 Catalysts: A Short Review

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Gaurav Rattan

    2010-10-01

    Full Text Available The CuO-CeO2 catalytic systems are getting popular for catalyzing very actively the various reactions of environmental, commercial and other importance. In recent years, many methods have been in use for the preparation of versatile CuO-CeO2 catalysts. Reviewing the useful preparation methods of such catalysts is thus the need of the time in view of the globally increasing interest towards all the low temperature redox reactions. This article presents a short review on seventeen different preparation methods of the copperceria catalysts, followed by critical discussions on the related redox properties and advancements accomplished with respect to their application aspect, including a systematic compilation of the concerned newer literature in a well-concievable tabular form. ©2010 BCREC UNDIP. All rights reserved(Received: 14th January 2010, Revised: 31st January 2010, Accepted: 1st February 2010[How to Cite: R. Prasad, G. Rattan. (2010. Preparation Methods and Applications of CuO-CeO2 Catalysts: A Short Review. Bulletin of Chemical Reaction Engineering and Catalysis, 5 (1: 7-30. doi:10.9767/bcrec.5.1.774.7-30][How to Link / DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.9767/bcrec.5.1.774.7-30

  2. A method for preparation of IgA from bovine mammary secretions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nielsen, K

    1986-04-01

    A method for preparing purified IgA from bovine mammary secretions is described. Whey was initially fractionated by gel filtration and fractions containing IgA were pooled, concentrated and digested with pepsin. The digest was rechromatographed on the same type of gel twice and the resulting IgA preparation tested for purity by an enzyme immunoassay procedure. Five different preparations tested were found to contain no measureable IgM or IgG2 and 0.8% to 1.1% IgG1 on a weight basis. If colostral whey was digested with pepsin prior to chromatography, the IgA preparations contained 1.1% to 2% IgG1 and no measureable IgM and IgG2. The procedure provides a reasonably easy method of eliminating most of the contaminating IgG1 (dimeric) and allows preparation of quantities of IgA for immunochemical studies and standardization of serological techniques.

  3. Development and Physicochemical Characterization of Sirolimus Solid Dispersions Prepared by Solvent Evaporation Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shahram Emami

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available Purpose: The aim of the present investigation was preparation and characterization of sirolimus solid dispersions by solvent evaporation technique to improve its dissolution properties. Methods: Polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP, Poloxamer 188 and Cremophore RH40 were used to prepare the solid dispersions of sirolimus. In vitro dissolution study using USP type I apparatus, were performed in distilled water (containing SLS 0.4% for pure sirolimus, physical mixtures, Rapamune and prepared solid dispersions. The characterization of solid dispersions was performed using Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR Spectroscopy and Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC. Results: More than 75% of sirolimus was released within 30 minutes from all prepared solid dispersions. The dissolution rate of all prepared solid dispersion powders were more than physical mixtures. The absence of sirolimus peak in the DSC spectrum of solid dispersions indicated the conversion of crystalline form of sirolimus into amorphous form. The results from FT-IR spectroscopy showed that there was no significant change in the FT-IR spectrum of solid dispersions indicating absence of well-defined interaction between drug and carriers. Conclusion: It was concluded that solid dispersion method, using PVP, Poloxamer 188 and Cremophore RH40 can improve dissolution rate of sirolimus.

  4. A simple improved desolvation method for the rapid preparation of albumin nanoparticles.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jahanban-Esfahlan, Ali; Dastmalchi, Siavoush; Davaran, Soodabeh

    2016-10-01

    The current study tried to establish a simple and fast method for the preparation of BSA and HSA nanoparticles, based on an improved desolvation procedure under the aspect of a controllable particle size around 100nm for drug delivery applications. The Procedure used for the nanoparticles preparation was simplified by using a designed apparatus for controlling the addition of ethanol and it was used instead of conventional tubing pump which enabled the preparation of nanoparticles under defined conditions. By using EDC as cross-linker instead of glutharaldehyde, the time of nanoparticles preparation procedure was reduced to 3h. Several factors of the preparation process, such as the volume of the albumin solution, desolvating agent volume, the amount of cross-linker, the presence of salts and protein concentration were evaluated. Nanoparticles with smaller size were obtained under experimental conditions without the presence of salts or the use of buffers, 250mg of protein/4ml water, 5mg cross-linker, the addition of 4 and 8ml ethanol by using the designed apparatus to the HSA and BSA solution, respectively. By using this improved method, BSA and HSA nanoparticles of the size around 100nm and polydispersity below 0.2 were obtained.

  5. Effect of different tumbling marination methods and time on the quality characteristics of prepared pork chops

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tian Gao

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available AbstractThe combined effects of tumbling marination methods (Vacuum continuous tumbling marination, CT; Vacuum intermittent tumbling marination, IT and effective tumbling time (4, 6, 8 and 10 h on quality characteristics of prepared boneless pork chops were investigated. The results showed that regardless of tumbling time, CT method significantly increased the pH, product yield, cohesiveness, resilience, sensory tenderness and overall flavor (p<0.05 compared with IT method, and CT method also significantly decreased the pressing loss, cooking loss, shear force value (SFV, hardness and chewiness (p<0.05 compared with IT method. With the effective tumbling time increasing from 4 h to 10 h, the product yield and sensory attributes of prepared pork chops increased at first and then decreased, whereas the pressing loss, cooking loss, SFV, hardness and chewiness decreased at first and then increased. Additionally, an interaction between CT method and effective tumbling time was also observed. These results suggested that CT method of 8 h obtained the best quality characteristics of prepared pork chops, which should be adopted.

  6. [Sample preparation methods for chromatographic analysis of organic components in atmospheric particulate matter].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hao, Liang; Wu, Dapeng; Guan, Yafeng

    2014-09-01

    The determination of organic composition in atmospheric particulate matter (PM) is of great importance in understanding how PM affects human health, environment, climate, and ecosystem. Organic components are also the scientific basis for emission source tracking, PM regulation and risk management. Therefore, the molecular characterization of the organic fraction of PM has become one of the priority research issues in the field of environmental analysis. Due to the extreme complexity of PM samples, chromatographic methods have been the chief selection. The common procedure for the analysis of organic components in PM includes several steps: sample collection on the fiber filters, sample preparation (transform the sample into a form suitable for chromatographic analysis), analysis by chromatographic methods. Among these steps, the sample preparation methods will largely determine the throughput and the data quality. Solvent extraction methods followed by sample pretreatment (e. g. pre-separation, derivatization, pre-concentration) have long been used for PM sample analysis, and thermal desorption methods have also mainly focused on the non-polar organic component analysis in PM. In this paper, the sample preparation methods prior to chromatographic analysis of organic components in PM are reviewed comprehensively, and the corresponding merits and limitations of each method are also briefly discussed.

  7. Preparation of nanocrystalline MgO by surfactant assisted precipitation method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rezaei, Mehran, E-mail: rezaei@kashanu.ac.ir [Catalyst and Advanced Materials Research Laboratory, Chemical Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Kashan, Kashan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Institute of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, University of Kashan, Kashan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Khajenoori, Majid; Nematollahi, Behzad [Catalyst and Advanced Materials Research Laboratory, Chemical Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Kashan, Kashan (Iran, Islamic Republic of)

    2011-10-15

    Highlights: {yields} Nanocrystalline magnesium oxide with high surface area. {yields} MgO prepared with surfactant showed different morphologies compared with the sample prepared without surfactant. {yields} MgO prepared with surfactant showed a plate-like shape. {yields} Refluxing temperature and time and the surfactant to metal molar ratio affect the textural properties of MgO. -- Abstract: Nanocrystalline magnesium oxide with high surface area was prepared by a simple precipitation method using pluronic P123 triblock copolymer (Poly (ethylene glycol)-block, Poly (propylene glycol)-block, Poly (ethylene glycol)) as surfactant and under refluxing conditions. The prepared samples were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), N{sub 2} adsorption (BET) and scanning and transmission electron microscopies (SEM and TEM). The obtained results revealed that the refluxing time and temperature and the molar ratio of surfactant to metal affect the structural properties of MgO, because of the changes in the rate and extent of P123 adsorption on the prepared samples. The results showed that the addition of surfactant is effective to prepare magnesium oxide with high surface area and affects the morphology of the prepared samples. With increasing the P123/MgO molar ratio to 0.05 the pore size distribution was shifted to larger size. The sample prepared with addition of surfactant showed a plate-like shape which was completely different with the morphology of the sample prepared without surfactant. The formation of nanoplate-like MgO was related to higher surface density of Mg ions on the (0 0 1) plane than that on the other planes of the Mg(OH){sub 2} crystal. The (0 0 1) plane would be blocked preferentially by the adsorbed P123 molecules during the growing process of Mg(OH){sub 2} nanoentities and the growth on the (0 0 1) plane would be markedly restricted, and the consequence is the generation of nanoplate-like MgO. In addition, increase in refluxing temperature and time

  8. Amorphous semiconducting and conducting transparent metal oxide thin films and production thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Perkins, John (Boulder, CO); Van Hest, Marinus Franciscus Antonius Maria (Lakewood, CO); Ginley, David (Evergreen, CO); Taylor, Matthew (Golden, CO); Neuman, George A. (Holland, MI); Luten, Henry A. (Holland, MI); Forgette, Jeffrey A. (Hudsonville, MI); Anderson, John S. (Holland, MI)

    2010-07-13

    Metal oxide thin films and production thereof are disclosed. An exemplary method of producing a metal oxide thin film may comprise introducing at least two metallic elements and oxygen into a process chamber to form a metal oxide. The method may also comprise depositing the metal oxide on a substrate in the process chamber. The method may also comprise simultaneously controlling a ratio of the at least two metallic elements and a stoichiometry of the oxygen during deposition. Exemplary amorphous metal oxide thin films produced according to the methods herein may exhibit highly transparent properties, highly conductive properties, and/or other opto-electronic properties.

  9. Study of preparation of BG/HA gradient coating on titanium alloy by electrophoretic deposition method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    CHEN Xiao-ming; HAN Qing-rong; LI Shi-pu; XU Chuan-bo

    2001-01-01

    In this paper, a gradient bioactive coating made from modified bioglass (BG) and hydroxyapatite (HA) was prepared by electrophoretic deposition method(EPD)on the surface of titanium alloy. Strong bonding between the matrix and BG/HA gradient coating was got by sintering. Crystal composition of the coating was analyzed by XRD. The characteristics of surface and cross section of the coating were observed by SEM. Adhesive strength of the coating was tested by pull method. The optimizing technological parameters were determined.

  10. Methods for preparation of nanocrystalline rare earth phosphates for lighting applications

    Science.gov (United States)

    Comanzo, Holly Ann; Manoharan, Mohan; Martins Loureiro, Sergio Paulo; Setlur, Anant Achyut; Srivastava, Alok Mani

    2013-04-16

    Disclosed here are methods for the preparation of optionally activated nanocrystalline rare earth phosphates. The optionally activated nanocrystalline rare earth phosphates may be used as one or more of quantum-splitting phosphor, visible-light emitting phosphor, vacuum-UV absorbing phosphor, and UV-emitting phosphor. Also disclosed herein are discharge lamps comprising the optionally activated nanocrystalline rare earth phosphates provided by these methods.

  11. Influence of particle size and preparation methods on the physical and chemical stability of amorphous simvastatin

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Zhang, Fang; Aaltonen, Jaakko; Tian, Fang

    2009-01-01

    molecular mobility and higher chemical degradation than CM. Therefore, the current study demonstrated that QC and CM have obvious differences in both physical and chemical properties. It was concluded that care should be taken when choosing preparation methods for making amorphous materials. Furthermore......, particle size, a factor that has often been overlooked when dealing with amorphous materials, was shown to have an influence on physical stability of amorphous simvastatin.......This study investigated the factors influencing the stability of amorphous simvastatin. Quench-cooled amorphous simvastatin in two particle size ranges, 150-180 microm (QC-big) and amorphous simvastatin (CM) were prepared, and their physical and chemical...

  12. Study on Modification of Ultra-Stable Zeolite Prepared by Hydrothermal Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Weilin; Zhou Lingping; Shen Shimin; Li Zheng; Zhu Yuxia; Tian Huiping; Long Jun

    2007-01-01

    The ultra-stable zeolite DASY-0.0 was prepared by hydrothermal method in commercial scale.Its structure was further modified via the treatment for cleaning of pores(CP).The zeolite samples before and after CP treating were analyzed and characterized by XRF,XRD,NMR,IR,BET and DTA.The results showed that,in comparison with the conventional ultra-stable zeolite DASY-0.0 prepared by the hydrothermal process,the CP-modified zeolite SOY0 exhibited a higher relative crystallinity.a larger surface area and pore volume,a higher thermal stability and contained less amorphous non-framework Al.

  13. Determination of active substances in multicomponent veterinary preparations of antiparasitic action by HPLC method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Białecka, Wanda; Kulik, Anna

    2010-01-01

    The study aimed at the development of an HPLC method enabling the identification and determination of the content of selected compounds occurring in multicomponent veterinary preparations used in parasitic diseases. The studied compounds included: pyrantel embonate, fenbendazole, praziquantel, epsiprantel and febantel. Using the developed HPLC method, a good separation of the above compounds was achieved. The regression analysis has shown linearity of the method in the required concentration range. The determination of the compounds mentioned and statistical evaluation of the results have demonstrated that the method is characterized by a good selectivity and high precision.

  14. STRUCTURE IMPROVEMENT AND TEMPERATURE FIELD SIMULATION OF PREPARING NANOPOWDER BY EVAPORATION-CONDENSATION METHOD

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    J.S.Bao; Y.Yin; T.G.Liu; Z.Y.Yang

    2008-01-01

    A new apparatus, with a segregable conical water cooling condenser, which is heated by an electric arc using the evaporation-condensation method to prepare carbon-coated nanopowder, has been developed by the authors. Numerical simulation of the temperaturc field is done by the ANSYS software, and temperature in the reaction vessel is measured with the help of an experiment, to verify the simulation result. Influence of the temperature field in the reaction vessel, on the process of preparing nanopowder is then discussed simply. It is shown that the segrcgable conical water cooling condenser and carbon-coated surface process can be used to prepare steady carbon-coated metal nanopowder, at a lower cost and higher yield rate than the traditional structure. Simulation of the temperature field in the apparatus shows that the arc heating method can form a temperature field in the apparatus, which is quite favorable for nanopowder formation. Experiments show that the rational parameters using this apparatus, with the arc heating method to prepare carbon-coated nanopowder are electricity 60-100 A and arc length 5-8 mm.

  15. Detection of Acetone Processing of Castor Bean Mash for Forensic Investigation of Ricin Preparation Methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kreuzer-Martin, Helen W.; Wahl, Jon H.; Metoyer, Candace N.; Colburn, Heather A.; Wahl, Karen L.

    2010-07-01

    The toxic protein ricin is of concern as a potential biological threat agent (BTA) Recently, several samples of ricin have been seized in connection with biocriminal activity. Analytical methods are needed that enable federal investigators to determine how the samples were prepared, to match seized samples to potential source materials, and to identify samples that may have been prepared by the same method using the same source materials. One commonly described crude ricin preparation method is acetone extraction of crushed castor beans. Here we describe the use of solid-phase microextraction and headspace analysis of crude ricin preparation samples to determine whether they were processed by acetone extraction. In all cases, acetone-extracted bean mash could be distinguished from un-extracted mash or mash extracted with other organic solvents. Statistical analysis showed that storage in closed containers for up to 109 days had no effect on acetone signal intensity. Signal intensity in acetone-extracted mash decreased during storage in open containers, but extracted mash could still be distinguished from un-extracted mash after 94 days.

  16. Comparison of microstickies measurement methods. Part I, sample preparation and measurement methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mahendra R. Doshi; Angeles Blanco; Carlos Negro; Gilles M. Dorris; Carlos C. Castro; Axel Hamann; R. Daniel Haynes; Carl Houtman; Karen Scallon; Hans-Joachim Putz; Hans Johansson; R.A. Venditti; K. Copeland; H.-M. Chang

    2003-01-01

    Recently, we completed a project on the comparison of macrostickies measurement methods. Based on the success of the project, we decided to embark on this new project on comparison of microstickies measurement methods. When we started this project, there were some concerns and doubts principally due to the lack of an accepted definition of microstickies. However, we...

  17. Optimization of solid lipid nanoparticles prepared by a single emulsification-solvent evaporation method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Deep Pooja

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available This data article contains the data related to the research article “Characterization, biorecognitive activity and stability of WGA grafted lipid nanostructures for the controlled delivery of rifampicin” (Pooja et al. 2015 [1]. In the present study, SLN were prepared by a single emulsification-solvent evaporation method and the various steps of SLN preparation are shown in a flow chart. The preparation of SLN was optimized for various formulation variables including type and quantity of lipid, surfactant, amount of co-surfactant and volume of organic phase. Similarly, effect of variables related to homogezation, sonication and stirring processes, on the size and surface potential of SLN was determined and optimized.

  18. Properties of nanocrystalline copper prepared by vacuum-warm-compaction method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    CHU Guang; LIU Wei; YANG Tian-zu; TANG Yong-jian

    2009-01-01

    Nanocrystalline Cu with average grain size of 22.8-25.3 nm was prepared by vacuum-warm-compaction method. Scanning electronic microscope, HMV-2 type microhardness tester, X-ray diffractometer, and 6157 type electrometer were used to determine the microstructure, microhardness and electrical resistivity of as-prepared nanocrystalline Cu, respectively. The results show that the microhardness of nanocrystalline Cu increases with larger pressure, longer duration of pressure or higher temperature. The highest microhardness of nanocrystalline Cu is 3.8 GPa, which is 7 times higher than that of coarse-grained copper. The electrical resistivity of as-prepared specimens is (1.2-1.4)×10-7 Ω·m at temperature 233-293 K, which is 5-6 times higher than that of the coarse-grained copper.

  19. Analysis and discussion of different methods of artificial ice-high specimen preparation

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ShuJuan Zhang; Wei Ma; ZhiZhong Sun; HaiMin Du

    2014-01-01

    Because ice-high foundation soil is widely distributed in permafrost regions, the correct preparation of ice-high specimens is of critical interest in engineering design for foundation stability. Past research has shown that the uniaxial compression strength of ice-high frozen soils changes as the ice or total water content increases;the differences of different methods of specimen preparation are analyzed here and the advantages and disadvantages of them are presented. It is confirmed that the role of crushed ice is significantly different from that of naturally frozen ice in frozen soils, and the size and amount of crushed ice will influence the strength and deformation mechanism of frozen soils. Therefore, it is strongly recommended that when a ice-high specimen is artificially prepared, the ice should be frozen through natural means and not be replaced with crushed ice.

  20. Electrochemical Li-storage Properties of Nanosized FeSb2 Prepared by Solvothermal Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jian XIE; Xinbing ZHAO; Gaoshao CAO; Mingjian ZHAO

    2006-01-01

    Li-storage intermetallic compound FeSb2 was prepared by solvothermal method and was studied as a promising anode material for secondary lithium-ion batteries. The as-prepared powder was characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD) and field emission scanning electron microscopy (FESEM). The electrochemical Li-storage performances of this intermetallic anode were evaluated in a two-electrode cell Li/LiPF6 (EC+-DMC)/FeSb2.It was found that the particle size of FeSb2 powder is in nanoscale and this intermetallic anode exhibited enhanced cycling behavior comparing to its microscaled counterpart prepared by levitation-melting/ball-milling route.

  1. Preparation of Bentonite Supported Nano Titanium Dioxide Photocatalysts by Electrostatic Self-assembly Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Cheng; SHI Huisheng; LI Yan

    2012-01-01

    Electrostatic self-assembly method (ESAM) was used to prepare bentonite supported-nano titanium dioxide photocatalysts.The materials were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD),fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM).Methyl orange was used to estimate the photocatalytic activity of the materials.The effects of the calcination temperature and silane dosage on the photocatalytic activity of the samples were investigated.The experimental results show that the bentonite facilitates the formation of anatase and restrains the transformation of anatase to rutile.Part of nano-size TiO2 particles insert into the galleries of bentonite.The photocatalysts exhibit a synergistic effect of adsorption and photocatalysis on methyl orange.Photocatalysts prepared by ESAM method exhibit higher photocatalytic activity and better recycle ability than those of the traditional method.

  2. A new method for preparation of template DNA for PCR from special plant materials

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2002-01-01

    A simple method for preparation of template DNA suitable for PCR amplification from herbarium sampies and plant tissues rich in byproducts, e.g. polysaccharides, tannins, polyphenolic, and terpenoids compounds, is described. The total DNA from regular extraction procedure is absorbed by a small amount of glass powder and the final precipitation of glass powder is used directly as a template for PCR. Taking six plant taxa, including the herbarium specimens of Lythraceae collected from Namibia in 1957 and the silicon-dried leaf tissue from mangrove plants (Rhizophoraceae and Combretaceae) rich in by-products as exampies, the PCR products, including nrDNA ITS regions and cpDNA rbcL gene, amplified following the regular and new methods respectively are compared. Our method provides a simple, rapid and economic approach to purify and prepare template DNA for PCR from special plant materials.``

  3. Magnetic properties of Fe-Ni nanoparticles prepared by co-precipitation method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Davarpanah, A M; Sargazi, M [Department of Physics, University of Sistan and Baluchestan, Zahedan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Mirzae, A A; Feizi, M [Department of Chemistry, University of Sistan and Baluchestan, Zahedan (Iran, Islamic Republic of)], E-mail: A.M.DAVARPANAH@hamoon.usb.ac.ir

    2008-08-15

    Many methods have been extended for the preparation of nanoparticles. One of the most important methods is the chemical wet process, e.g. the co-precipitation method that has been used for the preparation of Fe-Ni nanoparticles by the authors. XRD patterns show that the nanoparticles are amorphous before calcination and crystallized after calcination. SEM images show that the grain size of the Fe-Ni particles is in 50-300 nanometre range and that the texture of the nanoparticles after calcination was smoother than before calcination. Hysteresis loops show that the Fe-Ni nanoparticles are superparamagnetic before calcination, because the carbonate phase still exists in the sample, and that they are ferromagnetic materials after calcination. For 40Fe-60Ni nanoparticles after calcination, H{sub c} = 0.12 and B{sub s} = 4800 Oe, being very different in respect to the bulk 40Fe-60Ni alloy.

  4. Magnetic properties of Fe-Ni nanoparticles prepared by co-precipitation method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Davarpanah, A. M.; Mirzae, A. A.; Sargazi, M.; Feizi, M.

    2008-08-01

    Many methods have been extended for the preparation of nanoparticles. One of the most important methods is the chemical wet process, e.g. the co-precipitation method that has been used for the preparation of Fe-Ni nanoparticles by the authors. XRD patterns show that the nanoparticles are amorphous before calcination and crystallized after calcination. SEM images show that the grain size of the Fe-Ni particles is in 50-300 nanometre range and that the texture of the nanoparticles after calcination was smoother than before calcination. Hysteresis loops show that the Fe-Ni nanoparticles are superparamagnetic before calcination, because the carbonate phase still exists in the sample, and that they are ferromagnetic materials after calcination. For 40Fe-60Ni nanoparticles after calcination, Hc = 0.12 and Bs = 4800 Oe, being very different in respect to the bulk 40Fe-60Ni alloy.

  5. Recent advances in sample preparation techniques and methods of sulfonamides detection - A review.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dmitrienko, Stanislava G; Kochuk, Elena V; Apyari, Vladimir V; Tolmacheva, Veronika V; Zolotov, Yury A

    2014-11-19

    Sulfonamides (SAs) have been the most widely used antimicrobial drugs for more than 70 years, and their residues in foodstuffs and environmental samples pose serious health hazards. For this reason, sensitive and specific methods for the quantification of these compounds in numerous matrices have been developed. This review intends to provide an updated overview of the recent trends over the past five years in sample preparation techniques and methods for detecting SAs. Examples of the sample preparation techniques, including liquid-liquid and solid-phase extraction, dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction and QuEChERS, are given. Different methods of detecting the SAs present in food and feed and in environmental, pharmaceutical and biological samples are discussed.

  6. Drying Using Supercritical Fluid Technology as a Potential Method for Preparation of Chitosan Aerogel Microparticles.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Obaidat, Rana M; Tashtoush, Bassam M; Bayan, Mohammad F; Al Bustami, Rana T; Alnaief, Mohammad

    2015-12-01

    Supercritical fluid technology offers several advantages in preparation of microparticles. These include uniformity in particle size, morphology, and drug distribution without degradation of the product. One of the recent advantages is preparation of porous aerogel carrier with proper aerodynamic properties. In this study, we aimed to prepare chitosan aerogel microparticles using supercritical fluid (SCF) technology and compare that with microparticles produced by freeze drying (FD). Loading the prepared carriers with a model drug (salbutamol) was also performed. Comparisons of the particle properties and physicochemical characterizations were undertaken by evaluating particle size, density, specific surface area, and porosity. In vitro drug release studies were also investigated. The effect of many variables, such as molecular weight of chitosan oligomers, concentrations of chitosan, and concentrations of tripolyphosphate on the release, were also investigated. Chitosan aerogels were efficiently produced by SCF technology with an average particle size of 10 μm with a tapped density values around 0.12 g/mL, specific surface area (73-103) m(2)/g, and porosity (0.20-0.29) cc/g. Whereas, microparticles produced by FD method were characterized as cryogels with larger particle size (64 microns) with clear cracking at the surface. Sustained release profile was achieved for all prepared microparticles of salbutamol produced by the aforementioned methods as compared with pure drug. The results also demonstrates that chitosan molecular weight, polymer concentration, and tripolyphosphate concentration affected the release profile of salbutamol from the prepared microparticles. In conclusion, SCF technology was able to produce chitosan aerogel microparticles loaded with salbutamol that could be suitable for pulmonary drug delivery system.

  7. Silicon nanocrystal inks, films, and methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wheeler, Lance Michael; Kortshagen, Uwe Richard

    2015-09-01

    Silicon nanocrystal inks and films, and methods of making and using silicon nanocrystal inks and films, are disclosed herein. In certain embodiments the nanocrystal inks and films include halide-terminated (e.g., chloride-terminated) and/or halide and hydrogen-terminated nanocrystals of silicon or alloys thereof. Silicon nanocrystal inks and films can be used, for example, to prepare semiconductor devices.

  8. Analytical Chemistry Laboratory (ACL) procedure compendium. Volume 2, Sample preparation methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1993-08-01

    This volume contains the interim change notice for sample preparation methods. Covered are: acid digestion for metals analysis, fusion of Hanford tank waste solids, water leach of sludges/soils/other solids, extraction procedure toxicity (simulate leach in landfill), sample preparation for gamma spectroscopy, acid digestion for radiochemical analysis, leach preparation of solids for free cyanide analysis, aqueous leach of solids for anion analysis, microwave digestion of glasses and slurries for ICP/MS, toxicity characteristic leaching extraction for inorganics, leach/dissolution of activated metal for radiochemical analysis, extraction of single-shell tank (SST) samples for semi-VOC analysis, preparation and cleanup of hydrocarbon- containing samples for VOC and semi-VOC analysis, receiving of waste tank samples in onsite transfer cask, receipt and inspection of SST samples, receipt and extrusion of core samples at 325A shielded facility, cleaning and shipping of waste tank samplers, homogenization of solutions/slurries/sludges, and test sample preparation for bioassay quality control program.

  9. A Simple and Rapid Method for Standard Preparation of Gas Phase Extract of Cigarette Smoke

    Science.gov (United States)

    Higashi, Tsunehito; Mai, Yosuke; Noya, Yoichi; Horinouchi, Takahiro; Terada, Koji; Hoshi, Akimasa; Nepal, Prabha; Harada, Takuya; Horiguchi, Mika; Hatate, Chizuru; Kuge, Yuji; Miwa, Soichi

    2014-01-01

    Cigarette smoke consists of tar and gas phase: the latter is toxicologically important because it can pass through lung alveolar epithelium to enter the circulation. Here we attempt to establish a standard method for preparation of gas phase extract of cigarette smoke (CSE). CSE was prepared by continuously sucking cigarette smoke through a Cambridge filter to remove tar, followed by bubbling it into phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). An increase in dry weight of the filter was defined as tar weight. Characteristically, concentrations of CSEs were represented as virtual tar concentrations, assuming that tar on the filter was dissolved in PBS. CSEs prepared from smaller numbers of cigarettes (original tar concentrations ≤15 mg/ml) showed similar concentration-response curves for cytotoxicity versus virtual tar concentrations, but with CSEs from larger numbers (tar ≥20 mg/ml), the curves were shifted rightward. Accordingly, the cytotoxic activity was detected in PBS of the second reservoir downstream of the first one with larger numbers of cigarettes. CSEs prepared from various cigarette brands showed comparable concentration-response curves for cytotoxicity. Two types of CSEs prepared by continuous and puff smoking protocols were similar regarding concentration-response curves for cytotoxicity, pharmacology of their cytotoxicity, and concentrations of cytotoxic compounds. These data show that concentrations of CSEs expressed by virtual tar concentrations can be a reference value to normalize their cytotoxicity, irrespective of numbers of combusted cigarettes, cigarette brands and smoking protocols, if original tar concentrations are ≤15 mg/ml. PMID:25229830

  10. Process for the conversion of sugars to lactic acid and 2-hydroxy-3-butenoic acid or esters thereof comprising a metallo-silicate material and a metal ion

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2015-01-01

    A process for the preparation of lactic acid and 2-hydroxy- 3-butenoic acid or esters thereof from a sugar in the presence of a metallo-silicate material, a metal ion and a solvent, wherein the metal ion is selected from one or more of the group consisting of potassium ions, sodium ions, lithium ...... ions, rubidium ions and caesium ions....

  11. Polymer-virus core-shell structures prepared via co-assembly and template synthesis methods

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SUTHIWANGCHAROEN; Nisaraporn; PREVELIGE; Peter; E.Jr

    2010-01-01

    Bionanoparticles(BNPs),consisting of virus and virus-like assemblies,have attracted much attention in the biomedical field for their applications such as imaging and targeted drug delivery,owing to their well-defined structures and well-controlled chemistries.BNPs-based core-shell structures provide a unique system for the investigation of biological interactions such as protein-protein and protein-carbohydrate interactions.However,it is still a challenge to prepare the BNPs-based core-shell structures.Herein,we describe(i) co-assembly method and(ii) template synthesis method in the development of polymer-BNPs core-shell structures.These two methods can be divided into three different systems.In system A,different polymers including poly(2-vinylpyridine)(P2VP),poly(4-vinylpyridine)(P4VP) and poly(ε-caprolactone)-block-poly(2-vinylpyridine)(PCL-b-P2VP) can form a raspberry-like structure with BNPs.In system B,polystyrene(PS) spheres end capped with free amine and BNPs can form a core-shell structure.In System C,layer-by-layer(LBL) method is used to prepare positive charged PS particles,which can be used as a template to form the core-shell structures with BNPs.These two methods may open a new way for preparing novel protein-based functional materials for potential applications in the biomedical field.

  12. Characterization of Three-Dimensional Printed Composite Scaffolds Prepared with Different Fabrication Methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Szlązak K.

    2016-06-01

    Full Text Available An optimal method for composites preparation as an input to rapid prototyping fabrication of scaffolds with potential application in osteochondral tissue engineering is still needed. Scaffolds in tissue engineering applications play a role of constructs providing appropriate mechanical support with defined porosity to assist regeneration of tissue. The aim of the presented study was to analyze the influence of composite fabrication methods on scaffolds mechanical properties. The evaluation was performed on polycaprolactone (PCL with 5 wt% beta-tricalcium phosphate (TCP scaffolds fabricated using fused deposition modeling (FDM. Three different methods of PCL-TCP composite preparation: solution casting, particles milling, extrusion and injection were used to provide material for scaffold fabrication. The obtained scaffolds were investigated by means of scanning electron microscope, x-ray micro computed tomography, thermal gravimetric analysis and static material testing machine. All of the scaffolds had the same geometry (cylinder, 4×6 mm and fiber orientation (0/60/120°. There were some differences in the TCP distribution and formation of the ceramic agglomerates in the scaffolds. They depended on fabrication method. The use of composites prepared by solution casting method resulted in scaffolds with the best combination of compressive strength (5.7±0.2 MPa and porosity (48.5±2.7 %, both within the range of trabecular bone.

  13. Effect of method of preparation on pioglitazone HCl-β-cyclodextrin inclusion complexes

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Beloshe Shrikant

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available Pioglitazone HCl is an antidiabetic agent with poor aqueous solubility. Inclusion complexes of pioglitazone HCl were prepared with β-cyclodextrin using various methods (physical mixing, kneading method, co-precipitation. The main aim of the present invention is to study the effect of the method of preparation on the dissolution profiles of pioglitazone HCl-β-Cyclodextrin inclusion complexes . The phase solubility profile of pioglitazone HCl with β-cyclodextrin was classified as AL-type and stability constant with 1:1 molar ratio was 115.45, calculated from the phase solubility diagram. Formation of the inclusion complex between pioglitazone HCl and β-cyclodextrin was confirmed by the Fourier Transform Infrared (FT-IR spectroscopy. The dissolution profile of inclusion complexes were determined and compared with those of pioglitazone HCl alone and its physical mixtures. The dissolution rate of the pioglitazone HCl-β-cyclodextrin inclusion complex prepared by the co-precipitation method was six times higher when compared with the pure drug. The method of complexation of pioglitazone HCl in β-CD increased the dissolution rate of the drug in the following order: Coppt > KM > PM >Drug.

  14. Invert emulsion: Method of preparation and application as proper formulation of entomopathogenic fungi.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Batta, Yacoub A

    2016-01-01

    The present article describes the technique used for preparing the invert emulsion (water-in-oil type) then, selecting the most proper formulation of invert emulsion for being used as a carrier formulation of entomopathogenic fungi. It also describes the method used for testing the efficacy of the formulated fungi as biocontrol agents of targeted insects. Detailed examples demonstrating the efficacy of formulated strains of entomopathogenic fungi against certain species of insect pests were included in the present article. The techniques and methods described in this article are reproducible and helpful in enhancing the effectiveness of formulated fungi against wide range of targeted insects in comparison with the unformulated form of these fungi. Also, these techniques and methods can be used effectively in crop protection and in the integrated pest management programs. Finally, it is important to indicate that the ingredients used for preparation of the invert emulsion have no environmental side-effects or health risks since these ingredients are safe to use and can be used in manufacturing of cosmetics or as food additives.•Description of method used for preparation of invert emulsion (water-in-oil type) and selecting the most stable and non-viscous emulsion.•Description of technique used for introducing the entomopathogenic fungi into the selected stable and non-viscous invert emulsion.•Description of method for testing the efficacy of introduced entomopathogenic fungus into the selected invert emulsion against targeted insects with detailed examples on the efficacy testing.

  15. Development and Validation of Spectrophotometric Methods for the Determination of Rasagiline in Pharmaceutical Preparations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Serife Evrim Kepekci Tekkeli

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This study presents three simple, rapid, and accurate spectrophotometric methods for the determination of Rasagiline (RSG in pharmaceutical preparations. The determination procedures depend on the reaction of RSG with chloranilic acid for method A, tetrachloro-1,4-benzoquinone for method B, and 7,7,8,8-tetracyanoquinodimethane for method C. The colored products were quantitated spectrophotometrically at 524, 535, and 843 nm for methods A, B, and C, respectively. Different variables affecting the reaction were optimized. Linearity ranges of the methods with good correlation coefficients (0.9988–0.9996 were observed as 25–300 µg mL−1, 25–350 µg mL−1, and 50–500 µg mL−1 for methods A, B, and C, respectively. The formation of products takes place through different mechanisms. The sites of interaction were confirmed by elemental analysis using IR and 1H-NMR spectroscopy. The validation of the methods was carried out in terms of specificity, linearity, accuracy, precision, robustness, limit of detection, and limit of quantitation. No interference was observed from concomitants usually present in dosage forms. The methods were applied successfully to the determination of RSG in pharmaceutical preparations.

  16. An enzyme-based DNA preparation method for application to forensic biological samples and degraded stains.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lounsbury, Jenny A; Coult, Natalie; Miranian, Daniel C; Cronk, Stephen M; Haverstick, Doris M; Kinnon, Paul; Saul, David J; Landers, James P

    2012-09-01

    Extraction of DNA from forensic samples typically uses either an organic extraction protocol or solid phase extraction (SPE) and these methods generally involve numerous sample transfer, wash and centrifugation steps. Although SPE has been successfully adapted to the microdevice, it can be problematic because of lengthy load times and uneven packing of the solid phase. A closed-tube enzyme-based DNA preparation method has recently been developed which uses a neutral proteinase to lyse cells and degrade proteins and nucleases [14]. Following a 20 min incubation of the buccal or whole blood sample with this proteinase, DNA is polymerase chain reaction (PCR)-ready. This paper describes the optimization and quantitation of DNA yield using this method, and application to forensic biological samples, including UV- and heat-degraded whole blood samples on cotton or blue denim substrates. Results demonstrate that DNA yield can be increased from 1.42 (±0.21)ng/μL to 7.78 (±1.40)ng/μL by increasing the quantity of enzyme per reaction by 3-fold. Additionally, there is a linear relationship between the amount of starting cellular material added and the concentration of DNA in the solution, thereby allowing DNA yield estimations to be made. In addition, short tandem repeat (STR) profile results obtained using DNA prepared with the enzyme method were comparable to those obtained with a conventional SPE method, resulting in full STR profiles (16 of 16 loci) from liquid samples (buccal swab eluate and whole blood), dried buccal swabs and bloodstains and partial profiles from UV or heat-degraded bloodstains on cotton or blue denim substrates. Finally, the DNA preparation method is shown to be adaptable to glass or poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) microdevices with little impact on STR peak height but providing a 20-fold reduction in incubation time (as little as 60 s), leading to a ≥1 h reduction in DNA preparation time.

  17. Spent fuel container and a material thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tsubota, Motoji; Kikuchi, Masaaki

    1998-12-04

    The material of a vessel for containing spent fuels of the present invention is prepared by compositing boron fibers in a volume rate of about 30% in a metal base of Al-Mg-Si alloy containing 3% of boron. It has characteristics of the maximum strength at break being 1.8 times or more at a room temperature and at 200degC, a neutron transmittance being about 1/4, and a specific gravity being 1/3 or less compared with those of conventional austenite stainless steel to which 6% of boron is added. With such a constitution, spent fuels can be used smoothly. (T.M.)

  18. Error baseline rates of five sample preparation methods used to characterize RNA virus populations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kugelman, Jeffrey R.; Wiley, Michael R.; Nagle, Elyse R.; Reyes, Daniel; Pfeffer, Brad P.; Kuhn, Jens H.; Sanchez-Lockhart, Mariano; Palacios, Gustavo F.

    2017-01-01

    Individual RNA viruses typically occur as populations of genomes that differ slightly from each other due to mutations introduced by the error-prone viral polymerase. Understanding the variability of RNA virus genome populations is critical for understanding virus evolution because individual mutant genomes may gain evolutionary selective advantages and give rise to dominant subpopulations, possibly even leading to the emergence of viruses resistant to medical countermeasures. Reverse transcription of virus genome populations followed by next-generation sequencing is the only available method to characterize variation for RNA viruses. However, both steps may lead to the introduction of artificial mutations, thereby skewing the data. To better understand how such errors are introduced during sample preparation, we determined and compared error baseline rates of five different sample preparation methods by analyzing in vitro transcribed Ebola virus RNA from an artificial plasmid-based system. These methods included: shotgun sequencing from plasmid DNA or in vitro transcribed RNA as a basic “no amplification” method, amplicon sequencing from the plasmid DNA or in vitro transcribed RNA as a “targeted” amplification method, sequence-independent single-primer amplification (SISPA) as a “random” amplification method, rolling circle reverse transcription sequencing (CirSeq) as an advanced “no amplification” method, and Illumina TruSeq RNA Access as a “targeted” enrichment method. The measured error frequencies indicate that RNA Access offers the best tradeoff between sensitivity and sample preparation error (1.4−5) of all compared methods. PMID:28182717

  19. Preparation of magnesium hydroxide nanoflowers from boron mud via anti-drop precipitation method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ma, Xi [School of Materials Science and Technology, China University of Geosciences, Beijing 100083 (China); Blue Sky Technology Corporation, Beijing 100083 (China); Ma, Hongwen, E-mail: mahw@cugb.edu.cn [School of Materials Science and Technology, China University of Geosciences, Beijing 100083 (China); Jiang, Xiaoqian [School of Materials Science and Technology, China University of Geosciences, Beijing 100083 (China); Jiang, Zhouqing [School of Materials Science and Technology, China University of Geosciences, Beijing 100083 (China); Blue Sky Technology Corporation, Beijing 100083 (China)

    2014-08-15

    Highlights: • We use the anti-drop precipitation method for synthesis of magnesium hydroxide. • Boron mud which is solid waste from a borax factory is used as the magnesium source. • The magnesium hydroxide nanoflowers are prepared in a short time. • The as-prepared magnesium hydroxide can be used as an effective flame retardant. - Abstract: Using boron mud as the starting material, the flower-like magnesium hydroxide (MH) has been successfully prepared via anti-drop precipitation method. The effect of NH{sub 3}·H{sub 2}O concentration, aging time, and surfactant on the morphology of MH was investigated. The optimum precipitation conditions are dropping MgSO{sub 4} solution in 5% NH{sub 3}·H{sub 2}O solution, with 3% polyethylene glycol as surfactant, aging for 30 min. XRD, SEM, FI-IR, and TG/DTA have been employed to characterize the as-prepared samples. XRD reveals that MH with high purity has the brucite structure. SEM images show that the flower-like MH exists in the form of mono-disperse well uniform spherical aggregation with diameter of 3–5 μm. TG/DTA shows a total percentage of weight loss 33.6% with a well-defined endothermic peak near 381.3 °C corresponding to the decomposition of MH. Furthermore, it reports that the extremely fast primary nucleation is of significance for crystal growth of MH.

  20. A method for top down preparation of chitosan nanoparticles and nanofibers.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wijesena, Ruchira N; Tissera, Nadeeka; Kannangara, Yasun Y; Lin, Yuan; Amaratunga, Gehan A J; de Silva, K M Nalin

    2015-03-01

    A method of top down preparation of chitosan nanoparticles and nanofibers is proposed. Chitin nanofibrils (chitin NFs) were prepared using ultrasonic assisted method from crab shells with an average diameter of 5 nm and the length less than 3 μm as analyzed by atomic force microscopy and transmission electron microscopy. These chitin nanofibers were used as the precursor material for the preparation of chitosan nanoparticles and nanofibers. The degree of deacetylation of these prepared chitosan nanostructures were found to be approximately 98%. In addition these chitosan nanostructures showed amorphous crystallinity. Transmission electron microscopic studies revealed that chitosan nanoparticles were roughly spherical in nature and had diameters less than 300 nm. These larger particles formed through self-assembly of much smaller 25 nm particles as evidenced by the TEM imaging. The diameter and the length of the chitosan nanofibers were found to be less than 100 nm and 3 μm respectively. It is envisaged that due to the cavitation effect, the deacetylated chitin nanofibers were broken down to small pieces to form seed particles. These seed particles can then be self-assembled to form larger chitosan nanoparticles.

  1. CVD Method for Carbon Nanotubes Preparation Based on Orthogonal Experiment Using C3H6

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SU Xunwen; JIANG Fang

    2015-01-01

    Carbon nanotubes (CNTs) have potential applications in many fields, chemical vapor deposition (CVD) is an effective method for CNTs preparation. By CVD, the catalytic pyrolysis temperature, pyrolysis time and the size of the raw gas lfow have a great inlfuence on yield rate of CNTs and their form. In this paper, the orthogonal experiment analysis method is used for studying the inlfuence factors of yield rate of CNTs. Research results show that, in the suitable temperature range of preparing CNTs, there is relatively more CNTs with excellent morphology, otherwise, if the temperature is too low, the growth of CNTs will not be sufifcient; if the temperature is too high, then CNTs will be generated with excessive defects; with longer growth time of suitable pyrolysis of CNTs, higher yield of CNTs will be obtained; CNTs morphology with reaction time is not proportional; too low or too high raw gas lfow rate is not conducive to the growth of CNTs. We have found the optimum conditions for the CNTs preparation: pyrolysis temperature 680℃, pyrolysis time 35 min, propylene lfow rate of 180 mL/min. The results have a reference value for the preparation of CNTS and their composites.

  2. Enhanced dissolution of meloxicam from orodispersible tablets prepared by different methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ahmed Abd Elbary

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available The objective of this study was formulation, development and evaluation of meloxicam orodispersible tablets. ODTs were prepared by two methods including sublimation technique where different subliming agents like camphor, menthol and thymol were used with Ac-Di-Sol as a superdisintegrant. Each subliming agent was used in three different concentrations (5, 10 and 15% w/w. Tablets were first prepared and later exposed to vacuum. Meloxicam ODTs were also prepared by freeze-drying an aqueous dispersion of meloxicam containing a matrix former, a sugar alcohol, and a collapse protectant. In addition, different disintegration accelerators were tested (each in 1% w/v including PVP K25, PVP K90, PEG 6000, PEG 4000, PEG 400, tween 80 and tween 20. The prepared ODTs from two methods were evaluated for weight variation, thickness, drug content, friability, hardness, wetting time, in vitro disintegration time and in vitro dissolution study. The best formulation was subjected to stability testing for 3 months at temperatures 40 °C and 75% relative humidity and at 60 °C. All formulations showed disintegration time ranging from 1 to 46 s. All the prepared formulae complied with the pharmacopoeial requirements of the drug contents. T17 gave the best in vitro disintegration and dissolution results. ODT formula T17 has shown no appreciable changes with respect to physical characters, meloxicam content and dissolution profiles when stored at elevated temperatures. In conclusion the results of this work suggest that orodispersible tablets of meloxicam with rapid disintegration time, fast drug release and good hardness can be efficiently and successfully formulated by employing freeze drying and sublimation methods.

  3. All-optical flip-flop and control methods thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Maywar, Drew; Agrawal, Govind P.

    2010-03-23

    Embodiments of the invention pertain to remote optical control of holding beam-type, optical flip-flop devices, as well as to the devices themselves. All-optical SET and RE-SET control signals operate on a cw holding beam in a remote manner to vary the power of the holding beam between threshold switching values to enable flip-flop operation. Cross-gain modulation and cross-polarization modulation processes can be used to change the power of the holding beam.

  4. Thick film magnetic nanoparticulate composites and method of manufacture thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ma, Xinqing (Inventor); Zhang, Yide (Inventor); Ge, Shihui (Inventor); Zhang, Zongtao (Inventor); Yan, Dajing (Inventor); Xiao, Danny T. (Inventor)

    2009-01-01

    Thick film magnetic/insulating nanocomposite materials, with significantly reduced core loss, and their manufacture are described. The insulator coated magnetic nanocomposite comprises one or more magnetic components, and an insulating component. The magnetic component comprises nanometer scale particles (about 1 to about 100 nanometers) coated by a thin-layered insulating phase. While the intergrain interaction between the immediate neighboring magnetic nanoparticles separated by the insulating phase provides the desired soft magnetic properties, the insulating material provides high resistivity, which reduces eddy current loss.

  5. DISTRIBUTED ELECTRICAL POWER PRODUCTION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROL THEREOF

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2010-01-01

    The present invention relates to a distributed electrical power production system wherein two or more electrical power units comprise respective sets of power supply attributes. Each set of power supply attributes is associated with a dynamic operating state of a particular electrical power unit....

  6. Hyperspectral stimulated emission depletion microscopy and methods of use thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Timlin, Jerilyn A; Aaron, Jesse S

    2014-04-01

    A hyperspectral stimulated emission depletion ("STED") microscope system for high-resolution imaging of samples labeled with multiple fluorophores (e.g., two to ten fluorophores). The hyperspectral STED microscope includes a light source, optical systems configured for generating an excitation light beam and a depletion light beam, optical systems configured for focusing the excitation and depletion light beams on a sample, and systems for collecting and processing data generated by interaction of the excitation and depletion light beams with the sample. Hyperspectral STED data may be analyzed using multivariate curve resolution analysis techniques to deconvolute emission from the multiple fluorophores. The hyperspectral STED microscope described herein can be used for multi-color, subdiffraction imaging of samples (e.g., materials and biological materials) and for analyzing a tissue by Forster Resonance Energy Transfer ("FRET").

  7. Insulating coupling for drill collars and method of manufacture thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Stone, F.A.; Maron, R.J.

    1987-06-23

    This patent describes an insulating drill collar joint, including: a first metallic drill collar segment having a first threaded section with a coating of electrically insulating ceramic material; insulating coating in the range of from 0.002 to 0.006 inch thick; and a second metallic drill collar segment connected to first drill collar segment; second drill collar segment having a second threaded section engaged with the insulation coated section of the first drill collar section. An electrically insulated drill collar joint is formed.

  8. Ferroelectric devices, interconnects, and methods of manufacture thereof

    KAUST Repository

    Alshareef, Husam N.

    2013-12-12

    A doped electroconductive organic polymer is used for forming the electrode of a ferroelectric device or an interconnect. An exemplary ferroelectric device is a ferrelectric capacitor comprising: a substrate (101); a first electrode (106) disposed on the substrate; a ferroelectric layer (112) disposed on and in contact with the first electrode; and a second electrode (116) disposed on and in contact with the ferroelectric layer, wherein at least one of the first electrode and the second electrode is an organic electrode comprising a doped electroconductive organic polymer, for example DMSO-doped PEDOT-PSS.

  9. Infrared nanoantenna apparatus and method for the manufacture thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Peters, David W.; Davids, Paul; Leonhardt, Darin; Kim, Jin K.; Wendt, Joel R.; Klem, John F.

    2014-06-10

    An exemplary embodiment of the present invention is a photodetector comprising a semiconductor body, a periodically patterned metal nanoantenna disposed on a surface of the semiconductor body, and at least one electrode separate from the nanoantenna. The semiconductor body comprises an active layer in sufficient proximity to the nanoantenna for plasmonic coupling thereto. The nanoantenna is dimensioned to absorb electromagnetic radiation in at least some wavelengths not more than 12 .mu.m that are effective for plasmonic coupling into the active layer. The electrode is part of an electrode arrangement for obtaining a photovoltage or photocurrent in operation under appropriate stimulation.

  10. Large dynamic range radiation detector and methods thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Marrs, Roscoe E [Livermore, CA; Madden, Norman W [Sparks, NV

    2012-02-14

    According to one embodiment, a radiation detector comprises a scintillator and a photodiode optically coupled to the scintillator. The radiation detector also includes a bias voltage source electrically coupled to the photodiode, a first detector operatively electrically coupled to the photodiode for generating a signal indicative of a level of a charge at an output of the photodiode, and a second detector operatively electrically coupled to the bias voltage source for generating a signal indicative of an amount of current flowing through the photodiode.

  11. Solid materials for removing arsenic and method thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Coronado, Paul R.; Coleman, Sabre J.; Sanner, Robert D.; Dias, Victoria L.; Reynolds, John G.

    2008-07-01

    Solid materials have been developed to remove arsenic compounds from aqueous media. The arsenic is removed by passing the aqueous phase through the solid materials which can be in molded, granular, or powder form. The solid materials adsorb the arsenic leaving a purified aqueous stream. The materials are aerogels or xerogels and aerogels or xerogels and solid support structure, e.g., granulated activated carbon (GAC), mixtures. The species-specific adsorption occurs through specific chemical modifications of the solids tailored towards arsenic.

  12. Direct mounted photovoltaic device with improved adhesion and method thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Boven, Michelle L; Keenihan, James R; Lickly, Stan; Brown, Jr., Claude; Cleereman, Robert J; Plum, Timothy C

    2014-12-23

    The present invention is premised upon a photovoltaic device suitable for directly mounting on a structure. The device includes an active portion including a photovoltaic cell assembly having a top surface portion that allows transmission of light energy to a photoactive portion of the photovoltaic device for conversion into electrical energy and a bottom surface having a bottom bonding zone; and an inactive portion immediately adjacent to and connected to the active portion, the inactive portion having a region for receiving a fastener to connect the device to the structure and having on a top surface, a top bonding zone; wherein one of the top and bottom bonding zones comprises a first bonding element and the other comprises a second bonding element, the second bonding element designed to interact with the first bonding element on a vertically overlapped adjacent photovoltaic device to bond the device to such adjacent device or to the structure.

  13. Metal-doped semiconductor nanoparticles and methods of synthesis thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ren, Zhifeng (Inventor); Chen, Gang (Inventor); Poudel, Bed (Inventor); Kumar, Shankar (Inventor); Wang, Wenzhong (Inventor); Dresselhaus, Mildred (Inventor)

    2009-01-01

    The present invention generally relates to binary or higher order semiconductor nanoparticles doped with a metallic element, and thermoelectric compositions incorporating such nanoparticles. In one aspect, the present invention provides a thermoelectric composition comprising a plurality of nanoparticles each of which includes an alloy matrix formed of a Group IV element and Group VI element and a metallic dopant distributed within the matrix.

  14. Preparation of glucose oxidase electrode containing hydrophobic silica nanoparticles by the sol-gel method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张琳; 唐芳琼; 袁金锁; 江龙

    1995-01-01

    The influences of hydrophobic SiO2 nanoparticles and the contents of glucose oxidase(GOD)upon the response current of enzyme electrode have been investigated by using the sol-gel method,in whichpolyvinylbutyryl(PVB)was used as a matrix.The influenoe of enzymatic activity was measured byelectrochemical method.Experimental data demonstrated that hydrophobic SiO2 particles can immobilizeenzyme well,providing a good and simple method for preparing high quality GOD biosensor.The mechanismhas been discussed.

  15. Optimized methods for preparation of 6I-(ω-sulfanyl-alkylene-sulfanyl-β-cyclodextrin derivatives

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Eva Bednářová

    2016-02-01

    Full Text Available A general high-yielding method for the preparation of monosubstituted β-cyclodextrin derivatives which have attached a thiol group in position 6 is described. The thiol group is attached through linkers of different lengths and repeating units (ethylene glycol or methylene. The target compounds were characterized by IR, MS and NMR spectra. A simple method for their complete conversion to the corresponding disulfides as well as a method for the reduction of the disulfides back to the thiols is presented. Both, thiols and disulfides are derivatives usable for well-defined covalent attachment of cyclodextrin to gold or polydopamine-coated solid surfaces.

  16. XAFS analysis of unsupported $MoS_{2}$ catalysts prepared by two methods

    CERN Document Server

    Matsubayashi, N; Imamura, M; Yoshimura, Y; Nishijima, A; Calais, C; Geantet, C

    1999-01-01

    Structural analysis by XAFS method was applied to two kinds of unsupported molybdenum disulfide catalysts. Assuming a structural model consisting of crystalline and non-crystalline parts, curve fitting analysis was performed for the $9 catalysts. The residual XAFS after subtraction of the crystalline contribution showed that the structure of the non-crystalline part was significantly different between the catalysts prepared by the two methods. It was suggested that $9 EXAFS would give the average size of the micro-domains, while other methods such as TEM and TPR would give the size of macro- domains. (6 refs).

  17. Incorporation of ovalbumin into ISCOMs and related colloidal particles prepared by the lipid film hydration method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Demana, Patrick H; Davies, Nigel M; Berger, Bianca; Rades, Thomas

    2004-07-08

    The aim of this study was to investigate the incorporation of a model antigen, fluorescently labelled ovalbumin (FITC-OVA), into various colloidal particles including immune stimulating complexes (ISCOMs), liposomes, ring and worm-like micelles, lamellae and lipidic/layered structures that are formed from various combinations of the triterpene saponin Quil A, cholesterol and phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) following hydration of PE/cholesterol lipid films with aqueous solutions of Quil A. Colloidal dispersions of these three components were also prepared by the dialysis method for comparison. FITC-OVA was conjugated with palmitic acid (P) and PE to produce P-FITC-OVA and PE-FITC-OVA, respectively. Both P-FITC-OVA and PE-FITC-OVA could be incorporated in all colloidal structures whereas FITC-OVA was incorporated only into liposomes. The incorporation of PE-FITC-OVA into all colloidal structures was significantly higher than P-FITC-OVA (P < 0.05). The degree of incorporation of protein was in the order: ring and worm-like micelles < liposomes and lipidic/layered structures < ISCOMs and lamellae. The incorporation of protein into the various particles prepared by the lipid film hydration method was similar to those for colloidal particles prepared by the dialysis method (provided both methods lead to the formation of the same colloidal structures). In the case of different colloidal structures arising due to the preparation method, differences in encapsulation efficiency were found (P < 0.05) for formulations with the same polar lipid composition. This study demonstrates that the various colloidal particles formed as a result of hydrating PE/cholesterol lipid films with different amounts of Quil A are capable of incorporating antigen, provided it is amphipathic. Some of these colloidal particles may be used as effective vaccine delivery systems.

  18. Novel structural and magnetic properties of Mg doped copper nanoferrites prepared by conventional and wet methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ahmed, M.A., E-mail: moala47@hotmail.com [Materials Science Lab. (1), Physics Department, Cairo University, Giza (Egypt); Afify, H.H.; El Zawawia, I.K.; Azab, A.A. [Solid State Physics Department, National Research Center, Dokki, Cairo (Egypt)

    2012-07-15

    Nanoferrites of the general formula Cu{sub 1-x}Mg{sub x}Fe{sub 2}O{sub 4} with 0{<=}x{<=}0.6 were prepared by standard ceramic and wet methods. The structure was studied by X-ray diffraction and IR spectroscopy. The density and lattice constant were calculated and reported. The particle size of the prepared nanoferrites ranged from 8.7 to 41.1 nm. It was found that the lattice parameter decreases with increasing cation substitution of Mg{sup 2+} due to the difference of ionic radius and atomic mass. The dc magnetic susceptibility was measured out using Faraday's method. The magnetic hysteresis measurement was performed using a vibrating sample magnetometer. Magnetic constants such as Curie temperature, effective magnetic moment, saturation magnetization, remanent magnetization and corecivicty were obtained and reported. The magnetic constants decrease with increasing Mg{sup 2+}, except the remanent magnetization which increased. - Highlights: Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer We study the effect of Mg{sup 2+} on structural and magnetic properties of copper ferrite prepared by the different methods. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer To determine which method gives the smallest particle size and optimize the physical properties. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer To determine which sample is suitable for different applications.

  19. Catalytic Activity of Ceria-Zirconia Nanostructured Materials Prepared via Reversed Microemulsion Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2005-01-01

    Single-phase homogeneous Ce1- xZrxO2 solid solutions with various compositions were synthesized using the reversed microemulsion method. The structural properties and performance of Ce1- x ZrxO2 were studied using XRD, BET,SEM, HRTEM, TPR and CO oxidation measurements. The results show that in the range of x = 0.4 ~ 0.5 and x = 0.6 ~1.0, the solid solutions posses the cubic and the tetragonal phase structure, respectively. Solids obtained by the reversed microemulsion method were more homogeneous on the whole range of composition. XRD investigations of the prepared materials did not show segregation of cerium or zirconium oxides. Highly uniform nanosize solid solution particles of ceria-ziroxidation measurements indicate that the performance of the CeO2-ZrO2 mixed oxides is strongly related to the composition and structure of the oxides. Enhancement of the activity was found for the catalyst prepared by reversed microemulsion method as compared to the sample prepared by sol-gel method.

  20. Structural characteristics and physicochemical properties of lotus seed resistant starch prepared by different methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zeng, Shaoxiao; Wu, Xiaoting; Lin, Shan; Zeng, Hongliang; Lu, Xu; Zhang, Yi; Zheng, Baodong

    2015-11-01

    Lotus seed resistant starch (LRS) is commonly known as resistant starch type 3 (LRS3). The objective of this study was to investigate the effect of different preparation methods on the structural characteristics and physicochemical properties of LRS3. The molar mass of LRS3 prepared by autoclaving method (GP-LRS3) and ultrasonic-autoclaving method (UP-LRS3) was mainly distributed in the range 1.0 × 10(4)-2 × 10(4) g/mol while a decrease of LRS3 prepared by microwave-moisture method (MP-LRS3) was observed. The particle of MP-LRS3 was smaller and relatively smoother while UP-LRS3 was bigger and rougher compared to GP-LRS3. Among these samples, GP-LRS3 exhibited the highest degree of ordered structure and crystallinity, the amorphous region of MP-LRS3 was the biggest and UP-LRS3 displayed the highest degree of double helical structure. Additionally, MP-LRS3 displayed the strongest solubility and swelling power while UP-LRS3 exhibited the strongest iodine absorption ability and thermostability, which were affected by their structural characteristics.

  1. Determination of bosentan in pharmaceutical preparations by linear sweep, square wave and differential pulse voltammetry methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Atila, Alptug; Yilmaz, Bilal

    2015-01-01

    In this study, simple, fast and reliable cyclic voltammetry (CV), linear sweep voltammetry (LSV), square wave voltammetry (SWV) and differential pulse voltammetry (DPV) methods were developed and validated for determination of bosentan in pharmaceutical preparations. The proposed methods were based on electrochemical oxidation of bosentan at platinum electrode in acetonitrile solution containing 0.1 M TBACIO4. The well-defined oxidation peak was observed at 1.21 V. The calibration curves were linear for bosentan at the concentration range of 5-40 µg/mL for LSV and 5-35 µg/mL for SWV and DPV methods, respectively. Intra- and inter-day precision values for bosentan were less than 4.92, and accuracy (relative error) was better than 6.29%. The mean recovery of bosentan was 100.7% for pharmaceutical preparations. No interference was found from two tablet excipients at the selected assay conditions. Developed methods in this study are accurate, precise and can be easily applied to Tracleer and Diamond tablets as pharmaceutical preparation.

  2. Comparison of sample preparation methods for the recovery of foodborne pathogens from fresh produce.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Se-Ri; Yoon, Yohan; Kim, Won-Il; Park, Kyeong-Hun; Yun, Hye-Jeong; Chung, Duck Hwa; Yun, Jong Chul; Ryu, Kyoung Yul

    2012-07-01

    Sample preparation methods (pummeling, pulsifying, sonication, and shaking by hand) were compared for achieving maximum recovery of foodborne pathogens from iceberg lettuce, perilla leaves, cucumber, green pepper, and cherry tomato. Antimicrobial and dehydration effects also were examined to investigate causes of poor recovery of pathogens. Each produce type was inoculated with Escherichia coli O157:H7, Salmonella Typhimurium, Listeria monocytogenes, Staphylococcus aureus, and Bacillus cereus at 6.0 log CFU/cm(2), and samples were prepared using the four methods. Bacterial populations recovered from the five types of produce were significantly different (P cucumber, and green pepper had no antimicrobial activity, the populations of E. coli O157:H7, Salmonella Typhimurium, B. cereus, and L. monocytogenes in cherry tomato extract were slightly reduced after these treatments (P 2 log CFU/cm(2) after exposure to 40% relative humidity for 1 h. No reduction was observed when the five pathogens were exposed to 90% relative humidity. These data suggest that pummeling and pulsifying are optimal sample preparation methods for detection of microorganisms. Acidic produce such as cherry tomato should be treated with a method that does not cause sample breakdown so that acid stress on the bacteria can be minimized. Dehydration stress also affects recovery of pathogens from produce.

  3. Evaluation of methods to prepare samples of leafy green vegetables for preenrichment with the Bacteriological Analytical Manual Salmonella culture method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jacobson, Andrew Patrick; Gill, Vikas Singh; Irvin, Kari Anne; Wang, Hua; Hammack, Thomas Seyliard

    2012-02-01

    Three sample preparation procedures, soak, stomach, and blend, were evaluated using the Bacteriological Analytical Manual Salmonella culture method with eight types of leafy green produce. In the soak method, test portions were added to lactose broth without homogenization; in the stomach method, test portions were stomached with lactose broth; and in the blend method, test portions were blended with lactose broth. Twenty artificially contaminated test portions were analyzed with each procedure in individual experimental trials. The number of test portions identified as positive were compared among the procedures. Statistically significant differences were identified with Fisher's exact two-tailed F test (P < 0.05). Where differences did occur (P < 0.05), the soak procedure was the most effective or was at least as effective as homogenization by either blending or stomaching. Statistically significant differences most frequently occurred with romaine lettuce and cabbage; for these items, blending was significantly less effective than the soak procedure. Overall, for all of the produce types examined, results showed that the soak procedure was more effective than either of the homogenization procedures in recovering Salmonella from leafy green produce. Of the 540 test portions examined by each sample preparation method, 344 were positive for the presence of Salmonella by soaking, 293 by stomaching, and 232 by blending. We recommend that the soak procedure replace homogenization for the analysis of leafy green produce because the soak procedure is more productive than homogenization by either blending or stomaching of the leafy green produce types as reported herein.

  4. 29 CFR 1975.5 - States and political subdivisions thereof.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... subdivisions of a State: (5) The term “employer” means a person engaged in a business affecting commerce who... “State or political subdivision of a State”, but unusual factors to the contrary in a particular case may... 29 Labor 9 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false States and political subdivisions thereof. 1975.5...

  5. A sensitive spectrofluorimetric method for the determination of ranitidine hydrochloride in pharmaceutical preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ulu, Sevgi Tatar; Çakar, Mahmut Bülent

    2012-08-01

    A simple, precise and sensitive spectrofluorimetric method was developed and validated for the determination of ranitidine in pharmaceutical preparations. The method is based on derivatization of ranitidine with 4-fluoro-7-nitrobenzofurazan (NBD-F). The method was successfully validated in accordance to ICH guidelines. The validation characteristics included linearity, limit of detection, limit of quantification, accuracy, precision, specificity and robustness. The method is linear over the range of 40-1200 ng/mL. The recoveries were ranged from 98.97 to 99.43%. The proposed method was applied for the determination of ranitidine in commercially available tablets. The results were compared with those obtained by reference method using t and F-tests.

  6. Comparative analysis of methods for real-time analytical control of chemotherapies preparations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bazin, Christophe; Cassard, Bruno; Caudron, Eric; Prognon, Patrice; Havard, Laurent

    2015-10-15

    Control of chemotherapies preparations are now an obligation in France, though analytical control is compulsory. Several methods are available and none of them is presumed as ideal. We wanted to compare them so as to determine which one could be the best choice. We compared non analytical (visual and video-assisted, gravimetric) and analytical (HPLC/FIA, UV/FT-IR, UV/Raman, Raman) methods thanks to our experience and a SWOT analysis. The results of the analysis show great differences between the techniques, but as expected none us them is without defects. However they can probably be used in synergy. Overall for the pharmacist willing to get involved, the implementation of the control for chemotherapies preparations must be widely anticipated, with the listing of every parameter, and remains according to us an analyst's job.

  7. Mesoporous Si-MCM-48 membrane prepared by pore-filling method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2010-01-01

    Mesoporous MCM-48 membranes were prepared on asymmetric zirconia tubular support with an average pore size of 0.2 μm by hydrothermal method.The support should be pretreated with H2O as a pore-filling substance to prevent the sol solution from infiltrating into the support pores.The SEM showed that the MCM-48 membrane was composed of tightly-connected spherical crystal.The single gas N2 and H2 permeation experiments confirm that crack-free membrane could be prepared by pore-filling method.N2 permeance of MCM-48 membrane,synthesized by secondary growth,can reach 5.66×10-7 mol/Pa·s·m2,and the H2/N2 separation factor was 3.47 under trans-membrane pressure of 0.05 MPa.

  8. Cytotoxicity of Light-Cured Dental Materials according to Different Sample Preparation Methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Myung-Jin; Kim, Mi-Joo; Kwon, Jae-Sung; Lee, Sang-Bae; Kim, Kwang-Mahn

    2017-01-01

    Dental light-cured resins can undergo different degrees of polymerization when applied in vivo. When polymerization is incomplete, toxic monomers may be released into the oral cavity. The present study assessed the cytotoxicity of different materials, using sample preparation methods that mirror clinical conditions. Composite and bonding resins were used and divided into four groups according to sample preparation method: uncured; directly cured samples, which were cured after being placed on solidified agar; post-cured samples were polymerized before being placed on agar; and “removed unreacted layer” samples had their oxygen-inhibition layer removed after polymerization. Cytotoxicity was evaluated using an agar diffusion test, MTT assay, and confocal microscopy. Uncured samples were the most cytotoxic, while removed unreacted layer samples were the least cytotoxic (p cytotoxicity. Clinicians should remove unreacted monomers on the resin surface immediately after restoring teeth with light-curing resin to improve the restoration biocompatibility. PMID:28772647

  9. Preparation and characterization of nanotube Li-Ti-O by molten salt method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    PEI Xianru; WANG Xiaodong; ZHANG Shunli; ZHANG Jingwei; YANG Jianjun; JIN Zhensheng

    2007-01-01

    Nanotube Li-Ti-O compound with high surface (198.6m2.g-1) was prepared by a method involving the treatment of nanotube Na2Ti2Os" H2O in molten LiNO3 and characterization by means of transmission electron microscopy (TEM),energy-dispersive spectra (EDS),X-ray diffraction (XRD),X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS),and thermogravimetry-differential thermal analysis (TG/DTG).Results show that the nanotube Li-Ti-O compound prepared by this method involves two crystal phases:spinel Li2Ti2O4and anatase LixTiO2 (x<0.1).Li+ exhibits different Lils binding energy in the two crystal phases.In ambient air,the Li-Ti-O compound adsorbs water easily,and the chemically adsorbed water is difficult to remove below 400℃.

  10. Nanoparticles containing ketoprofen and acrylic polymers prepared by an aerosol flow reactor method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Eerikäinen, Hannele; Peltonen, Leena; Raula, Janne; Hirvonen, Jouni; Kauppinen, Esko I

    2004-09-23

    The purpose of this study was to outline the effects of interactions between a model drug and various acrylic polymers on the physical properties of nanoparticles prepared by an aerosol flow reactor method. The amount of model drug, ketoprofen, in the nanoparticles was varied, and the nanoparticles were analyzed for particle size distribution, particle morphology, thermal properties, IR spectroscopy, and drug release. The nanoparticles produced were spherical, amorphous, and had a matrix-type structure. Ketoprofen crystallization was observed when the amount of drug in Eudragit L nanoparticles was more than 33% (wt/wt). For Eudragit E and Eudragit RS nanoparticles, the drug acted as an effective plasticizer resulting in lowering of the glass transition of the polymer. Two factors affected the preparation of nanoparticles by the aerosol flow reactor method, namely, the solubility of the drug in the polymer matrix and the thermal properties of the resulting drug-polymer matrix.

  11. Influence of PVP in magnetic properties of NiSn nanoparticles prepared by polyol method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bobadilla, L.F., E-mail: lbobadilla@iciq.es [Departamento de Quimica Inorganica e Instituto de Ciencia de Materiales, Centro mixto Universidad de Sevilla-CSIC, Av. Americo Vespucio, 41092 Sevilla (Spain); Garcia, C. [Physics Department, Bogazici University, North Campus KB 331-O, Bebek/Istambul (Turkey); Delgado, J.J. [Departamento de Ciencia de los Materiales e Ingenieria Metalurgica y Quimica Inorganica, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad de Cadiz, Campus Rio San Pedro, E-11510 Puerto Real, Cadiz (Spain); Sanz, O. [Grupo de Ingenieria Quimica, Departamento de Quimica Aplicada, Facultad de Ciencias Quimicas, UPV/EHU, Paseo Manuel de Lardizabal, 3, 20018 San Sebastian (Spain); Romero-Sarria, F.; Centeno, M.A.; Odriozola, J.A. [Departamento de Quimica Inorganica e Instituto de Ciencia de Materiales, Centro mixto Universidad de Sevilla-CSIC, Av. Americo Vespucio, 41092 Sevilla (Spain)

    2012-11-15

    The influence of PVP on the magnetic properties of NiSn nanoparticles prepared by polyol method has been studied. NiSn nanoparticles exhibit superparamagnetic behavior although there is a ferromagnetic contribution due to particles agglomerated below the blocking temperature. The particle size is controlled by the addiction of PVP in varying amounts. The addition of PVP also favours the particles isolation, narrow the particle size distribution and decrease the interparticle interaction strength increasing the superparamagnetic contribution. - Highlights: Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer Ni{sub x}Sn{sub y} alloys nanoparticles have been prepared by polyol method. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer NiSn nanoparticles exhibit superparamagnetic behavior. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer The PVP addition favours the particles isolation.

  12. Preparation of ZnO nanoparticles showing upconversion luminescence through simple chemical method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Anjana, R.; Subha, P. P.; Markose, Kurias K.; Jayaraj, M. K., E-mail: mkj@cusat.ac.in [Department of Physics, Cochin University of Science and Technology, Kochi, Kerala, India-682022 (India)

    2016-05-23

    Upconversion luminescence is an interesting area while considering its applications in a vast variety of fields. Rare earth ions like erbium is the most studied and efficient candidate for achieving upconversion. Erbium and ytterbium co-doped ZnO nanoparticles were prepared through co-precipitation method. A strong red emission has been obtained while exciting with 980 nm laser. Dependence of luminescence emission colour on ytterbium concentration has been studied.

  13. DC resistivity of Ni-Zn ferrites prepared by oxalate precipitation method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Shinde, T.J. [Department of Physics, K.R.P. Kanya Mahavidyalaya, Islampur 415409 (India)], E-mail: pshindetj@yahoo.co.in; Gadkari, A.B. [Department of Physics, G.K.G. College, Kolhapur 416004 (India); Vasambekar, P.N. [Department of Electronics, Shivaji University, Kolhapur 416004 (India)

    2008-09-15

    Polycrystalline ferrites with general formula Ni{sub 1-x}Zn{sub x}Fe{sub 2}O{sub 4} (x = 0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, and 1.0) were prepared by oxalate precipitation method. The samples were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), IR and scanning electron microscope (SEM) techniques. All compositions show cubic Spinel structure. Lattice constant increases with increase in zinc content, obeying Vegard's law. The physical densities are about 98.14% of their X-ray density. Average crystallite size lies in the range 27.59-31.49 nm. Infrared studies show two absorption bands near about 400 cm{sup -1} and 600 cm{sup -1} for octahedral and tetrahedral sites, respectively. The resistivity of all the samples was studied. It is observed that the resistivity of nickel-zinc ferrites prepared by oxalate precipitation method is higher than that prepared by ceramic and citrate precursor method. It is attributed to greater homogeneity and smaller grain size. Activation energy in paramagnetic region is higher than that of ferrimagnetic region.

  14. Photocatalytic oxidation of gaseous benzene over nanosized TiO2 prepared by solvothermal method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    Nanosized TiO2 particles were prepared by solvothermal method using tetrabutyl titanate as precursor, ethanol and water as solvents, and a facile immobilization method of nanosized TiO2 particles on woven glass fabric was developed. The samples obtained under various preparation conditions were characterized by means of thermo gravimetric analysis (TG) and differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), X-ray diffraction (XRD), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), high resolution-transmission electron microscopy (HR-TEM), and Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET). The results show that the cube-shape of TiO2 prepared by solvothermal method has good crystallinity of (101) surface, higher thermal stability and large specific surface area. Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) images confirmed that the immobilized TiO2 film was uniformly distributed and clung to the substrate firmly. The photocatalytic activity of the catalysts was tested using photocatalytic oxidation of gaseous benzene. The results show that the TiO2 calcined after solvothermal treatment suffers from lower specific surface area, and hence decreases its photocatalytic activity. The photocatalytic activities of the TiO2 by solvothermal treatment with or without calcination in degradation 400 mg/m3 benzene are 3.7 and 4.1 times as high as catalyst without solvothermal treatment, respectively.

  15. Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells with Anatase TiO2 Nanorods Prepared by Hydrothermal Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ming-Jer Jeng

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The hydrothermal method provides an effective reaction environment for the synthesis of nanocrystalline materials with high purity and well-controlled crystallinity. In this work, we started with various sizes of commercial TiO2 powders and used the hydrothermal method to prepare TiO2 thin films. We found that the synthesized TiO2 nanorods were thin and long when smaller TiO2 particles were used, while larger TiO2 particles produced thicker and shorter nanorods. We also found that TiO2 films prepared by TiO2 nanorods exhibited larger surface roughness than those prepared by the commercial TiO2 particles. It was found that a pure anatase phase of TiO2 nanorods can be obtained from the hydrothermal method. The dye-sensitized solar cells fabricated with TiO2 nanorods exhibited a higher solar efficiency than those fabricated with commercial TiO2 nanoparticles directly. Further, triple-layer structures of TiO2 thin films with different particle sizes were investigated to improve the solar efficiency.

  16. A simple sample preparation method for measuring amoxicillin in human plasma by hollow fiber centrifugal ultrafiltration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dong, Wei-Chong; Hou, Zi-Li; Jiang, Xin-Hui; Jiang, Ye

    2013-02-01

    A simple sample preparation method has been developed for the determination of amoxicillin in human plasma by hollow fiber centrifugal ultrafiltration (HF-CF-UF). A 400-μL plasma sample was placed directly into the HF-CF-UF device, which consisited of a slim glass tube and a U-shaped hollow fiber. After centrifugation at 1.25 × 10(3) g for 10 min, the filtrate was withdrawn from the hollow fiber and 20 µL was directly injected into the high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) for analysis. The calibration curve was linear over the range of 0.1-20 µg/mL (r = 0.9996) and the limit of detection was as low as 0.025 µg/mL. The average recovery and absolute recovery were 99.9% and 84.5%, respectively. Both the intra-day and inter-day precisions (relative standard deviation) were less than 3.1% for three concentrations (0.25, 2.5 and 10 µg/mL). The sample preparation process was simplified. Only after a single centrifugal ultrafiltration can the filtrate be injected directly into HPLC. The present method is simple, sensitive and accurate. It could be effective for the analysis of biological samples with high protein contents, especially for the biopharmaceutical analysis of drugs that use traditional isolation techniques for sample preparation such as the protein precipitation method.

  17. A facile method for the preparation of Eu{sup 2+}-doped nanocrystalline BaFCl

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wang, Xianglei; Liu, Zhiqiang [School of Physical, Environmental and Mathematical Sciences, The University of New South Wales, UNSW Canberra (ADFA), Canberra, ACT 2600 (Australia); Stevens-Kalceff, Marion A. [School of Physics and Electron Microscope Unit, Mark Wainwright Analytical Centre, The University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW 2052 (Australia); Riesen, Hans, E-mail: h.riesen@adfa.edu.au [School of Physical, Environmental and Mathematical Sciences, The University of New South Wales, UNSW Canberra (ADFA), Canberra, ACT 2600 (Australia)

    2013-10-15

    Graphical abstract: - Highlights: • A facile co-precipitation method for the preparation of Eu{sup 2+}-doped BaFCl. • Reduction of Eu{sup 3+} to Eu{sup 2+} by zinc granular under nitrogen flow. • Photoluminescence and cathodoluminescence spectroscopy of the as-prepared BaFCl:Eu{sup 2+}. • Temperature dependent photoluminescence properties of Eu{sup 2+} ions in BaFCl. - Abstract: A facile method for the preparation of Eu{sup 2+}-doped BaFCl is reported. The method is based on the co-precipitation of aqueous solutions of BaCl{sub 2} and NH{sub 4}F to yield BaFCl. The doping by europium in the 2+ oxidation state is realized by the reduction of Eu{sup 3+} to Eu{sup 2+} employing granular zinc in the BaCl{sub 2} solution under nitrogen. Powder X-ray diffraction and electron microscopy have been used to confirm the BaFCl phase and photoluminescence, in the temperature range of 2.5–290 K, and room-temperature cathodoluminescence spectra have been measured to characterize the Eu{sup 2+} ions in the sample.

  18. Photoluminescence enhancement of YAG:Ce3+ phosphor prepared by co-precipitation-rheological phase method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    YE Xinyu; LONG Zhen; YANG Youming; NIE Huaping; GUO Yanwei; CAI Yufa

    2012-01-01

    YAG:Ce3+ phosphor was prepared by a novel co-precipitation-rheological phase method.The resulting YAG:Ce3+ phosphor was characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD),scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and photoluminescent emission spectra.By using acetic acid as solvent,YAG:Ce3+ powder with small particle size (≤2 μm) was obtained at a relatively lower sintering temperature of 1400 ℃.With the content of acetic acid increasing,small particles dissolved and disappeared,but larger particles grew up and changed its shape from spherical to partially rectangular.Meanwhile,the emission intensity of the sample prepared by co-precipitation-rheological phase method was about 43% higher than that of the sample prepared by co-precipitation method.It was assumed that the significant improvement of luminescence was mainly because the rheological phase presented a better diffusion environment,and therefore,a better homogeneity of activators of Ce3+.

  19. Faraday effect of bismuth iron garnet thin film prepared by mist CVD method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yao, Situ; Sato, Takafumi; Kaneko, Kentaro; Murai, Shunsuke; Fujita, Koji; Tanaka, Katsuhisa

    2015-06-01

    Metastable bismuth iron garnet (BIG, an abbreviation of Bi3Fe5O12), one kind of garnet-type ferrites, is known to manifest very large Faraday rotation as well as low optical absorption in the visible to infrared region. We report on successful synthesis of thin film composed of single-phase BIG epitaxially grown on single-crystalline gadolinium gallium garnet (Gd3Ga5O12, GGG) substrate by using mist chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method, which is an emerging technique for preparation of thin films. The crystal structure, surface morphology, and magnetic, optical and magneto-optical properties of the resultant thin films have been explored. The BIG thin film has a relatively flat surface free from roughness compared to those prepared by other vapor deposition methods. Saturation magnetization is about 1620 G at room temperature, which is close to that expected from the ideal magnetic structure of BIG. The maximum value of Faraday rotation angle reaches 54.3 deg/µm at a wavelength of 424 nm. This value is rather large when compared with those reported for BIG thin films prepared by other techniques. The wavelength dependence of Faraday rotation angle is analyzed well in terms of the crystal electric field (CEF) level schema. Our result suggests that the mist CVD method is a simple and effective technique to synthesize BIG thin film with excellent magneto-optical properties.

  20. 76 FR 39895 - In the Matter of Certain Microprocessors, Components Thereof, and Products Containing Same...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-07-07

    ... COMMISSION In the Matter of Certain Microprocessors, Components Thereof, and Products Containing Same; Notice... importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain microprocessors, components... sale within the United States after importation of certain microprocessors, components thereof,...

  1. 77 FR 13350 - Certain Automotive GPS Navigation Systems, Components Thereof, and Products Containing Same...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-03-06

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION Certain Automotive GPS Navigation Systems, Components Thereof, and Products Containing Same... importation of certain automotive GPS navigation systems, components thereof, and products containing the...

  2. 78 FR 13083 - Products Having Laminated Packaging, Laminated Packaging, and Components Thereof; Notice of...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-02-26

    ... COMMISSION Products Having Laminated Packaging, Laminated Packaging, and Components Thereof; Notice of... Commission has received a complaint entitled Products Having Laminated ] Packaging, Laminated Packaging, and Components Thereof, DN 2940; the Commission is soliciting comments on any public interest issues raised...

  3. 77 FR 39736 - Certain Integrated Solar Power Systems and Components Thereof; Notice of Termination of the...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-07-05

    ... Integrated Solar Power Systems and Components Thereof; Notice of Termination of the Investigation Based on... States after importation of certain integrated solar power systems and components thereof by reason...

  4. 76 FR 22726 - Certain Multimedia Display and Navigation Devices and Systems, Components Thereof, and Products...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-04-22

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION Certain Multimedia Display and Navigation Devices and Systems, Components Thereof, and Products... multimedia display and navigation devices and systems, components thereof, and products containing same...

  5. 77 FR 16860 - Certain GPS Navigation Products, Components Thereof, and Related Software; Termination of...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-03-22

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION Certain GPS Navigation Products, Components Thereof, and Related Software; Termination of... within the United States after importation of certain GPS navigation products, components thereof,...

  6. 76 FR 58041 - Certain Digital Televisions Containing Integrated Circuit Devices and Components Thereof; Notice...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2011-09-19

    ... COMMISSION Certain Digital Televisions Containing Integrated Circuit Devices and Components Thereof; Notice... certain digital televisions containing integrated circuit devices and components thereof by reason of... the sale within the United States after importation of certain digital televisions containing...

  7. 77 FR 58406 - Certain LED Photographic Lighting Devices and Components Thereof; Notice of Request for...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-09-20

    ... COMMISSION Certain LED Photographic Lighting Devices and Components Thereof; Notice of Request for Statements... general exclusion order against certain LED photographic lighting devices and components thereof. The ALJ alternatively recommended a limited exclusion order against certain LED photographic lighting devices...

  8. 78 FR 19007 - Certain Products Having Laminated Packaging, Laminated Packaging, and Components Thereof...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-03-28

    ... COMMISSION Certain Products Having Laminated Packaging, Laminated Packaging, and Components Thereof... importation of certain products having laminated packaging, laminated packaging, and components thereof by... Investigation: Having considered the complaint, the U.S. International Trade Commission, on March 22,...

  9. 77 FR 68829 - Certain Electronic Digital Media Devices and Components Thereof; Notice of Request for Statements...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-11-16

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION Certain Electronic Digital Media Devices and Components Thereof; Notice of Request for Statements... limited exclusion order against certain electronic digital media devices and components thereof...

  10. 78 FR 6130 - Certain Electronic Digital Media Devices and Components Thereof: Commission Determination To...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2013-01-29

    ... From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION Certain Electronic Digital Media Devices and Components Thereof: Commission Determination To... certain electronic digital media devices and components thereof by reason of infringement of...

  11. 77 FR 20047 - Certain Computer and Computer Peripheral Devices and Components Thereof and Products Containing...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-04-03

    ... COMMISSION Certain Computer and Computer Peripheral Devices and Components Thereof and Products Containing.... International Trade Commission has received a complaint entitled Certain Computer and Computer Peripheral... States after importation of certain computer and computer peripheral devices and components thereof...

  12. In vitro characteristics of liposomes and double liposomes prepared using a novel glass beads method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yamabe, Kenji; Kato, Yoshinori; Onishi, Hiraku; Machida, Yoshiharu

    2003-06-01

    A novel preparative method for liposomes and double liposomes (DL) using glass beads was superior to a glass-filter method developed previously. Lipid dissolved in chloroform was poured into a kjeldahl flask with glass beads (BZ-04, 0.350-0.500 mm phi; BZ-3, 2.794-3.962 mm phi; or BZ-6, 5.613-6.680 mm phi), and the organic solvent was evaporated. The lipid layer that formed on the glass beads was hydrated with 1.5 ml of the suspension of inner liposomes at a temperature above the phase transition temperature of the lipids employed, and was agitated vigorously. Erythrosine (ER) was used as a model drug. The size of liposomes prepared by the glass beads method depended on the size of the glass beads. The size of the liposomes became smaller as glass beads with a smaller size were used. A high encapsulation efficiency was observed when glass bead blends consisting of two different sizes were used. Large sizes (BZ-3/BZ-6) had a tendency to show high encapsulation efficiency and size also played an important role in the formation of liposomes. DL formation inhibited the release of ER and DL formative efficiency was markedly improved by means of the glass beads method. These findings suggested that the glass beads method developed in this study conferred a high drug loading and a high DL formation on liposomes compared with ordinary methods.

  13. Disinfection studies on TiO2 thin films prepared by a sol-gel method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kambala, Venkata Subba Rao; Naidu, Ravi

    2009-02-01

    Transparent anatase TiO2 nanometer thin films were prepared by dip-coating on soda-lime glass plates via the sol-gel method. The un-calcined and the calcined films were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), AFM, Nano-indentation (hardness and Young's modulus), UV-vis spectrometry, thickness and hydrophilicity (contact angle measurements). The photocatalytic activity of the thin films was evaluated by performing disinfection studies on the Gram-negative microorganisms like Escherichia coli, and Staphylococcus Aureus, a Gram-positive organism. The photocatalytic activity for both groups of organisms was studied in saline and nutrient broth. The leakage of potassium from the bacteria was observed parallel to cell viability. The activity of the sol-gel prepared TiO2 thin films were compared under UV lamps and natural day light (ND) lamps with Degussa P-25 TiO2 thin films prepared on soda-lime glass using a polymer support and the commercial self-cleaning glass (SC). The sol-gel prepared thin films which were annealed at 450 degrees C, show highest photocatalytic activity, the slowest conversion rate from hydrophilic to a hydrophobic state, light-induced hydrophilicity, and also higher disinfection activities compared to P-25 films and commercial self-cleaning glass. The films also show excellent activities when continuously reused for more than a month.

  14. Multiple unit gastroretentive drug delivery systems: a new preparation method for low density microparticles.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Streubel, A; Siepmann, J; Bodmeier, R

    2003-01-01

    The aim of this study was to develop a new preparation method for low density foam-based, floating microparticles and to demonstrate the systems' performance in vitro. Major advantages of the novel preparation technique include: (i) short processing times, (ii) no exposure of the ingredients to high temperatures, (iii) the possibility to avoid toxic organic solvents, and (iv) high encapsulation efficiencies close to 100%. Floating microparticles consisting of polypropylene foam powder, model drug [chlorpheniramine maleate (CPM), diltiazem HCl, theophylline or verapamil HCl] and polymer [Eudragit RS or polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)] were prepared by soaking the microporous foam carrier with an organic solution of drug and polymer and subsequent drying. The effects of various formulation and processing parameters on the resulting in vitro floating behaviour, internal and external particle morphology, drug loading, in vitro drug release and physical state of the incorporated drug were studied. Good in vitro floating behaviour was observed in most cases and a broad variety of drug release patterns could be achieved by varying the drug loading and type of polymer. Interestingly, PMMA-based microparticles showed incomplete drug release with verapamil HCl. This restriction could be overcome by forming the free base of the drug prior to microparticle preparation. In contrast to the salt, the free base acted as a plasticizer for PMMA, resulting in sufficiently high diffusion coefficients and, consequently, complete drug release. The low density microparticles were compressed into rapidly disintegrating tablets in order to provide an administrable oral dosage form.

  15. Anthrax carbohydrates, synthesis and uses thereof

    Science.gov (United States)

    Carlson, Russell W.; Boons, Geert-Jan; Quinn, Conrad; Vasan, Mahalakshmi; Wolfert, Margreet A.; Choudhury, Biswa; Kannenberg, Elmar; Leoff, Christine; Mehta, Alok; Saile, Elke; Rauvolfova, Jana; Wilkins, Patricia; Harvey, Alex J.

    2013-04-16

    The present invention presents the isolation, characterization and synthesis of oligosaccharides of Bacillus anthracis. Also presented are antibodies that bind to such saccharide moieties and various methods of use for such saccharide moieties and antibodies.

  16. Anthrax carbohydrates, synthesis and uses thereof

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Carlson, Russell W.; Boons, Geert-Jan; Quinn, Conrad; Vasan, Mahalakshmi; Wolfert, Margreet A.; Choudhury, Biswa; Kannenberg, Elmar; Leoff, Christine; Mehta, Alok; Saile, Elke; Rauvolfova, Jana; Wilkins, Patricia; Harvey, Alex J.

    2013-04-16

    The present invention presents the isolation, characterization and synthesis of oligosaccharides of Bacillus anthracis. Also presented are antibodies that bind to such saccharide moieties and various methods of use for such saccharide moieties and antibodies.

  17. Preparation and Characterization of Estradiol-Loaded PLGA Nanoparticles Using Homogenization-Solvent Diffusion Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    R Dinarvand

    2008-09-01

    Full Text Available Background: The inherent shortcomings of conventional drug delivery systems containing estrogens and the potential of nanoparticles (NPs have offered tremendous scope for investigation. Although polymeric NPs have been used as drug carriers for many active agents, the use of appropriate polymer and method of NP preparation to overcome different challenges is very important. Materials and methods: Poly lactide-co-glycolide (PLGA NPs containing estradiol valerate were prepared by the modified spontaneous emulsification solvent diffusion method. Several parameters including the drug/polymer ratios in range of 2.5-10%, poly vinyl alcohol (PVA in concentration of 0-4% as stabilizer and internal phase volume and composition were examined to optimize formulation. The size distribution and morphology of the NPs, encapsulation efficacy and in vitro release profile in phosphate buffer medium (pH 7.4 during 12 hrs were then investigated. Results: The NPs prepared in this study were spherical with a relatively mono-dispersed size distribution. By adjustment of the process parameters, the size and the drug encapsulation efficacy as well as the drug release kinetics can be optimally controlled. The mean particle size of the best formula with encapsulation efficiency of 100% was 175 ± 19, in which release profile was best fitted to Higuchi's model of release which showed that release mechanism was mainly controlled by diffusion of the drug to the release medium. Conclusion: According to the size and surface properties of the prepared particles, it may be concluded that they are a good formulation for non-parenteral routes of administration.

  18. A novel ultrasonication method in the preparation of zirconium impregnated cellulose for effective fluoride adsorption.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Barathi, M; Kumar, A Santhana Krishna; Rajesh, N

    2014-05-01

    In the present work, we propose for the first time a novel ultrasound assisted methodology involving the impregnation of zirconium in a cellulose matrix. Fluoride from aqueous solution interacts with the cellulose hydroxyl groups and the cationic zirconium hydroxide. Ultrasonication ensures a green and quick alternative to the conventional time intensive method of preparation. The effectiveness of this process was confirmed by comprehensive characterization of zirconium impregnated cellulose (ZrIC) adsorbent using Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR), energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry (EDX) and X-ray diffraction (XRD) studies. The study of various adsorption isotherm models, kinetics and thermodynamics of the interaction validated the method.

  19. Ruthenium disulfide thin films prepared by the successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction (SILAR) method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LIU Xiaoxin; JIN Zhengguo; ZHAO Juan; BU Shaojing

    2004-01-01

    RuS2 thin films were prepared by the cost-effective chemical method-successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction (SILAR). The structural, optical, and electrical properties were investigated using X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy, optical transmittance, and electrical resistivity methods. The results indicate that the films are homogeneous and dense; the structure of the as-deposited fdms is amorphous and they crystallize after annealed at 500°C for 30 min. The band gap of the as-deposited films is found to be 1.85 eV, and the electrical resistivity of them is in the order of 105 Ω.cm.

  20. Barium ferrite nanoparticles prepared by self-propagating low-temperature combustion method and its characterization

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    P M Prithviraj Swamy; S Basavaraja; Vijayanand Havanoor; N V Srinivas Rao; R Nijagunappa; A Venkataraman

    2011-12-01

    The barium ferrite particles were prepared using a self-propagating low-temperature combustion method using polyethylene glycol (PEG) as a fuel. The process was investigated with simultaneous thermogravimetric-differential thermal analysis (TG–DTA). The crystalline structure, morphology and the magnetic properties of the barium ferrite particles were studied by means of X-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), transmission electron microscopy (TEM) and SQUID susceptometer. The results show that the ignition temperature of PEG is lower compared with other combustion methods and gives nanocrystalline barium ferrite.

  1. A Surface Damage Investigation on Uniaxial Tensile Test Specimens Prepared by Common Cutting Methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    1981-02-01

    REPORI’ A SURFACE DAMAGE INVESTIGATION ON UNIAXIAL TENSILE TEST SPECIMENSPREPARED BY COMMON CUTTING METHODS JUN 2 1931 THOMAS J. C. CHEW DALE A...Sýrfa-i-mage Investigation on Uniaxial Tensile Test Specimens Prepared by Common Cutting Method I Spi-.i t’ ,, ., • T7. AUTHORý#) . _" ’ /t’ .• r...Saw 10 2.1.3 Cutting by Milling Machine 11 2.1.4 Cutting by Die Cutter 11 2.2 Uniaxial Tensile Test 12 2.3 Electron Microscope Surface Examination 13 3

  2. Numerical simulation of the preparation of semi-solid metal slurry with damper cooling tube method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    In semi-solid forming process, preparing the slurry with rosette or globular microstructure is very important. A new approach named the damper cooling tube method (DCT), to produce the semi-solid metal slurry, has been introduced. To optimize the technical parameters in designing the apparatus, the finite volume method was adopted to simulate the flow process. The temperature effects on the rheological properties of the slurries were also considered. The effects of the technical parameters on the slurry properties were studied in detail.

  3. Stereoselective organocatalytic oxidation of alcohols to enals: a homologation method to prepare polyenes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Xiaobei; Zhang, Yinan; Wan, Huixin; Wang, Wei; Zhang, Shilei

    2016-02-28

    A novel method for organocatalytic oxidation through oxidative enamine catalysis was developed with excellent compatibility for the direct syntheses of enals from simple saturated alcohols. By using this amine-catalyzed IBX-oxidation, a wide range of aromatic and aliphatic substituted enals were successfully generated in high yields and exclusively stereoselective E-geometry. Moreover, varying the solvents and/or the loading amounts of IBX allowed for the selective oxidation of alcohols and aldehydes. Importantly, the homologous application of this method provided a selective and efficient way of preparing various highly sensitive conjugated polyene frameworks, which are enriched in natural products.

  4. An Approach for Preparation of Porous Silicon/Rare Earth Hybrid——Immersion Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHANG Xiaoxia; CHEN Ning; SHI Jianxin; GONG Menglian; ZHANG Jianhua; WANG Di

    2009-01-01

    A simple but effective doping method,immersion method,was presented.Rare earth complexes[Na_3Tb(DPA)_3·9H_2O and Na_3Eu(DPA)_3·9H_2O]were introduced into porous silicon(PS),where H_2DPA is 2,6-dicarboxy pyridine acid.Rare earths were proved to dope into PS effectively by photoluminescence(PL)and X-ray energy dispersive spectroscopy(EDS).And the prepared hybrid samples of PS/RE were found to emit intense room-temperature red and green luminescence while the luminescence of porous silicon are almost thoroughly quenched.

  5. Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells with Anatase TiO2 Nanorods Prepared by Hydrothermal Method

    OpenAIRE

    Ming-Jer Jeng; Yi-Lun Wung; Liann-Be Chang; Lee Chow

    2013-01-01

    The hydrothermal method provides an effective reaction environment for the synthesis of nanocrystalline materials with high purity and well-controlled crystallinity. In this work, we started with various sizes of commercial TiO2 powders and used the hydrothermal method to prepare TiO2 thin films. We found that the synthesized TiO2 nanorods were thin and long when smaller TiO2 particles were used, while larger TiO2 particles produced thicker and shorter nanorods. We also found that TiO2 films ...

  6. EFFECT OF BULL AND SPERM PREPARATION METHOD ON IN VITRO FERTILIZATION OF BUFFALO OOCYTES

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    H. JAMIL, H. A. SAMAD, Z. I. QURESHI, N. REHMAN AND L. A. LODHI

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available The present study was designed to compare fertilization rates following oocyte exposure to spermatozoa from different buffalo bulls, using three sperm preparation methods i.e. percoll density gradient, swim-up (modified Ca2 free Tyrode’s medium and TALP medium and sodium citrate washing prior to co-incubation with oocytes. Buffalo oocytes were aspirated from ovarian follicles within 1.5 to 2 hours after slaughter. They were matured in TCM-199 supplemented with 20% oestrus buffalo serum drops under mineral oil in CO2 incubator at 39C for 24 hours. Matured oocytes were transferred to the fertilization droplets and inseminated with 1x106 capacitated sperms prepared by different experimental methods. Data collected on recovered sperm motility immediately after treatment and 24 hours after incubation (at 37C and cleavage rate of co-incubated oocytes were subjected to statistical analysis. The percentage of motile spermatozoa was significantly higher (P<0.05 in semen samples prepared by swim-up method in Ca2 free Tyrode’s medium compared to other experimental techniques. Bull wise comparison showed significantly higher (P<0.05 motility in bull B1 (50.50 ± 5.92%, followed by bull B2 (46.46 ± 5.99% and B3 (45.96 ± 5.79%. Fertilization rate was also significantly (P<0.05 higher for spermatozoa prepared by Swim-up method in Ca2 free Tyrode’s medium (63.75 ± 2.81%, followed by sodium citrate (26.70 ± 5.08%, swim-up TALP (29.14 ± 3.74% and Percoll gradient density (23.89 ± 3.88%. Fertilization rate was significantly higher (P<0.05 in oocytes inseminated with semen from bull B1 (43.43 ± 8.59%, followed by B2 (33.38 ± 9.95% and B3 (30.80 ± 9.56%. The results of present study indicate that bulls and sperm preparation methods differ in their contribution to in vitro fertilization rate. Further studies are suggested to ascertain the factors responsible for such specific effects.

  7. Estimating the Relationship between Use of Test-Preparation Methods and Scores on the Graduate Management Admission Test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Leary, Linda F.; Wightman, Lawrence E.

    This study sought to examine the relationship between five methods of test preparation and test performance as measured by Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) Verbal, Quantitative and Total scores. Data on method of test preparation were obtained through voluntary examinee response to five questions which appeared on the answer sheets. One…

  8. Estimating the Relationship between Use of Test-Preparation Methods and Scores on the Graduate Management Admission Test.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Leary, Linda F.; Wightman, Lawrence E.

    This study sought to examine the relationship between five methods of test preparation and test performance as measured by Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) Verbal, Quantitative and Total scores. Data on method of test preparation were obtained through voluntary examinee response to five questions which appeared on the answer sheets. One…

  9. Extractive Spectrophotometric Method for the Determination of Lamivudine and Zidovudine in Pharmaceutical Preparations Using Bromocresol Purple

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Serife Evrim Kepekci Tekkeli

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available A new spectrophotometric method has been established for the quantitation of lamivudine (LVD and zidovudine (ZVD in pharmaceutical preparations. The method is based on the reaction between the investigated drug substances and bromocresol purple (BCP producing ion-pair complexes in acidic buffers which are suitable for chloroform extraction. The maximum absorbance of these complexes was measured at 424 nm in chloroform. All variables were studied to optimize the reaction conditions. Linearity ranges were found to be 25–250 μg mL−1 for LVD-BCP and 50–300 μg mL−1 for ZVD-BCP. The developed method was successfully applied for the determination of these drugs in pharmaceutical preparations. Excipients in pharmaceutical formulations did not interfere in the analysis. The results were compared statistically with those obtained by the HPLC method reported in the literature. According to the results, the proposed method can be recommended for quality control and routine analysis.

  10. Autoclave method for rapid preparation of bacterial PCR-template DNA.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Simmon, Keith E; Steadman, Dewey D; Durkin, Sarah; Baldwin, Amy; Jeffrey, Wade H; Sheridan, Peter; Horton, Rene; Shields, Malcolm S

    2004-02-01

    An autoclave method for preparing bacterial DNA for PCR template is presented, it eliminates the use of detergents, organic solvents, and mechanical cellular disruption approaches, thereby significantly reducing processing time and costs while increasing reproducibility. Bacteria are lysed by rapid heating and depressurization in an autoclave. The lysate, cleared by microcentrifugation, was either used directly in the PCR reaction, or concentrated by ultrafiltration. This approach was compared with seven established methods of DNA template preparation from four bacterial sources which included boiling Triton X-100 and SDS, bead beating, lysozyme/proteinase K, and CTAB lysis method components. Bacteria examined were Enterococcus and Escherichia coli, a natural marine bacterial community and an Antarctic cyanobacterial-mat. DNAs were tested for their suitability as PCR templates by repetitive element random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) and denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) analysis. The autoclave method produced PCR amplifiable template comparable or superior to the other methods, with greater reproducibility, much shorter processing time, and at a significantly lower cost.

  11. Microleakage in conservative cavities varying the preparation method and surface treatment

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Juliana Abdallah Atoui

    2010-08-01

    Full Text Available OBJECTIVE: To assess microleakage in conservative class V cavities prepared with aluminum-oxide air abrasion or turbine and restored with self-etching or etch-and-rinse adhesive systems. Materials and Methods: Forty premolars were randomly assigned to 4 groups (I and II: air abrasion; III and IV: turbine and class V cavities were prepared on the buccal surfaces. Conditioning approaches were: groups I/III - 37% phosphoric acid; groups II/IV - self-priming etchant (Tyrian-SPE. Cavities were restored with One Step Plus/Filtek Z250. After finishing, specimens were thermocycled, immersed in 50% silver nitrate, and serially sectioned. Microleakage at the occlusal and cervical interfaces was measured in mm and calculated by a software. Data were subjected to ANOVA and Tukey's test (α=0.05. RESULTS: Marginal seal provided by air abrasion was similar to high-speed handpiece, except for group I. There was SIGNIFICANT difference between enamel and dentin/cementum margins for to group I and II: air abrasion. The etch-and-rinse adhesive system promoted a better marginal seal. At enamel and dentin/cementum margins, the highest microleakage values were found in cavities treated with the self-etching adhesive system. At dentin/cementum margins, high-speed handpiece preparations associated with etch-and-rinse system provided the least dye penetration. CONCLUSION: Marginal seal of cavities prepared with aluminum-oxide air abrasion was different from that of conventionally prepared cavities, and the etch-and-rinse system promoted higher marginal seal at both enamel and dentin margins.

  12. Preparation of nanoparticles of poorly water-soluble antioxidant curcumin by antisolvent precipitation methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kakran, Mitali; Sahoo, Nanda Gopal; Tan, I.-Lin; Li, Lin

    2012-03-01

    The objective of this study was to enhance the solubility and dissolution rate of a poorly water-soluble antioxidant, curcumin, by fabricating its nanoparticles with two methods: antisolvent precipitation with a syringe pump (APSP) and evaporative precipitation of nanosuspension (EPN). For APSP, process parameters like flow rate, stirring speed, solvent to antisolvent (SAS) ratio, and drug concentration were investigated to obtain the smallest particle size. For EPN, factors like drug concentration and the SAS ratio were examined. The effects of these process parameters on the supersaturation, nucleation, and growth rate were studied and optimized to obtain the smallest particle size of curcumin by both the methods. The average particle size of the original drug was about 10-12 μm and it was decreased to a mean diameter of 330 nm for the APSP method and to 150 nm for the EPN method. Overall, decreasing the drug concentration or increasing the flow rate, stirring rate, and antisolvent amount resulted in smaller particle sizes. Differential scanning calorimetry studies suggested lower crystallinity of curcumin particles fabricated. The solubility and dissolution rates of the prepared curcumin particles were significantly higher than those the original curcumin. The antioxidant activity, studied by the DPPH free radical-scavenging assay, was greater for the curcumin nanoparticles than the original curcumin. This study demonstrated that both the methods can successfully prepare curcumin into submicro to nanoparticles. However, drug particles prepared by EPN were smaller than those by APSP and hence, showed the slightly better solubility, dissolution rate, and antioxidant activity than the latter.

  13. Preparation of nanoparticles of poorly water-soluble antioxidant curcumin by antisolvent precipitation methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kakran, Mitali; Sahoo, Nanda Gopal; Tan, I-Lin; Li Lin, E-mail: mlli@ntu.edu.sg [Nanyang Technological University, School of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering (Singapore)

    2012-03-15

    The objective of this study was to enhance the solubility and dissolution rate of a poorly water-soluble antioxidant, curcumin, by fabricating its nanoparticles with two methods: antisolvent precipitation with a syringe pump (APSP) and evaporative precipitation of nanosuspension (EPN). For APSP, process parameters like flow rate, stirring speed, solvent to antisolvent (SAS) ratio, and drug concentration were investigated to obtain the smallest particle size. For EPN, factors like drug concentration and the SAS ratio were examined. The effects of these process parameters on the supersaturation, nucleation, and growth rate were studied and optimized to obtain the smallest particle size of curcumin by both the methods. The average particle size of the original drug was about 10-12 {mu}m and it was decreased to a mean diameter of 330 nm for the APSP method and to 150 nm for the EPN method. Overall, decreasing the drug concentration or increasing the flow rate, stirring rate, and antisolvent amount resulted in smaller particle sizes. Differential scanning calorimetry studies suggested lower crystallinity of curcumin particles fabricated. The solubility and dissolution rates of the prepared curcumin particles were significantly higher than those the original curcumin. The antioxidant activity, studied by the DPPH free radical-scavenging assay, was greater for the curcumin nanoparticles than the original curcumin. This study demonstrated that both the methods can successfully prepare curcumin into submicro to nanoparticles. However, drug particles prepared by EPN were smaller than those by APSP and hence, showed the slightly better solubility, dissolution rate, and antioxidant activity than the latter.

  14. Preparation and Evaluation of Microcapsule Containing Volatile Oil of Herba Schizonepetae by Emulsion Solvent Diffusion Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张立国; 欧阳霄雯; 倪力军; 史万忠

    2014-01-01

    Microcapsules of volatile oil containing Herba Schizonepetae (VOHS) were prepared by emulsion solvent diffusion method to improve the drug loading and reduce the amount of pharmaceutical excipients. Orthogonal assay was applied to optimize the preparation condition of microcapsulation, and the results illustrated that the ratio of ethyl cellulose (EC) to VOHS influenced the property of VOHS microcapsule significantly. GC-MS analysis indicated that some volatile components with low concentration in VOHS were lost after microencapsulation. The microcapsules prepared with optimum condition had good fluidity, and the holes on the surface of the microcapsules contributed to the release of VOHS. The particles of the microcapsule conformed to a normal distribution with the diameter of 45-220 µm. In the simulated intestinal fluid containing 0.2% sodium dodecyl sulfate, pulegone in VOHS microcapsule showed a certain degree of slow release. Compared withβ-cyclodextrin method, the microencapsulation used in the present work could reduce the amount of excipients and increase the drug loading. It was beneficial to reduce the dose of Chinese medicines containing volatile oils.

  15. Lambda-Cyhalothrin Nanosuspension Prepared by the Melt Emulsification-High Pressure Homogenization Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhenzhong Pan

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The nanosuspension of 5% lambda-cyhalothrin with 0.2% surfactants was prepared by the melt emulsification-high pressure homogenization method. The surfactants composition, content, and homogenization process were optimized. The anionic surfactant (1-dodecanesulfonic acid sodium salt and polymeric surfactant (maleic rosin-polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene ether sulfonate screened from 12 types of commercially common-used surfactants were used to prepare lambda-cyhalothrin nanosuspension with high dispersity and stability. The mean particle size and polydispersity index of the nanosuspension were 16.01 ± 0.11 nm and 0.266 ± 0.002, respectively. The high zeta potential value of −41.7 ± 1.3 mV and stable crystalline state of the nanoparticles indicated the excellent physical and chemical stability. The method could be widely used for preparing nanosuspension of various pesticides with melting points below boiling point of water. This formulation may avoid the use of organic solvents and reduce surfactants and is perspective for improving bioavailability and reducing residual pollution of pesticide in agricultural products and environment.

  16. High-throughput preparation methods of crude extract for robust cell-free protein synthesis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kwon, Yong-Chan; Jewett, Michael C

    2015-03-02

    Crude extract based cell-free protein synthesis (CFPS) has emerged as a powerful technology platform for high-throughput protein production and genetic part characterization. Unfortunately, robust preparation of highly active extracts generally requires specialized and costly equipment and can be labor and time intensive. Moreover, cell lysis procedures can be hard to standardize, leading to different extract performance across laboratories. These challenges limit new entrants to the field and new applications, such as comprehensive genome engineering programs to improve extract performance. To address these challenges, we developed a generalizable and easily accessible high-throughput crude extract preparation method for CFPS based on sonication. To validate our approach, we investigated two Escherichia coli strains: BL21 Star™ (DE3) and a K12 MG1655 variant, achieving similar productivity (defined as CFPS yield in g/L) by varying only a few parameters. In addition, we observed identical productivity of cell extracts generated from culture volumes spanning three orders of magnitude (10 mL culture tubes to 10 L fermentation). We anticipate that our rapid and robust extract preparation method will speed-up screening of genomically engineered strains for CFPS applications, make possible highly active extracts from non-model organisms, and promote a more general use of CFPS in synthetic biology and biotechnology.

  17. Different preparation methods and characterization of magnetic maghemite coated with chitosan

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hojnik Podrepsek, Gordana; Knez, Zeljko; Leitgeb, Maja, E-mail: maja.leitgeb@um.si [University of Maribor, Laboratory for Separation Processes and Product Design, Faculty of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering (Slovenia)

    2013-06-15

    The preparation of maghemite ({gamma}-Fe{sub 2}O{sub 3}) micro- and nanoparticles coated with chitosan, used as carriers for immobilized enzymes, was investigated. {gamma}-Fe{sub 2}O{sub 3} nanoparticles were synthesized by coprecipitation of Fe{sup 2+} and Fe{sup 3+} ions in the presence of ammonium. They were coated with chitosan by the microemulsion process, suspension cross-linking technique, and covalent binding of chitosan on the {gamma}-Fe{sub 2}O{sub 3} surface. The methods distinguished the concentration of chitosan, concentration of acetic acid solution, concentration of a cross-linking agent, temperature of synthesis, pH of the medium, and time of synthesis. {gamma}-Fe{sub 2}O{sub 3} micro- and nanoparticles coated with chitosan prepared after three preparation methods were evaluated by scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy analysis, energy dispersive spectrometry, thermogravimetric analysis, differential scanning calorimetry analysis, vibrating sample magnetometry, dynamic light scattering, laser diffraction granulometry, and X-ray diffractometry. These positive attributes demonstrated that these magnetic micro- and nanoparticles coated with chitosan may be used as a promising carrier for further diverse biomedical applications.

  18. Anisotropic surface hole-transport property of triphenylamine-derivative single crystal prepared by solution method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Umeda, Minoru; Katagiri, Mitsuhiko; Shironita, Sayoko; Nagayama, Norio

    2016-12-01

    This paper reports the anisotropic hole transport at the triphenylamine-derivative single crystal surface prepared by a solution method. Triphenylamine derivatives are commonly used in a hole-transport material for organic photoconductors of laser-beam printers, in which the materials are used as an amorphous form. For developing organic photovoltaics using the photoconductor's technology, preparation of a single crystal seems to be a specific way by realizing the high mobility of an organic semiconductor. In this study, a single crystal of 4-(2,2-diphenylethenyl)-N,N-bis(4-methylphenyl)-benzenamine (TPA) was prepared and its anisotropic hole-transport property measured. First, the hole-transport property of the TPA was investigated based on its chemical structure and electrochemical redox characteristics. Next, a large-scale single crystal formation at a high rate was developed by employing a solution method based on its solubility and supersolubility curves. The grown TPA was found to be a single crystal based on the polarization micrograph observation and crystallographic analysis. For the TPA single crystal, an anisotropic surface conduction was found, which was well explained by its molecular stack structure. The measured current in the long-axis direction is one order of magnitude greater than that of amorphous TPA.

  19. Effect of humidity on microstructure and properties of YBCO film prepared by TFA-MOD method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Lianhong; LI Tao; GU Hongwei

    2009-01-01

    Epitaxial YBCO superconducting films were deposited on the single crystal LaAlO3. (001) substrate by metal organic deposition method. All YBCO films were fired at 820 ℃ in humidity range of 2.6%-19.7% atmosphere. Microstructure of YBCO thin films was ana-lyzed by means of X-ray diffraction (XRD) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Superconducting properties of YBCO films were measured by four-probe method. XRD results showed that the second phase (such as BaF2)and a-axis-oriented grains existed in the films prepared at 2.6% humidity condition; a-axis-oriented grains increased in the film prepared at higher than 4.2% humidity condition; almost pure c-axias-oriented grains existed in the films fired at 4.2% humidity condition. Morphologies of the YBCO films showed that all films had a smooth and crack-free surface. YBCO film prepared at 4.2% humidity condition showed Jc value of 3.3 MA/cm2 at 77 K in self-field.

  20. Preparation of gold nanoparticles and determination of their particles size via different methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Iqbal, Muhammad; Usanase, Gisele [University of Lyon, University Lyon-1, CNRS, UMR-5007, LAGEP, F-69622 Villeurbanne (France); Oulmi, Kafia; Aberkane, Fairouz; Bendaikha, Tahar [Laboratory of Chemistry and Environmental Chemistry(LCCE), Faculty of Science, Material Science Department, University of Batna, 05000 (Algeria); Fessi, Hatem [University of Lyon, University Lyon-1, CNRS, UMR-5007, LAGEP, F-69622 Villeurbanne (France); Zine, Nadia [Institut des Sciences Analytiques (ISA), Université Lyon, Université Claude Bernard Lyon-1, UMR-5180, 5 rue de la Doua, F-69100 Villeurbanne (France); Agusti, Géraldine [University of Lyon, University Lyon-1, CNRS, UMR-5007, LAGEP, F-69622 Villeurbanne (France); Errachid, El-Salhi [Institut des Sciences Analytiques (ISA), Université Lyon, Université Claude Bernard Lyon-1, UMR-5180, 5 rue de la Doua, F-69100 Villeurbanne (France); Elaissari, Abdelhamid, E-mail: elaissari@lagep.univ-lyon1.fr [University of Lyon, University Lyon-1, CNRS, UMR-5007, LAGEP, F-69622 Villeurbanne (France)

    2016-07-15

    Graphical abstract: Preparation of gold nanoparticles via NaBH{sub 4} reduction method, and determination of their particle size, size distribution and morphology by using different techniques. - Highlights: • Gold nanoparticles were synthesized by NaBH{sub 4} reduction method. • Excess of reducing agent leads to tendency of aggregation. • The particle size, size distribution and morphology were investigated. • Particle size was determined both experimentally as well as theoretically. - Abstract: Gold nanoparticles have been used in various applications covering both electronics, biosensors, in vivo biomedical imaging and in vitro biomedical diagnosis. As a general requirement, gold nanoparticles should be prepared in large scale, easy to be functionalized by chemical compound of by specific ligands or biomolecules. In this study, gold nanoparticles were prepared by using different concentrations of reducing agent (NaBH{sub 4}) in various formulations and their effect on the particle size, size distribution and morphology was investigated. Moreover, special attention has been dedicated to comparison of particles size measured by various techniques, such as, light scattering, transmission electron microscopy, UV spectrum using standard curve and particles size calculated by using Mie theory and UV spectrum of gold nanoparticles dispersion. Particle size determined by various techniques can be correlated for monodispersed particles and excess of reducing agent leads to increase in the particle size.